Text

Volney 345 Kv Transmission Facility. W/Three Oversize Maps.Aperture Cards Are Available in PDR
	ML18038A631
Person / Time
Site:	Nine Mile Point
Issue date:	04/30/1982
From:	; NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORP.
To:	;
Shared Package
ML17054A528	List: ML17054A527; ML17054A529; ML17054A530; ML17054A535; ML17054A536; ML17054A537; ML17054A538; ML17054A539; ML17054A540; ML17054A541; ML17054A542; ML17054A543; ML17054A544; ML17054A545; ML17054A546; ML17054A547; ML17054A548; ML18038A631;
References
	NUDOCS 8403200248
	Download: ML18038A631 (687)
	v • d • e

NINE MILE 2 VOLNEY 345kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY ARTICLE VII APPLICATION EXHIBITS AND DIRECT TESTIMONY

~..;px'e'pa@'eQ '.b' Niagara g)haQk'.Pdv'e'r Coipogqtipn",

'7kprx1'1982':

1 8~OSaaa<P050g04o

<DR ~>> PAR .

A

4 L-f ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~

C'

~ ~ ~ W ~

I1 E

II C 4 V 4 ~ ' 1 ~ ~ i ~

C 1 I ' kyab' ~ep~g s

c' J s ~ ~ ~ r ~ ~ ~ e . r v % =

r

~

4 a ~ a ~ S CI ~ ~ ~

~ I q t 1

~ ~ 1 s a $

~ l gl E,t

~ (8 +~1, e'

TABLE OF CONTENTS

~Pa e Motions A pplication........................................ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . i SECTION 86. 2 Amended Exhibit 1 General Information Re rdin the A licant ...., ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

1-1 SECTION 86. 3 Amended Exhibit 2 Location of Facilities A. General Information. J. ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~.... ~............. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 2-1 B

~a Location of 'Tl a1 Facihtxes 1. ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .. . ~.............

~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~, ~,' 2-3

1. Department of Transportaion Maps 1:24000 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

2-3

2. Aerial Photographs..........,...,....... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

2-3

3. System Relationship Map..........'.;..... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~;-. ~ ~ .. ~ ...-; 2.-3 C. Environmental Impact Assessment Requirements ~ ~; ~ ~ . ~ ...:. ~ ~ ~

~ 2-3.

D. Environmental Management and Construction"Requirements'. ~ -. ~ ~ ~ ~

2-<

SECTION 86 ~ 4 Amended Exhibit 3 Alternatives Table of Contents >................ <<'..........;.....; ...... i a A n Corridor Select>on ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ' ~ ~ ' ~ ~ ~ ~ '.' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ' ' ' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~. ~ ~ '; 3-1

~ Tntrodur L o etio tion ~ e ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ <<- a ~ 4

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ e~ ~ ' ~ ~' ~ ~

2. Corridor A:. Nine, Mile-Voln'ey.'.:...;;.. ', "gt ' ggtet,'3-2

99m ~

IJ rr L~ ~ f r 1 ~ ~ I

<'- C ~ 'I I ' ~ >> ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ >>

r

~ I r r rr G ' r Qi-g ~ 5 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ >> r ~ r '

~ ~ ~ ~ r ~ ~ >> r ~ ' ~ ~ 'L '

fl gJI

~ ~ .I ~ ~, ~

I

~

G~ rn O G iver,d .~

f 4 ~ ~ i ~ r I ~ ~ ~ ~

I

~ ~ r>> ~ r ~ 4 GI I>>V

~

I 4

5

~ r ~ ~ Q ~

~ t ~ >> 'I P P II >> \ I ~ ~ r,0 I'I >>I

~

I

~ I II J P r>>>>>>>>

0 Q

'g>>

8,=4 f. ~ C 4 ~, a 4 a C ~ r' F' 0>> t t r 1 r 0 ~ ~ p ~ " ~,rr i~ ~ ~ 4 " ~ >> r / ~

V Ct

~Pa e

3. Corridor B: Fitzpatrick-Lighthouse Hill..................... 3-3

4. Corridor C: Fitzpatrick-Edic.............................. 3-3

5. Corridor D: New Corridor...'.............................. 3-3

6. Null Alternative a. ~

.. ~ ~ .................................,..... 3-4 Ot B. Opt>on J ~

Assessment............................................. 3-4

.'ntroduction 1." J.

e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

'e

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

F 3 4

2. The D Option: New Corndor...............................

~ e 3-4 3." The C Option............................................. 3 "6

a. Option C-3 Fitzpatrick-Edic/Volney-Marcy.............. 3-6

b. Option C-2, Fitzpatrick-Edic/New Corridor............. 3-7

c. Option C-1, Fitzpatrick-Edic/New Corridor.............. 3-7

4. The B Option, Fitzpatrick-Lighthouse Hill/Nine Mile-Volney... 3-8

5. Th e A Option ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ e ~ ~ ~ ~

a. Option A-3, Nine Mile-Volney East/West Combination... 39

b. Option A-2, Nine Mile-Volney/West Option .............. 34

c. Option A-1, Nine Mile-Volney East/West Option........ 3-1Q d.'ine Mile - Volney/West Option....................... ~ 3-10.

6. Alternatives to Overhead ............................... ~ .. 3-10 SECTION 86. 3 Amended Exhibit 4 Environmental A ssessment Table of Cantents ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ Ie ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 1

~ Latrcuuctlcn ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 B. General Line Description ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4-3 C. Topography ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ .. .. ..

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

qqq ~ ~ ~ pq ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 a)

P=h

~ >> <<<<% ~

~ << ~

~ v ~ ~ r v '

~ ~

,t<< ~ ~ ~

CCL-(-

~~ i I- ]5 "

~ ~ >> ~

~'

) 6 I vvv (

~ ) ~ ~ ~

'86 ' P 4 0 0P0) ~ 6 ~ P C 6 C ~ C ~ I ) ) ~ ) 6 I'<<><<C'()'5~ 4 '+.I ~ ) )i,)t" ~ ~ ),c 05 () c<<g c $ c vs 6 ~h ~ p $ 6 II 6 g 66 )6 0 T 0 p 6 T p g T g p T>> 6 6 T <<~~~<9>>T~~>>~ ),

d ~-

~ ) ~ ~ >> ~ v>> )>>>> 4 ~ ~ ) << ~, << ~ ~ ) ~ c ~ 6>> ~

I' 8 I 5 ~ ~ a>> <<>> <<<> ~ ~ I '<<v ~ I ~ << '0 << )

~ I 'I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ << ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ) ~ J I << ~

q(, I

~ ~ I'L <<' I v I << 'I I ~ I ~ ) 6 <<, C>> ~ ~ '1C 0 I<<C I n 0 0 6 6 6 <<C 6 6 0 It 6 ~

~ I ) ) <<V ) I I ~ ~ ~ ~ >> V ~ ~ << 'I ~ <<<<<< II << ~ ~ ', ~

>> 0 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 C<<0 0 0 Ct 6 0 0 0 ~ ~ 0 6 6 <<a 6 <<)

<<5 0 0 CI 0 <<.I 0 i

~ >>>> <<C ~ <>>> <<)>> A>> I ~ I C ~ ~ ~, I )

t<<f (<<>et)60000000 ~ 0 ~ eooaoo ~ 066 ~ ~ 666 F 66>>.'<

)5 ,

P II I I VI II IC 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 6 ~ '6 6 6 Ci 6 ~ ~ 6 6 6 ~ 0 6

~pa e

1. Introduction L. ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4

2. Impact Assessment...................................... 4-4 D ~ SoIls ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~

1. Introduction

\

............................. . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ..

~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ 4-7

2. Impact Assessment ...................................... 4-8

' 4-10 Eo Hydrology o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

1 IntroductIon.o.e.o.o..e.... oooo..o.....o...o.o.o......... 4-10

2. Impact A ssessment...................................... 4-11 =

a. Streams and Ponds .................................. 4-11

b. Wetlands ............... . ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4-11

c. Flood Hazard Areas ................................. 4-12 p Natural ConstraInts ..................... . .; ... ... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ . 4-1'4

1. Impact Assessment...................................... 4-14

a. Steep Slopes ~ o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ 4 14

b. Vegetation, Wildlife and 'Habitat....................... 4-15

c. Topography................................,........ 4-16

~ S l Sollq s

~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 16

e. Streams ............................................ 4-16 Use ........................................

e e

G ~

Vegetation/Land o

4-18 e

1 IntroductIon ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 18

2. Impact Assessment .......................;.............. 4-20 H. Culture Resources .............. ....................,......

~ 4-25 1~ Introdllctlon J.

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 25

J I0 ~ ~

~ ~

I ~ ~ ~

~ I ~ I ~ I 1 ~ ~ ~ II ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ I @ I I ~ ~ ~

' = ~ I l I I I' I I I cl r. 0 v r

~ ~ ~ I ~ 'I ~ ~ ~ ~ r I ~, ~ ~ ~ 1 ~ v I ~ ~ ~ I I ~ ~ I ~ v > I I' Ct I I I Cl O I 0 0 L1 C' C Cl I1 . 0 0 v I ~ ~ I ~ ~ 10 ~ r. ~ ~ Iv "~ ~ C I I ~ .Ir A(r Jtpkr II Ct C l.'0 0

~ r II ~ ~ ' ~ I - Ir( ~ I' II I ~ ~

,I

.. r ~ ~ I .:.'IJ IJ > 0 '1 I I'I (I 0 0

~ ( ~ I 'I ~ I il ~ t. ~

0 I) Ct I L ( 0 r. 0 0 0 r 0, I> 0 0 0 0 I ~ ~ I I ~ ~ . ~ I . ~ v ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

' 0 rt t I 'J 0 I 1 0 0 I i,l .I L' > '

I. I> 1 I. I I ~ ~ v ~ I I r ~ ~ v I ~ 'I 1 ~ \ ~ ~ ~ ~

I 0 0 0 0 I I >J I ' 0

~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I ~ ~ h r ~ - ~ I ~ t '

ltt '1 I It 'I (' ' ( I 0 '

v ~ ~ ~ ~ II ~ ~ ~ II a I '1 ~ IL rl

~ r ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ v ~ ~ II ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ v v &J rtf~>> 1 I

~Pa e 2 Impact Assessment ............ ~.............. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 25

a. Historical/Archaeoloy',cal Impacts..................... ~ . 4-25

b. Cultural Resource Survey (Pratt and Pratt Archaeological Consultants)......................... ... ~ ... 4-26

c. Structures near the Right-of-Way................... ~....., ~ 4-46

d. General Cultural Information ........................ ..... 4.-58

e. Plans, Zoning and Restricted Areas................... ....4-58 I. Visual Impacts ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ ...................

.... ~ .. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4-60 1~ Introductione ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ e ~ e ~ e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 60

2. Road Assessment - Sight Lines .... ~.................. ..... .....

~ ~ ~ 4-60

3. Road Assessment -.Approaches.......................... ,....,... 4-70

4. Home Assessment e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ e 4 Z. Environmental;Assessment Summa~......................... ......... 4-86 K. Environmental Management and Construction Plans ............ 4-87 L. Informational Contacts ...... '............................... 4-90

1. Personal Contacts...........,....,,...,.....,....,,,... 4-9.0 a~ Pr 1vatee ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4-90

b. Governmental ............... ~...,.......,,,,...,... 4-9l New York State Agencies.... ~................... 4- 9l

2. Oswego County .e .. e e ~ e e e .e.e. e e . e.... e e . e... e e e 4-92

3. United States Agencies.... ~.................. ~ . 4-92

2. Printed Sources ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

' ' ' ' ' 93

a. General Information......... ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4-93

b. New York State................... ~ ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4-9 4

c. Oswego County Planning ...................... ~... ~ . 4-9 4 t

d. United States Agencies 4 95

~'

t. ~ ~

1-- J

~ ~ t V C-C, (V ~ ~ ~ 4 ~

) I' 'J I 0 C' IJ C C' ' 0 Cf 4 3 0 Cl 0 ~ I 0 fl

'I I I I' I 0,10CJJ00) I j 1 t' t ~ Ct I t tf ' J a VV 0 '%I f C ~ ~ CV 0 'J 't ~ 0 V V ~

r ~ ~ ~ t't, ~' 0 tf.0t>tftf 0 Jv vflctV.0 ft CC0 ~ 0 t ~ ',"(0'4 C I C r 1 1 I 0 0 Cl I 'I 0 'I Cl 0 I 0 0 CI CC 0 i.f 0 I'.'l I CI LI

\ Cf lt I.I I 0 I'I 0 ' ' fJ 0 rl 4 ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ ~ a ~ 0 t J tr ~ 0 t C ~ ~ ~ % ~ t I 'f ~ t 0 0

P~ae SECTION 86. 6 Amended Exhibit 5 Desi Drawin s A. General Description of the Proposed Transmission Line........ 5-1 B Structure Location.........................................

J.

5-1 C Structure Types............................................ 5-1

1. Two Pole Wood Structure................................ 5-3

2. Steel Tower Structure........................,.......... 5-4 D. Electrical Field Strengths .................,...,......,....., 5-5 SECTION 86. 7 Amended Exhibit 6 Economic Effects of the Pro osed Facili ...;.................... 6-1 SECTION 86. 8 Amended Exhibit 7 Local Ordinances A. Zoning Ordinances ~ a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 'o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 7 1 B Town of Scriba..............................'........ ~...... 7-1 C. Town of Uolney ... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~' ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 7 1 SECTION 86. 9 Amended Exhibit 8 Other Pendin ~

Fihn

~1 ~

s ..................... i.......;............ 8-1

~ rr v

-'I

~ ~ ~ - ~ ~

r 0 rr 0 0 o 0 0 0 ' 0 r r 0 0 0 0 0 ' . Ir 0 rr ro>> o.o o o r 0 o a o 0 0 o o n o

'. c " ~ 0 0 0

~ 0 ~ 0 ~ ~ r ~ ~ I ~ ~ ~ 0 o - o " 0 ~ ~ I I \ ~ ~ o ~

Cr l ~ fL ~ \ - o 0 ~ t ~ ~ 0 r ~ I r 0 e -IVAOa \ 8 ~ r 0 ~ ~ ~ 4 1 ~ 0 ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t 1 ~ ~

r' 0 'r 0 0 r 0 'r rr r 0tr ' r c ' 0 I~

r..ec ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ rr ~ ~ ~ ~ t ~ ~ 0 ~ I ~ ~ I ~ ~ 0 ~ o ~ ro 0 ~ ~ ' o 0 ~ oo ~ 4 ~ o ~

~Pa e SECTION 86. 10 Amended Exhibit 9 Cost of Pro osed Facility A. Cost Estimate for Nine Mile'2-Volney 345kV Transmission F acluty o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 9 1

1. Nine Mile 2-Scriba 345kV Transmission Line Segment

'1

( Oe 5 mQes) ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ a ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 9 1

2. Scriba-V olney 345kV Transmission Line Segment

( 8. 9 mQes).........;.

1 o.................................. 9-2 B. Basis for Cost Estimate .................................... 9-3 SECTION 88. 1 Amended Exhibit E-1 Descri tion of Pro osed Transmission Line A. General Description of the Nine Mile 2-Volney Transmission Lze .....;.......................,...............,......... E-1-1 B. Detailed Description of the Nine Mile 2-Volney Transmission L]ne......................,......................;......... E-1-2 SECTION 88. 2 Amended Exhibit E-2 Other Facilities Table of Contents A. General Description of Other Facilities.................,.....; E-2-1 1 Scrxba Stat>on......................,......,.......,.... E-2-1

2. Volney Station - 345kV line position.. ~....................E-2-1 3 Nine M>Xe 2 Term>.nus ...;............;; ..;.......,.......E-2-1

4. Relocation and Reconnection of Nine Mile 2 -Volney 89 345kV line.............................................,E-2-1

I ~ e ~ ~ ~ 9

~ r ~ C ~

r I,, ~

3.' 'W ~ ~ ~ ~, ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o 9 9 e t ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ L. ~ J >

J. ~ e ~ eeoc ~ ~ ~ 9 ~ ~ eoo ~ ~ ceo ~ ~ o ~ aee ~ ~ ~ e 9 4 0 0 9 ~ 0 0 9 ~ 0 ~ 9 0 ~ o ~ ~ 9 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ w-.)SJ fo ~.'>

f. ~ 0 o 1 9 ~ t 9 ~ ~ e a = ~ ~ ~ 9 9 \

p 9 ~ euonooee ~ 99ooe ~ ooo ~ ~ eeovooo: 9 9 ro J -39.,"-- ~ > e v t o + ~' ~ ~ e ~ 9 ~ ( . I ' ~ 9 l J ', ~ ~ '

I 9 000000

~ 9 ~ ~ q

~ 00

~ ~ a

~ ~ 9

~ ~ o

~ 0aeooe0 oooo-.ceoP4+as i'S"l9 f' ')" f '" 'C',' 'af.

890000 ~ 0900009 ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ eo>> ~ c') ~ ~ oo

s. ~ \

~

t v ~ 9 ~ o ~ ~ 9 e ~ ~ 9 9 i 9 9 9, e e

~,';, -.ah;T ~

R olid'~i' 0-44 w ID' 9 ~ ~ ~ I9 ~ 4 9 ~ 9 e 9 ~ 1 ~ g 9 9 ~ 9 ~ ~ ~ 9 ~ 9 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o o ~ LO '

a t v; ~ ~ ~ ~ '

~Pa e B. Detailed Description of Other FaciTities.......................E-2-1 C. Cost Estimates of Other Facilities...............,........... E-2-3

1. Scriba Stat>on,.......,...,,...,...,...,...,,,,.......,,,

J. E-2-3 E

2. Volney Station - 345kV Line Position ..................... E-2-4

3. Relocation and Reconnection of Nine Mile 2-Volney ¹9 345kV Line....,..........,...,,...,,,...,...,, E 5:

D Basis for Cost Estimate ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ .. ~ . ~ ~ ~ E-2-6 E. Scriba Station Location of Facilities ................E-2-7 F. Scriba Station Single Line Diagram ...................E-2-8 G. Volney Station Location of Facilities ... ~ ~ ~ ~ ... . .E-2-9

~ ~ ~ ~

H. Volney Station Single Line Diagram ...................E-2-10 Z. Environmental Assessment of Other Facilities ...........E-2-11

1. Scriba Station ......................................E-2-11

2. Relocation and Reconnection of Nine Mile Volney 59 345kV line ~ ~ y ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ E 2 11 SECTION 88. 3 Amended Exhibit E-3 Under round Construction ...................................... E-3-1 SECTION 88. 4 Amended Exhibit E-4 En e erin Justification Table of Contents................................................x A Lntroduction ................................................. E-4-1 B. Nine Mile 2 - Volney Transmission Requirements............. E-4-1 C S ys em Performance...............'...... ~................. E-4-2 D. Analysis of Alternatives.................................... E-4-2

~ el~abi ty ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~, ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ E 4

F 0' D ~ ~ 0 ~ 0 t 4 4 ~ n 0 ~ 0 I 0 4 ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ 0 0 ~ 0 ~ 4 ~ I ~ ~ 0 0 0 4 Ll ~ ~ 0 ' 0 I O 1

~ 0 0 0 4 4 4 0 ~ 0 ~ 4 4 4 4 4 4 0 0 0 0 0 0 ~ 0 I'.I 4 O 'I I I 0 (

00<< it OtpttddiPio:,p

~ IOX,FI 1

0 0 0 0 0 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ tt0 0 0 0 t 0 0 0 0 ( 0 O 0 ~ 0

( i 0 > ~ ~ ( 0 ~ 0 0 0 0 o 4 F 4 4 h 0 0 0 I

~Pa e F. Impact of Delay in Completion of Facilities......,....., .. E-4-4 G. Figures E-4-0 Through E-4-j.3.......................... E-4-5 SECTION 88. 5 Amended Exhibit E-5 Effects on Communications ..................................... E-5-1 SECTION 88. 6 Amended Exhibit E-6 Effects on Trans ortation ........,..............,............... E-6-1

C' V h ) ~

C"

~ 4 V 'I VJ 5' ~ ~ ~

\ ~ ' I < ~

~fill.

Q-h ~ ~ ~ I~ ' ~ I~ j< ~ ~ V< ~ ' ~ <t t<< O ~ ~ 0 <) ~ < h << ~~ ~ I4' << h It ) ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ < ~

<< Ia << <0 ~ ' ~ ~ -) *<<~ ~ <) ~ I< ~ ~ <~ ~ < h ~< I~ ~ <t I ) ~ I ~ < ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

l 'O ~< C

'<< ~ ~ ~ rt.< O, ~ ~ ) ~ ~ <~ ~ ~ <<e ~ < ~~ <<t< ~ < ~ <e e' <) ~ t ~ r ~

J ' <<~

~ h, 1 O ~ e ~<~ ~ .~ I ~ <h h S ~ a) ~ It ')<<< ~ << ~ <V<< <<< ~ ~ < ~ 'I< 1 ~ ~ < ~

& ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ I~ C i <~~ ~~ < ~ <~ e ~< II~ It<<a< ~ V ~ <0 ~ )<<t, ~ <t< ~ < ~ ~ ~ ~ h ~

~ '<

MAPS/DRA WINGS Pa e/Location SECTION 86. 3 Amended Exhibit 2 Location of Facilities Department of Transportation Map 1:24000 R educed Copy................................................... 2-2 FuQaweSue n Copy............................................... 'Binder Pocket Aez'lal Pssotos i1 ~~-zan< 660~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~s Binder Pocket System Relationship Map Exhibit 2 (a) (2)........................... 2-6 SECTION 86. 4 Amended Exhibit 3

, Alternatives t

0 ptlons ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

A lternatxves.............................,,.......,............ 3-13 SECTION 86. 5 Amended Exhibit 4 Environmental A ssessment Topography Map............................... o................. 4-6 S oils Map........;..............................................,.4-9 H 'drology Map........... ~.................. ~....................... 4-13 Natural Constraints Map .......................'........................4-17 v egetatxon/Land J.

Use Map.'...........,.....*....,...'...,.."....,. ~ .. ' ~ ~ ~ 4-24

4 ~ ' ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 4 t Of4 t ~ ~ ~ C ~ ~ ~ ~ C ~ I a ~ 4 CI 4 C t ~ il C C ~ 4 ~ 4 ~

CI ~ C p 4 1 . ~ *

("'...(

t4 <<4 4 ( C' I 4 I 4 ~

4 ( 4 V I 4 tl 4 C cl Cl C'I I 4 I IC

~Pa e Cultural Resources Map ................. ~............ ~ ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4-59 V isual Impacts Map I ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ t ~ ~ ~ 0 ~ ~ 4 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '4 "85 SECTION 86. 6 Amended Exhibit 5 Desi Drawin s Two Pole Tangent II H $1 Frame.................................. 5-3 Single Circuit Steel Tower..................................... 5-4 SECTION 88 ~ 2 Amended Exhibit E-2 Scriba Station Location Sketch.............................................E:-2-7

~

Single 0 1 T Line Diagram .. ~..................................... E-2-8 Location

+ ~

Sketch............................................. 5-2-9 Single Line Diagram.................. ~....... ~............. 5-2-10 t

$ I

~

T+

I t

P

~~ ilO i ' ' V '

II 4 /

9".tF.'~.>>il ":. '..i =".

STATE OF NEW YORK DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION In the Matter of the Application of- PSC CASE NO, 70068 Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation for itself and as NINE MILE 2-VOLNEY 345 KV

'agent for: Central Hudson Gas & Electric Corporation,: TRANSMISSION FACILITY Long Island Lighting Company, New York State Electric and Gas Corporation and Rochester Gas and Electric: MOTION FOR WAIVERS Corporation for a Certificate of Environmental Compati-bility and Public Need authorizing construction and operation of a 345 kV transmission facility from Nine Mile Point Nuclear Generating Station Unit 42 to Volney Station, together with associated equipment; Towns of Scriba and Volney, County of Oswego.

Pursuant to 16 NYCRR $ 85-.4, and as part of the amended filing for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and Public Need for the Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission facility and associated equipment, Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation, for itself and as agent for, the other Nine Mile 2 co-tenants, respectfully requests waiver of the following sections of the Commission's regulations (16 NYCRR) insofar as same apply to the instant facility:

1. Section 86 3 (a) (1) (ii)

2. Section 86 3(a)(2)(ii)

3. Section 86 3(b) (1) (i-iv)

4. Section 86 5(b) (1-9)

5. Section 86 ~

6(c) (5)

Reason: These sections of the application generally require the mapping of final design type information keyed to the precise location of the proposed facility.

Although general information may be available in these subject areas, it is premature

C J

Vr t

~ ~ ~

~

..a. ~...i~

~'

r> +5 'I c

~

g ~

A P

'I 4

l rg

at this time for Applicant to identify and map the requisite information absent Commission certification of a centerline for the quarter mile wide corridor.

Applicant will submit this information as part of its Environmental Management and Construction Plan filing following Commission issuance of a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and Public Need.

6. Section 86 3(b)(2). This para'graph requires that aerial photographs

~

shall be taken within six months of the date of filing.

Reason: Applicant has included in its amended application an aerial photograph of the right-of-way which was taken in 1974. Applicant's field verification of this photograph indicates that no significant residential, commercial or industrial development has occurred in the photograph area since it was taken and current land uses in the vicinity of the proposed facility are representative of existing land uses as of the date of filing. Moreover, the right-of-way does not traverse urban areas or urbanizing fringe areas.

Respectfully submitted, NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION for itself and as agent for:

Central Hudson Gas and Electric Corporation Long Island Lighting Company New York State Electric & Gas Corporation Rochester Gas and Electric Corporation By ~ ~f.&LVJ96>~

Michael W. Murphy System Attorney gj k

I t J x

. Dated: April 19, 1982

~ Jl l

'I 4

NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION/300 ERIE BOULEVARD WEST, SYRACUSE. N.Y. 13202/TELEPHONE (315) 474-1511 April 16, 1982 Honorable Samuel R. Madison Secretary, Public Service Commission Empire State Plaza

.Agency Building f3 Albany, New York 12223 Re: Case 70068; Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV Transmission Facilit

Dear Secretary Madison:

On December 17, 1979, the Recommended Decision of the Honorable Harold L. Colbeth was issued in the above-captioned proceeding. Although the Administrative Law judge found and determined that a public need existed for the proposed 765 kV transmission line in order to connect the statewide transmission grid to the Nine Mile Unit 42 generating unit under construction, the Administrative Law Judge nevertheless attached an "Addendum to the Recommended Decision" to his decision. That Addendum to the Recommended Decision noted a newspaper report to the effect that construction work at the Nine Mile Unit 42 had been sharply reduced or suspended. judge Colbeth noted that the planned in-service date for the generating unit of November, 1984 now seemed an impossibility. The Administrative Law Judge accordingly requested that the parties address this new development and its impact on the issue of the need for the subject transmission facility in their Brief on Excep-tions since the need for the instant transmission line is dependent upon the need to transmit the output of generation of the Nine Mile Unit f2. In a "Notice to the Parties",,issued December 17, 1979, you had noted these uncertainties surrounding the construction schedule with respect to Nine Mile Unit 42 and accordingly deferred'the scheduling of Briefs on Exceptions and Replies thereto.

The procedure which you have established to bring this proceeding to a certification decision is as follows: applicants are to move for the establish-ment of a final briefing schedule and concurrently proffer appropriate schedules and supporting affidavits indicating that the construction of Nine Mile Unit 42 will continue and that completion is scheduled for a date certain;

1

~ ~

t P

S

)

Hon. Samuel R. Madison Page 2 April 16, 1982 Attached please find the affidavits of Niagara Mohawk witnesses Frederick J. Lange and Thomas J. F. Ordon, which affidavits substantiate that the construction of the Nine Mile Unit 42 generating facility will continue and that'completion is scheduled for a date certain, i.e'. late 1986. Accordingly, pursuant to the "Notice to the Parties" issued:

December 17, 1979, Niagara Mohawk, for itself and as agents for other co-tenants, hereby moves for the reinitiation of the Case 70068 proceed-ing.

The procedure contemplated at the time that you attached the "Notice to the Parties" to the December 17, 1979 Recommended Decision assumed that the proceeding would be reinitiated at the Brief on Exceptions stage.

That proves not to be the case, however, since during the hiatus between December 17, 1979 and the present Niagara Mohawk has determined that the facility for which application would be made and certification sought would be a 345 kV facility. Within the next week to )0 days, Niagara Mohawk will be submitting an amended Article VII application seeking certification of a Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV facility and associated transmission. Accordingly, on the strength of the attached affidavits, Niagara Mohawk requests that the instant proceeding be reinitiated upon the Commission's receipt of Niagara Mohawk's amended application. Niagara Mohawk is presently prepared to resume public hearings, if necessary, on its amended Article VII application.

Given that the Article VII application is being amended prior to certification issuance and the lack of any waiting period mandated by law or regulation, Niagara Mohawk respectfully requests the present assignment of an Admin-istrative Law Judge to.succeed the Honorable Harold L. Colbeth, since demised, and the resumption of the decisional process on an as soon as practical basis.

Very truly yours, Michael W. Murphy System Attorney MWM rl Attachments xc: Jack R. Lebowitz, Esq.

'i'd> ~

P l

h J gP 4

~ 4 p 4 J Ig C

STATE OF NEW'ORK.,-

DEPARTMENT OF, PUBLIC SERVICE PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION, In the Matter of the Application

- of PSC CASE NO, 70068 Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation for itself and as NINE MILE 2-VOLNEY 345 KV ~

agent for: Central Hudson Gas & Electric Corporation, TRANSMISSION FACILITY Long Island Lighting Company, New York State Electric and Gas Corporation and Rochester Gas and Electric AFFIDAVIT Corporation for a Certificate of Environmental Compati-w bility and Public Need authorizing construction and operation of a 345 kV transmission facility from Nine Mile Point Nuclear Generating Station Unit -2 to Volney Station, together with associated equipment; Towns of Scriba and Volney, County of Oswego.

FREDERICK J. LANGE, being duly sworn, deposes and says:

1) That he is employed by Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation, 300 Erie Boulevard West, Syracuse, New York 13202, in the capacity of Manager of Enginoering Planning; and

2) That he has not heretofore rendered sworn testimony in the above-captioned proceeding, but will henceforth be sponsoring testimony pertaining to the need for the above-captioned 345 kV transmission facility and the scheduled commercial operation date of Nine Mile Unit 42,insofar as it impacts the need for the subject 345 kV transmission facilities, once the Article VII Roceeding for Case 70068 is reinitiated; and

3) That subsequent to the issuance of the Recommended Decision in this proceeding, the scheduled commercial operation date for Nine Mile Unit 42 has been changed from late 1984 to late 1986; and

W ~ 4 ( 1 ~

I

. ~

8~

4) That construction activities in connection with the Nine Mile Unit-"2 are currently proceeding on a schedule to attain a late 1986 commer-cial operation date; and

5) That the need for, and in-service date of, the Nine Mile 2-Scriba*

and the Scriba-Volney 345 kV transmission facilities are dependent upon, and must precede by one year and 5 months, respectively, the scheduled commer-cial operation date of the Nine Mile Unit ~~2 generating facility; and

6) That the instant 34S kV transmission facility is needed to transmit the output of Nine Mile Unit 2; and f

') That because of the late 1986 commercial operation date of Nine Mile Unit 42, the needed in-service date for the instant 345 kV transmission facilities should be October, 1985 and June, 1986 in order to allow sufficient time for facility testing.

8) That this Affidavit is being supplied at the behest of the Secretary of the New York State Department of Public Service for the purposes of reinitiating the certification proceeding and bringing the proceeding to a certification decision since Nine Mile Unit 42 construction is continuing and is scheduled for commercial operation at a date certain, i.e. late 1986.

Frederick i. Lang+

Sworn to beiore me this /(+

/( day t ANli- , 1982.

IZ(f! s/ r; /7lci

/'/

" "" J >h $ isie e> H

>4 <d23927 y~

fl~1 r~r, esAh~ ~

fseesl lAsrch 30, IQ

The Nine Mile 2'-V ey 34S kV transmission facility has two segments, i.e. Nine Mile 2-Scriba Station (.5 miles) and Scriba Station to Volney Station (8.9 miles),

~ ~

STATE OF NEW YORK DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC SERVICE PUBLIC SERVICE COMMISSION In the Matter of the Application PSC CASE NO. 70068 Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation for itself and as NINE MILE 2-VOLNEY 345 KV agent for: Central Hudson Gas 6 Electric Corporation, TRANSMl'SSION FACILITY Long Island Lighting Company, New York State Electric and Gas Corporation and Rochester Gas and Electric AFFIDAVIT Corporation for a Certificate of Environmental Compati-bility and Public Need authorizing construction and operation of a 34S kV transmission facility from Nine Mile Point Nuclear Generating Station Unit 42 to Volney Station, together with associated equipment; Towns of Scriba and Volney, County of Oswego.

THOMAS j. F. ORDON, being duly sworn, deposes and says:

1) That he is employed by Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation, 300 Erie Boulevard West, Syracuse, New York, 13202, in the capacity of Senior Electrical Engineer System Engineering in the Design Engineering Department; and

2) That he has not heretofore rendered sworn testimony in the above-captioned proceeding, but will henceforth be sponsoring testimony pertaining to the engineering, design, cost and scheduling aspects of the above-captioned 34S KV transmission facility upon the reinitiation of the Article VII proceeding for Case 70068; and

3) That subsequent to the Recommended Decision's issuance in this proceeding, the scheduled commercial operation date of Nine Mile Unit 42 has been changed from 1984 to late 1986; and

Ill I ~

4 P

4) That the change in the commercial operation date of Nine Mile Unit 42 means that the in-service dates of the Nine Mile 2-Scriba and the Scriba-Volney 345 KV transmission facilities are October, 1985 and june, 1986 respectively; and

5) That in order to meet appropriate in-service dates for the various segments of this filing, the following list of construction activities should ensue in the referenced times, assuming certification and EM & CP approval; ib Start Clearing 3/84 3/84 8/83 Start Grading and Site Preparation 9/83 Start Foundations 5/84 5/84 12/83 Start Structure Installations 6/84 6/84 4/84 Start Stringing 10/84 6/85 Start Electrical Equipment Installation 6/84 In Service 10/85 6/86 10/85

and

6) That in order to insure the ability to commence facility construction in order to meet the scheduled 1986 in-service date for the Nine Mile Unit ~2 facility, certification and EM & CP approval for the major utility transmission facilities and associated facilities should be in hand no later than August, 1983 for the Scriba Station andjanuary.1984 for the Nine Mile 2-Scriba+and Scriba-Volney 345 KV transmission facilities; and

7) That the certification proceeding for the instant transmission facility and associated equipment should proceed so that Niagara Mohawk will be in a position to commence construction of the instant facility in an orderly and timely manner.

The Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission facility has two segments, i.e. Nine Mile 2-Scriba Station (.5 miles) and Scriba Station to Volney Station (8.9 miles).

8) That the instant 345 KV transmission facility continues to be needed to transmit the output of Nine Mile Unit N2.

Thomas F. Ordon Sworn to before me this /l I D TR day of , .1982.

P[CHAEL W. MVRPHY QHa5 Pobl!c jo rha Srara ol Haw Yak Ho, ld23S27 I

Ejg Go~oo~

Eaprrac March ~ QO

1

~"

~ ~

In The Matter of the Amended Application*

of NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION for itself and as agent for Central Hudson Gas and Electric Corporation Long Island Lighting Company New York State Electric and Gas Corporation Rochester Gas and Electric Corporation Pursuant to Article VII of the Public Service Law of the State of New York for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and Public Need authorizing construction and operation of a 345 kV electric trans-mission facility extending from Nine Mile Point Nuclear Generating Station Unit /l2 to the existing Volney Station, said transmission facility being located in the Towns of Scriba"and Volney, in Oswego County, in~the State of New York, together with the associated equipment hereinafter described in Amended Exhibit E-2, "Other Facilities."

To the Public Service Commission The amended application of NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION for itself and as agent for: Central Hudson Gas and Electric Corporation, Long Island Lighting Company, New York State Electric and Gas Corporation, and Rochester Gas and Electric Corporation (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the co-tenants) for a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and Public Need authorizing the construction and operation of the 345 kV electric transmission facilities and associated equipment hereinafter described in Amended Exhibit E-2, "Other Facilities". respectively shows'e instant application has been amended to reflect the applicants pursuit of a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and Public Need for a 345 kV electric transmission facility and associated equip-ment. Accordingly, the instant'mended application supercedes the application filed on April 13, 1978, which application had sought authorization to construct, operate, and maintain 9.3 miles of 765 kV transmission line and a new East Volney Station.

t f i ~~ 4>L~

ic y 4 I

I h

4

~

I'I 1 \

t'I s

~

)~ g

~ ~ 1, \, ~

General Information Regarding the Application This application is made pursuant to Article VII of the Public Service Law of the State of New York, and Chapter 1, Subchapter F, Parts 85, 86, and 88 of the Rules and Regulations of the Public Service Commission.

Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and the co-tenants are electric and gas corporations organized and existing under the laws of the State of New York. Exhibit 1, attached hereto and made a part hereof, sets forth the corporate names, addresses, and telephone numbers; the names, addresses, and the telephone numbers of the applicant~s principal officers; and the names, addresses and telephone numbers of the agents for service of Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and the other co-tenants.

Description of the Proposed Electric Transmission Facilities The proposed transmission facility is a single circuit 345 kV electric transmission facility from the applicants'ine Mile 2 Nuclear Generating Station to Niagara Mohawk's existing Volney Station. The proposed transmission facility is approximately 9.4 miles in length and traverses the Towns of Scriba and Volney in Oswego County in Central New York State. Associated equipment includes the construction of a new 345 kV Scriba Station located south of Lake Road in the Town of Scriba, the installation of a 345 kV line position at Volney Station, the relocation and reconnection of the Nine Mile - Volney 89 345 kV line into Scriba Station and the construction of a Scriba Fitzpatrick 345 kV interconnecting line.

The transmission facility is proposed to be adjacent and

.parallel to an existing electric transmission facility right-of-way for its entire length.

l The Environmental Impact Assessment was prepared by Niagara Mohawk personnel. The findings of these studies are presented in amended Exhibits 2, 3, and 4 of this amended application.

The basic need for the facility is to provide a generator lead for the Nine Mile Point Nuclear Generating Station Unit 2 to the New York Power Pool interconnected electric transmission network.

No reasonable alternative locations were identified in the corridor analysis although a number of options were identified. These options are identified in Amended Exhibit 3 of this application.

WHEREFORE, NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION for itself and as agent for the other co-tenants respectfully requests that the Public Service Commission:

1. Issue a Certificate of Environmental Compatibility and Public Need pursuant to Article VII of the Public Service Law for the Nine Mile 2 Volney 345 kV Transmission Facility and the associated equipment herein described in Amended Exhibit E-2 "Other Facilities";

2. Grant such other further authorities, consents, permissions, and approvals as may be necessary for construction, opera-tion or maintenance of the facilities herein proposed.

Respectfully submitted, NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION for itself and as agent for:

Central Hudson Gas and Electric Corporation Long Island Lighting Company New York State Electric & Gas Corporation Rochester Gas and Electric Corporation John H. Terry John H. Terry Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary

NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 86 SECTION 86.2 AMENDED EXHIBIT 1 GENERAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE APPLICATION NINE MILE 2 - VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation

9J ~X:~

I gg'l . *t

~ s a

I'

'e q ~

p t

II

1-1 GENERAL INFORMATION REGARDING THE APPLICANT 5 86.2 AMENDED EXHIBIT 1 NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION for itself and as Agent for Central Hudson Gas and Electric, Long Island Lighting Company, New York State Electric and Gas, Rochester Gas and Electric, co-tenants, has been authorized to present this application for certification pursuant to Article VII of the Public Service Law. The names, addresses, principal officers, and other information required by Section 86.2 of the Public Service Commission's Rules of Procedure (Exhibit 1) with reference to said co-tenants are as follows:

CENTRAL HUDSON GAS AND ELECTRIC MR. THEODORE A. CARLSON, CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CENTRAL HUDSON GAS AND ELECTRIC 284 SOUTH AVENUE POUGHKEEPSIE, NEW YORK 12602 TELEPHONE: (914) 452-2000 LONG ISLAND LIGHTING COMPANY MR. CHARLES R. PIERCE, CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER LONG ISLAND LIGHTING COMPANY 250 OLD COUNTRY ROAD MINEOLA, NEW YORK 11501 TELEPHONE:. (516) 228-2890 NEW YORK STATE ELECTRIC AND GAS CORPORATION MR. CHARLES F. KENNEDY, CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER NEW YORK STATE ELECTRIC GAS CORPORATION 4500 VESTAL PARKWAY EAST BINGHAMTON, NEW YORK 13902 TELEPHONE: (607) 729-2551

AMENDED EXHIBIT 1 1-2 ROCHESTER GAS AND ELECTRIC CORPORATION MR. PAUL BRIGGS, CHAIRMAN AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE 6 OFFICER ROCHESTER GAS AND ELECTRIC CORPORATION 89 EAST AVENUE ROCHESTER, NEW YORK 14649 TELEPHONE: (716) 546-2700 CORPORATE APPLICANT NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION 1

CORPORATE ADDRESS:

300 ERIE BOULEVARD WEST SYRACUSE, NEW YORK 13202 TELEPHONE NUMBER:

AREA CODE (315) 474-1511 NAME AND BUSINESS ADDRESS OF PRINCIPAL OFFICER OF APPLICANT JOHN G. HAEHL, JR., CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 6 CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION 300 ERIE BOULEVARD WEST SYRACUSE~ NEW YORK 13202 DOCUMENTS AND CORRESPONDENCE TO BE SERVED UPON:

JOHN W. KEIB, ESQ.

SENIOR SYSTEM ATTORNEY~ C-3 NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION 300 ERIE BOULEVARD WEST SYRACUSE, NEW YORK 13202 TELEPHONE: (315) 474-1511 X1756 OR MICHAEL W. MURPHY SYSTEM ATTORNEY, C-3 NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION 300 ERIE BOULEVARD WEST SYRACUSE, NEW YORK 13202 TELEPHONE: (315) 474-1511 X7470

'I ~ II NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 86 SECTION 86.3 AMENDED EXHIBIT 2 LOCATION OF FACILITIES NINE MILE 2 VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation

k I

~ -'

2-1 LOCATION OF FACILITIES

'86.3 AMENDED EXHIBIT 2 A. GENERAL INFORMATION The area around Oswego and Lake Ontario has been and continues to be of major importance to the generation and transmission of electrical energy for New York State. The increasing. energy demands on the applicants'ystems require the construction of new generation and associated transmission facilities. This application has been developed to begin the process which will allow Niagara Mohawk to construct, on behalf of the applicants, a 345 kV single circuit transmission line from Niagara Mohawk's Nine Nile 2 <uclear Generating Station to the existing Volney Station.

The map on page 2-2 shows the location of the Nine Mile 2 Nuclear Generating Station Site, the proposed Scriba Station, the associated transmission facilities, and the existing Volney Station. It also shows the proposed 345 kV centerline and the three and five mile study areas prescribed by the New York State Public Service Commission's Article VII regulations. All known existing and proposed linear rights-of-way are shown .within the study area including gas and electrical lines. A

, larger copy of this map is included with this application under separate cover and is required as part of the Exhibit 2 submittal as explained on page 2-3 ~

The overall length of the line as proposed is approximately 9.4 miles. It is located entirely within a transmission line corridor owned by Niagara Mohawk and is east of Niagara Mohawk's existing Nine pile-Clay and Nine Mile-Volney 345 kV Transmission Lines.

The Ontario Lake Plain terrain on which the proposed facility is located is generally unpronounced with glacial topographic features providing some variety. The total rise in elevation from Nine Mile 2 to Volney Station is only about 200 feet (260' 460'). The most significant elevation change occurs in the area north of Route 104 where the 460 foot contour is first encountered going south from Nine Mile 2. The remaining distance, from Route 104 South to Volney Station, has no elevation change overall. A maximum elevation of just over 500 feet occurs immediately south of Lily Marsh Road. This lack of topography contributes significantly to the high propensity of wetlands, wet soil conditions, and muckland agricultural lands.

'I

I ~

'r'd

~

N[N

~

ENa a>>

ATINGSTATION " . "fr,'

~ ~ a+IC(r C

~a a

'0 +5 a aa r ' '

1 7r I ' . ~

( ~

0

'gL yd W8 -o a 0%

5

~

ap ae)>>recall caaac c1 ~I tea

< F21

. aaa>>

aa aaa'a avaadaal

>>2 aaalaac aa)aa)C ~acciacaa n>>a+

Ja a>>5 a 5 s:-PP a

pe agw~

83 'r Ca a ag i!1 Pa,,

.r.

().. r*I a l .4 d4 d (Ca Q>>a I'%a I 4 acr i >>

\

e, . r

. 0' /a9

~FI a

y P tl,c i~

5. ~

IIuQCN >> ia a

g Iaaf*

'ra>> AA',

NQ kj SCALE (.

FF(

r ~~$

I ;b.-': ~

a

'CP x ~

ca =.a't'B1 a

a 'IA)'i "a. .:

C aa

ytl f) ~ 5( h IL 'I E

~ 1~ A

..~r l 5:,fs-!

0

AMENDED EXHIBIT 2 2-3 B. LOCATION OF FACILITIES

1. DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION MAPS 1:24000 In accordance with section 86.3 (a) (1), (1), (ii), and (iii) of Article VI of the New York Public Service Law, New York State Department of Transportation Maps at a scale of 1:24000 are provided in the application binder pocket.

The map entitled, "EXHIBIT 2, NINE MILE 2 TO VOLNEY 345 kV, TRANSMISSION FACILITY" shows the following required information; the location of the Nine Mile 2 Nuclear Generating Station, the proposed Scriba Station with associated transmission line facilities, the proposed 345 kV transmission line route, the existing Volney Station, and any known archaeologic, geologic, historical or scenic area, park or untouched wilderness within three miles of the right-of-way.

2. AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS Aerial photographs showing the centerline of the proposed 345 kV transmission line and related facilities are provided on two mosaics in the binder pocket. The mosaics are entitled "NINE MILE 2 TO VOLNEY'345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY" and the scale is 1" = 660'. Both sets of aerial mosaics are based on photos taken on April 11, 1974.

3. SYSTEM RELATIONSHIP MAP The System Relationship Map on page 2-6 responds to the requirements of 86.3 (a) (2) (i), (iii), and (iv). Below is a listing of the required information shown on the map with respect to:

the location, length, and capacity of the proposed Nine Mile 2-Volney Facility and existing facilities related to the proposed facility; (iii) the location and designation of each point of .connection between the existing and proposed facility; and (iv) nearby, crossing, and connecting rights-of-way and facilities of other utilities.

The requirement of 86.3 (a) (2) (ii) will be provided in the Environmental Management and Construction Plan (EM & CP) as explained in subsection D "ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGP2KNT AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS", page 2-4.

C. ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT RE UIREMENTS Explanations required by 86.3 (a) (2) (i), (iii), and (iv); and environmental data concerning known archaeologic, geologic, historical or scenic areas, park, or untouched wilderness is discussed beginning on page 4-1

f I

C

~ 4w gf'-' ..c

.ai'> Df<

gai; =

3a

AMENDED EXHIBIT 2 2-4 under the title "ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT, NINE MILE 2-VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY", Amended Exhibit 4, D. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND CONSTRUCTION RE UIREMENTS Detailed information required in 86.3 (a) (1) (ii) concerning permanent clearing or other changes to the topography, vegetation or man made structures will be provided in the Environmental Management and Construction Plan (EM & CP).

In general, approximately 75 acres of right-of-way will be selectively cleared.

The only changes to topography that will occur is minor grading at construction sites and grading for access roads. The proposed route is entirely owned by Niagara Mohawk and does not r'equire the destruction or movement. of any man made dwellings.

Detailed information required in 86.3 (a) (2) (ii) concerning the location and function of any structure to be built on, or adjacent to the right-of-way will be provided in the EM & CP. A general discussion of these facilities is provided in this application in Amended Exhibit 5, Design Drawings; Amended Exhibit E-l, Description of Proposed Transmission Line; and Amended Exhibit E-2, Other Facilitie.

Detailed information required in 86.3 (b) (1) (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) will be provided on aerial mosaics which are a part of the EM & CP. A general discussion of each requirement follows:

(i) the proposed right-of-way boundaries totally lie within the existing Nine Mile-Volney Corridor which is owned by Niagara Mohawk.

Centerline of the proposed facility will be east of and located 100 feet from centerline of the existing Nine Mile-Clay 89 345 kV Line. The eastern boundary of the proposed right-of-way will be 75'ast of centerline of the proposed Nine Mile 2-Volney line.

Boundary details will be provided in the EM & CP.

Permanent clearing will occur within the right-of-way of the proposed Nine Mile 2-Volney Transmission Line. Selective clearing will be required for a width of approximately 75 feet along the eastern edge of the existing Nine Mile to Volney Corridor. Details will be provided in the EM & CP. Changes to topography will be minor and will result from minor grading at structure sites and at access road locations. Location of these areas will be provided in the EM & CP.

(iii) Access routes which exist on the Nine Mile-Volney Corridor will be

AMENDED EXHTBIT 2 2-5 utilized to the extent practicle for construction of the proposed facility. The location of these access routes and new access routes will be,.provided in the EM & CP.

(iv) Centerline of the Nine Mile-Volney Transmission Facility will be

.located 100 feet east of the existing Nine Mile-Clay //9 345 kV Transmission Line. Structure locations will be provided in the EM 6 CP.

p)

NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 86.

SECTION 86.4 AMENDED EXHIBIT 3 ALTERNATIVES NINE MILE 2 VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation

\

Ci ~

F Q>>

ALTERNATES 86.4 AMENDED EXHIBIT 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS PAGE A. Corridor Selection................................................. 3-1 1 Introduction................................................... 3-1

2. Corridor A: Nine Mile-Volney.................................. 3-2

3. Corridor B: Fitzpatrick-Lighthouse Hill......................; 3-3

4. Corridor C: Fitzpatrick-Edic.................................. 3-3

5. Corridor D: New Corridor.......... . ........................ 3-3 6 Null Alternative............................................... 3-4 B. Option Assessment.................................................. 3-4 1 Introduction................................................... 3-4

2. The D Option: New Corridor.................................... 3-4 3 The C Option................................................ ~ .. 3-6

a. Option C-3 Fitzpatrick-Edic/Volney-Marcy................... 3-6

b. Option C-2, Fitzpatrick-Edic/New Corridor......... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3 7

c. Option C-I, Fitzpatrick-Edic/New Corridor....... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3 7

4. The B Option, Fitzpatrick-Lighthouse Hill/Nine Mile-Volney.....'-8 5 The A Option................................................... 3-8

a. Option A-3, Nine Mile-Volney East/West Combination.. . . 3-9 ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

b. Option A-2, Nine Mile-Volney/West Option................... 3-9

c. Option A-l, Nine Mile-Volney/East Option................... 3-10

d. Nine Mile-Volney West/East Option........... ~.... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3 10

6. Alternatives to Overhead.............................. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 3 10

l I

'I - k

<~

3-1 ALTERNATIVES 86.4 AMENDED EXHIBIT 3 A. CORRIDOR SELECTION

l. INTRODUCTION A number of parameters were established to aid in the selection and evaluation of the various alternative routing options for an electrical transmission connection between the Nine Mile 2 Generating Station and the Volney Station. Serious consideration was given to utilizing existing corridors. A number of reasons are apparent for this. The first is the emphasis placed on consolidation of rights-of-way in much of the litera-.

ture regarding environmental siting,of transmission line rights-of-way.

From an economic and environmental standpoint, access to new transmission lines from existing rights-of-way and clearing which has been partially accomplished are positive factors for considering consolidation. Addi-tionally, the visual impacts of utilizing existing corridors are less than that of totally new rights-of-way. This is especially true where a number of corridors, already cioss the area under consideration.

In this particular case, an evaluation of existing rights-of-way show that three corridors already exit the Nine Mile Point site.

It was considered highly undesirable to create a new corridor under these conditions unless absolutely necessary. Some new rights-of-way were. evaluated in combination with the existing corridors in order to make the desired Nine Mile 2 Volney connection, but emphasis was placed on utilizing existing rights-of-way.

The most obvious corridor to utilize is the existing Nine Mile-Volney 345 kV Transmission Corridor. The directness of this right-of-way makes it a prime route to be evaluated closely. Additionally, in the initial purchase of this right-of-way, extra property was acquired along both sides of the 345 kV lines to facilitate future expansion. A myriad of options are available u'sing this corridor as a base, including place-ment of the new line on either the east or west side or some combination of east and west sides.

The second corridor out of Nine Mile Point is the Fitzpatrick-Lighthouse Hill 115kV Transmission Line construction and operational feed.

This is a narro~, winding corridor which extends south to the Oswego-

1

&KNDED EXHIBIT 3 3-2 Lighthouse Hill double circuit 115kV east-west transmission lines. The options exist of placing the 345 kV line on either side or a combination of the two sides of the existing line. Some completely new right-of-way would be required for any option utilizing this corridor in order to continue the new line to the Volney Station from the termination of the Fitzpatrick-Lighthouse Hill Line at the Oswego-Lighthouse Hill Lines.

The third corridor exiting the Nine Mile Point Site is the Power Authority of the State of New York's (PASNY) Fitzpatrick-Edic 345 kV Transmission Line going south and southeast'from the site. Again, either side of the existing line might be used for the new facility.

However, a strip of uncleared right-of-way exists on the north side of the right-of-way already. Options to get to the Volney Station from this Corridor are either a new right-of-way south from near the Route 104 crossing, or a connection at the Fitzpatrick-Edic Line intersection with the certified, but not yet constructed, Volney-Marcy Line and parallel it back to the Volney Station.

Identification of the most reasonable of the corridor options from Nine Mile 2-Volney required a generalized environmental assessment of each. The following is an evaluation of each and the reasons why the existing 345 kV transmission line corridor from Nine Mile 2 to Volney was chosen; and why the Fitzpatrick-Lighthouse Hill 115kV and the Fitzpatrick-Edic 345 kV Transmission Line Corridors were rejected. The various corridors discussed here are shown on the 'Options" map at the end of Exhibit 3, page 3-12,

2. CORRIDOR A: Nine Mile-Volne Options in the Ni'ne Mile-Volney Corridor parallel the two 345kV and the two 115kV transmission lines from Nine Mile Point to the Light-house Hill Lines and then continue to parallel .the 345 kV lines on into the Volney Station.

Recognizing that line security problems are exacerbated by multiple crossovers of transmission lines, options within the corridor become better defined. The fewer number of crossings, the higher the security of the line.

Option A-1 in the Nine Mile Volney Corridor parallels the existing easterly 345 kV line at a centerline to centerline distance of 100 feet to the east. Option A-2 parallels the westerly 115 kV line, then the

e C

'j7'4'. P Z>(,",

'~9~A %~.i..

AMENDED EXHIBIT 3 westerly 345 kV Line at a 100 feet centerline to centerline distance to the west or as close as possible depending on obstructions. Option A-3 in the .northern section parallels the easterly side of the existing 345 kV lines at a separation distance of 100 feet, then crosses over just south of the Lighthouse Hill 115 kV Lines and parallels the westerly side of the 345 kU lines at a centerline to centerline distance of 100 feet.

3. CORRIDOR B: Fitz atrick-Li hthouse Hill The Fitzpatrick-Lighthouse Hill Corridor parallels the existing 115 kU service feed from the Nine Mile/Fitzpatrick Complex to the Oswego Lighthouse Hill 115 kV Lines. It would then require approximately 8000 feet of new right-of-way to intersect the Nine Mile-Volney Right-of-Way and parallel it to the Volney Station. The zig-zag meandering of the existing 115 kv transmission line and the overall similarity of the area through which it passes makes placement on either side of the line of equal impact. However, because of the lines'roximity to homes and some natural forest areas in some locations, the option considered parallels the line on the east side.

4. CORRIDOR C: Fitz atrick-Edic Option C-1 in the Fitzpatrick-Edic Corridor parallels the vacant section of right-of-way on the northeast side of the existing Fitzpatrick-Edic 345 kV Line to a point just north of Route 104, then turns generally south requiring new right-of-way to the Volney Station. Option C-2 also parallels the northeast side of the Fitzpatrick-Edic Line but extends to a point just south of Route 104. It then turns and continues generally south requiring new right-of-way to the Uolney Station. Option C-3 parallels the existing Fitzpatrick-Edic Line and the certified Volney-Marcy Line except for about 1.1 miles of new right-of-way. At a point near its intersection with the Volney-Marcy Line, a new section of right-of-way would be required to connect the Fitzpatrick-Edic to the Volney-Marcy Right-of-Way. A new section of right-of-way near the Volney Station may also be necessary.

5. CORRIDOR D: New Corridor The New Corridor Option was dismissed after the preliminary analysis indicated that the area was not large enough to absorb a new corridor without being seriously sectioned. Additionally, from an environmental standpoint, because the area is so homogeneous, no totally new route was believed to exist that would have less environmental impact than utilizing at least some parts of existing rights-of-way.

I. Visual Impacts...................................... ~ ~ ~ . 4-60

1. Introduction.........................'............. 4-60

2. Road Assessment Sight Lines....................... 4-60

3. Road Assessment Approaches........................ 4-70

4. Home Assessment.....,.....,......................... 4-73 J. Environmental Assessment Summary........................ 4-86 K. Environmental Management and Construction Plans.........'4-87 L. Information Contacts................................... ~ 4-90

1. Personal Contacts................................... 4-90

a. Private......................................... 4-90 b Governmental.................................... 4-91

1. New York State Agencies..................... 4-91

2. Oswego County............................... 4-92

3. United States Agencies...................... 4-92

2. Print'ed Sources.............. '.. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4 93

a. General Information........ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4-93 b New York State.................................. 4-94

c. Oswego County Planning.......................... 4-94

d. United States Agencies.......................... 4-95

X4 3-4

6. NULL ALTERNATIVE The option of not constructing a new line at all was not open to this pro)ect. The need statement in Amended Exhibit E-4 of this report identifies why this alternative was not possible.

B. OPTION ASSESSMENT

1. INTRODUCTION This section provides an assessment of the options within each of the corridors (see 'Options" map, Page 3-12) ~ Table 3-1 on the following page identifies and provides comparative data for the options. A discussion of each option selected for consideration begins immediately following the table. The discussion begins with the D .Options and ends with the preferred A Options.

Relative to Table 3-1, p 3-5> the approximated corridor length infor-mation, length utilizing existing corridor, and length utilizing new corridor is straightforward enough to require no explanation; however, the other categories and data provided for the options require an explanation.

Right-of-way acquisition required refers to the amount of'right-of-way needed to construct the line, based on current engineering standards.

These requirements are: 100 feet centerline to centerline between the 345 kV line and any parallel line of transmission voltage; and 75 feet'from the centerline to the edge of the right-of-way.. Line crossings refer to the actual number of electric transmission lines crossed from Lake Road to MacDougall Road. This count includes only lines, not circuits, in 1

the case of a double circuit line, which would be count'ed as one line.

2. THE D OPTION: New Corridor Option D was considered but discarded. Probably the single most significant factor in discarding Option D is that' new corridor would be the fourth right-of-way in a rather limited area of the lake plain. Addi-tionally, a new corridor requires more new clearing and, therefore, has more potential impact on the existing wildlife habitat and vegetation.

Construction of completely new access roads and grading of construction sites required by a new right-of-way increases the potential for erosion and associated sedimentation in comparison to utilizing, at least in part, existing right-of-way and access roads.

ll II t'

c K

r L"

I

('~

t

~

1 ~

~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ '

~ ~ ~ ~ I ~

~ ~ ~ ~

~

~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ e ~ ~

~

%K~~%K~

~ ~

~

~ e III

~

~ ~ ~

~ ~

~ ~ ~

'lIII II I

~ ~ ~ y>I I III II

~ ~ ~

' I I

~

e III e II I

~ ~ ~

~

I 'e III e III

~ ~ ~ ~ e ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

II ~ ~ ~

~ ~ ~ ~ e ~

~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

~ ~ II ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~

- ~

~ '

1 AMENDED EXHIBIT 3 3-6

3. THE C OPTIONS The options in Corridor C were initially considered and later

. discarded because of their additional length, property acquisition requirements, right-of-way clearing needs, and associated environmental impacts when compared to the Corridor A Options. A discussion follows concerning each of the three C Options.

a. OPTION C-3, FITZPATRICK-EDIC/VOLNEY-MARCY Option C-3 as shown in Table 1 is 12.4 miles in length, making it the longest option. that was considered. Option C-3 would utilize existing corridors throughout most of its length. This consolidation of rights-of-way tends to minimize the general environmental impacts of this option; however, additional acquisition and clearing would be required along the existing rights-of-way. This option parallels the Fitzpatrick-Edic Line for approximately 8.3 miles. In this section an approximated 100'ide strip of right-of-way would have to be acquired from the Power Authority of the State of New York (PASNY) and subsequent clearing

,of this same width and length would be required. Option C-3 then parallels the certified Volney-Mercy Right-of-Way for approximately 3 miles back to Volney Station. In this section, approximately 125 feet of additi'onal width would have to be acquired and cleared. A number of line specific impacts as explained below are associated with this option and the other Fitzpatrick-Edic based Options C-2 and C-3.

Relative to the section that would parallel the Fitzpatrick-Edic Line, it would. cross a section of Scribe Woods which is described in Amended Exhibit 4. Scribe Woods is characterized as an important woods community from the standpoints of wildlife habitat and its uniqueness in size and ecological development a climax community in the coastal zone.l/ The line would then pass fairly close to the hamlet of Lycoming with a popu-lation of about 140 people. This option also passes through an area known as the Leatherstocking Club, a hunting preserve, just north of Route 104.

Visually, Option C-3 would be the best of the C Options because it does not require a crossing of the 345 kV Fitzpatrick-Edic Line in the vicinity of Route '104.

1/ Rice Creek Biological Field Station Bulletin Habitat and Wildlife

~

Inventory Guide to Coastal Zone Lands. Oswego County, NY 1976.

J yQ a ~,~C~"

AMENDED EXHIBIT 3 3-7 Relative to the section that parallels the proposed Volney-Marcy Right-of-Way, one of the most significant impacts is the impact on wetlands. The expanse of at least five of these wetlands exceeds the span limitations of the 345 kV structures and, therefore, would require clearing, establishment of access roads and stabilization of structure sites in these wetlands. Proper construction practices can minimize, but not completely avoid these intrusions.

b. OPTION C-2, FITZPATRICK-EDIC/NEW CORRIDOR Option C-2 as shown in Table 3-1 Utilizes an existing corridor for part of its length in that it parallels the Fitzpatrick-Edic Line for approximately 4.7 miles. This section of C-2 requires acquisition of an approximated 100'trip of right-of-way from PASNY, followed by subsequent clearing. This option then utilizes new right-of-way for approximately 5.1 miles, requiring acquisition and clearing of a new 150 foot right-of-way. Where Option C-2 parallels the Fitzpatrick-Edic line, its impacts would be the same as Option C-3 discussed above. Option C-2 would have the typical impacts of acquiring and clearing new rights-of-way.

The main benefit to Option C-2 compared to Option C-1 'is that Option C-2 crosses Route 104 at the same location as the existing Fitzpatrick-Edic Line. However, this benefit is somewhat moderated because the crossover of the Fitzpatrick-Edic Line occurs such a short distance south of Route 104. The angle structure of the proposed 345 kV line will be visible to travelers along Route 104.

c. OPTION C-l, FITZPATRICK EDIC/NEW CORRIDOR Option C-1 also utilized the Fitzpatrick-Edic Corridor, and parallels it for approximately 3.4 miles. Acquisition of approximately 100 feet of additional right-of-way from PASNY would be required, followed by subsequent clearing. New right-of-way is then utilized for the remaining 5.9 miles into Volney Station requiring acquisition and clearing of a new 150 foot right-of-way.

Where Option C-1 parallels the Fitzpatrick-Edic Line, its impact would be the same as C-3. It would also have the typical impacts of acquiring and clearing new right-of-way. Two immediate impacts are encountered where it diverges from the Fitzpatrick-Edic Right-of-Way.

First, the Leatherstocking Club is divided into three pieces instead of two, as in Options C-3 and C-2, and secondly, a fourth crossing of Route 104 is created. Thereafter, the general impacts associated with new right-of-way construction described in the Option D assessment are similarly applicable.

/4ty' t ~q AMENDED EXHIBIT 3 3-8 The benefits of the three C Options are that they make use of an existing corridor which currently has only one line on it. The negative factors associated with the C Options are their increased length and environmental impacts and consequent cost penalties in comparison to the other options.

4. THE B OPTION - FITZPATRICK-LIGHTHOUSE HILL/NINE MILE-VOLNEY Option B was also considered and later discarded because- of additional property acquisition, clearing and associated impacts of its route when compared to the A Options.

Option B utilizes an existing corridor for a portion of its length. It parallels the Fitzpatrick-Lighthouse Hill Line for approxi-mately 3.8 miles. In this section, approximately 125 feet of additional right-of-way would have to be acquired and cleared. Option B then utilizes h

new right-of-way for approximately 1.5 miles requiring acquisition and clearing of a 150 foot right-of-way. The remaining 3.5 miles of Option B utilizes Nine Mile to Volney Corridor of which about 75 feet of additional clearing will be required within the existing right-of-way owned by Niagara Mohawk. Typical impacts associated with clearing and acquisition of new right-of-way will be experienced on this option; Option B will experience the same impacts associated with the southern portion of Option A-l.

Option B has many inherent problems from Nine Mile 2 to the point where it intersects the Nine Mile-Volney Corridor, evidenced by review of its alignment. It zig-zags through Scriba Woods, identified by the Rice Creek Biological Field Station as some of the most significant woodland in the Lake Ontario coastal zone. Option B would pass within 4,000 feet of the hamlet of Lycoming and would be visible from Route 29 and County Route 1 because of existing open land.

This proposal'benefits from the fact that in the northern section only a single line currently exists on the right-of-way. Option B requires a short section of. new right-of-way which poses the same potential impacts as those described in Option D previously for new rights-of-way.

5. THE A OPTIONS The A Options which follow the Nine Mile to Volney 345 kV Corridor were chosen as the most viable alternatives for routing the proposed Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV Transmission Line. Options A-l, A-2, and A-3 are depicted on the map titled "Alternatives" at the end of this exhibit, page 3-13. Amended Exhibit, 4 provides a detailed environmental assessment of the area covered by these three options. Option A-1 was ultimately chosen over the other A Options as the preferred route. The following discussion,

AMENDED EXHIBIT 3 3-9 supported by the general assessment of options shown in Table 3 1 and the detailed environmental assessment in Amended Exhibit 4, provides highlights of why Option A-1 is superior to Options A-2 and A-3.

a. OPTION A-3, NINE MILE-VOLNEY EAST/WEST COMBINATION Option A-3 follows the existing corridor for its entire length crossing from the east to the west side with no additional right-of-way acquisition required. A primary disadvantage of this option when com-pared to Option A-1 is that it requires 4 crossovers of existing 345 kV lines. The major environmental impacts of. this option's southern section is that on the west side of the right-of-way about 3150 feet of muck farm field .is crossed near Hall Road and about 600 feet between County Route 29 and Lily Marsh Road. This compares to.approximately 1850 feet total on the preferred Option A-1 alternate. Also, the line would run along the side slope of a small hill between Hall Road and MacDougall Road. In the northern section this option would shave off a 75 foot section of a less mature area of Scriba Woods than that crossed by Option B and C. Aside from these specific areas of impact, the line would have the typical impacts of, additional clearing of approximately 75 feet and lateral access road construction commonly associated with paralleling existing facilities.

b. OPTION A-2, NINE MILE-VOLNEY/WEST OPTION Option A-2 also follows the existing Nine Mile to Volney Corridor for its entire length; however, property acquisition of an additional 144 feet in the northern section is required for approximately 9520 feet of its distance. Option A-2 also has a primary disadvantage to Option A-1 in that 4 crossovers of existing 345 kV lines and 3 crossovers of 115 kV lines are required. In addition to line security problems, the crossovers would require additional clearing for structure construction sites and wire stringing operation.

Option A-2 has significant problems especially in its northern section. Impacts in the southern section are the same as those discussed for Option A-3 above. The northern section of Option A-2 would require a new right-of-way for a short distance at Middle Road where a cemetery should be circumvented due to cultural constraints which do not normally consider cemeteries an acceptable multiple use of the right-of-way. A break in the tangent of the line would require modifications resulting in additional right-of-way acquisition and would result in impacts associated with acquiring and clearing new right-of-way. Like the other A Options, additional clearing of 75 feet would be required along the remainder of the existing corridor.

I g J -'

AMENDED EXHIBIT 3 3-10 In addition, the northern section of Option A-2 crosses through the equipment and materials storage yard used for construction of the Nine Mile 2 Nuclear Generating Station. A railroad spur is also located in this area. This 345 kV segment is scheduled for completion one year ahead of the generating station. Constructing a line through this storage yard could place an unnecessary inconvenience on its operation.

c. OPTION A-l, NINE MILE-VOLNEY/EAST OPTION Option A-l, the preferred route, follows the east side of the existing Nine Mile to Volney Corridor for its entire length. No additional right-of-way acquisition is required. However, like the other A Options, the existing cleared portion of the corridor must be widened by 75 feet to allow for the proposed 345 kV line. Only one crossover of another transmission line is required, the Oswego-Lighthouse Hill 115 kV Line.

The environmental impacts associated with Option A-1 are spaced almost evenly along its length. In the section north of Burt Miner Road, like Option A-3, the line would shave off a 75 foot section of a less mature area of Scribe Woods than that crossed by Option B or the various C Options. The remaining section of line south to the Volney Station passes through predominantly second growth, immature woods and brushland.

Some areas of muckland agriculture would be crossed just south of Hall Road. The muckland agricultural area north of Hall Road and north of County Route 29 identified in Option A-3 would not be crossed by Option A-l.

.NINE MILE-VOLNEY WEST/EAST OPTION Another route option considered, but re)ected, also followed the existing Nine Mile-Volney Corridor.'n the north I section, it followed the western side of the corridor. In the southern portion, it crossed over to the eastern side near the point where the corridor turns southeastward )ust south of Route 104. This option was rejected because of the crossovers of the two 115 kV lines and two 345 kV lines in the vicinity of the Nine Mile Point site, and additionally, because of the disavantages occasioned by the northern portion F

of Option A-2 as discussed on page 3-9.

6 ~ ALTERNATIVES TO OVERHEAD Underground alternatives to the proposed 345 kV transmission facility are not practical as described in Amended Exhibit E-3 of this application.

No consideration was given to alternate methods that would fulfill, at comparable cost, the energy requirements that the proposed facility will fulfill. The purpose of the proposed 345 kV transmission facility is to

AMENDED EXHIBIT 3 3-11 deliver the new generating capacity from the 1090 MW Nine Mile Point Unit g2 to the bulk power transmission system. Amended Exhibit E-4's "Analysis of Alternatives" indicates that construction of 765 kV transmission facilities is not recommended because facility construction at 765 kV does not break even economically with facility construction at 345 kV. Consequently, there are no comparable means to achieve system electrical requirements once Nine Mile Point Unit 82 begins operation.

s 4

II U

I c

JV',

.OIP7IIG JJIS VSOu, LEGEND .

dk/VSd

~

sl W

EXISTING ELECTRIC TRANSMISSION LINES /((

O /EIi NINE MILE 2 TO VOLNEY OPTIONS

'.i 0

Sg

~ ~V NINE MILE 2 NUCLEAR TING STATION A~ I D

lP w ' I

\

I rO

~ I IS

~ I" I lOV I AV E N I I

I,. S rover Mex SI v I

C& A DAD I I

I EGO VV,S I SI 4 I\ 'l r

s V 11 eOJ D I J~

K

~

I gt% Sqi l'

~

-3,/ I

~ I ~l Il Sl 1 EY dd((OSS a d(ND , S BST o C I T rr MIN ~ Vi V ~

g'~ V I

P,IA LE R ~O II Vns C~) 6 Sll'r(v Cc.

L rv e I

I DAI((dlr as+ r r.' r 'h I [V oo ~ ~

(vovv(r VOLN A(IDDRI P1 2r 8~1 n . 4 1 ~

~ ~

l

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPA'CT 86.5 AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 TABLE OF CONTENTS A. Introduction......................................... 4-1 B. General Line Description............................. 4-3 C Topography........................................... 4-3 1 Introduction..................................... ~ ~ ~ 4-3

2. Impact Assessment................................ 4-4 D~ Soils ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4-7 1 Introduction ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4-7

2. Impact Assessment....;........................... 4-8 E Hydrology............................................

1 Introductiono ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~

2. Impact Assessment...................... 4-11 Il

a. Streams and Ponds.................. 4-11 b Wetlands......................... 4-11

c. Flood Hazard Areas........'................... 4-12 F. Natural Constraints.................................. 4-14

1. Impact Assessment................................ 4-14

a. Steep Slopes................................. 4-14

b. Vegetation, Wildlife and Habitat............. 4-15

c. Topography................................... 4-16 d~ Soils ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4-16

e. Streams................'...................... 4-1,6 G. Vegetation/Land Use...................... ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ 4-18 1 Introduction..................................... 4-18

2. Impact Assessment................................ 4-20 H. Culture Resources.................................... 4-25 1 ~ Introduction ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ . ~ .. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ . ~ ~ ~ 4-25

2. Impact Assessment................................ 4-25

a. Historical/Archaeological Impacts............ 4-25

b. Cultural Resource Survey (Pratt and Pratt Archaeological Consultants)....... 4-26

c. Structures near the, Right-of-Way... 4-46

d. General Cultural Information....... 4-58

e. Plans, Zoning and Restricted Areas........... 4-58

NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 86 SECTION 86.5 AMENDED .EXHIBIT 4 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT NINE MILE 2-VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation.

41 4-1 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT

$ 86.5 AMENDED EXHIBIT 4

1. INTRODUCTION An environmental analysis was conducted for the various alternatives identified in Amended Exhibit 3 . The depth of the study was determined by the overall feasibility of the alternatives. This overall feasibility was determined from evaluation of such factors as .required length of transmission line, amount of totally non-virgin right-of-way required, system reliability, amount of additional right-of-way necessary to be acquired (excluding virgin right-of-way),

and obvious environmental problems.

From this review, the alternatives were narrowed down to the most direct route, the existing Nine Mile-Volney Corridor. The A Options of placing the new facility on the east, west, or a combination of both sides of the existing right-of-way, were retained for closer evaluation. The B and C Options were not completely discarded, but held in abeyance of a major problem with the prime corridor.

Once the Nine Mile-Volney Corridor had been chosen, a study area was identified. In actuality, a three-level study was designed the six and ten-mile wide study area (three and five miles either side of a centerline) required for Article VII Applications, and a two-mile wide study area identified by Niagara Mohawk for detailed environmental analysis.

Color aerial photographs were flown't scales of 1" 2000'or the two-mile wide study area, and 1"-400'cale, one photo wide along the centerline of the existing right-of-way, during August of 1976. This supplemented the basic data which had been and was being gathered regarding the existing environmental conditions of the study area. Contacts were made with various public officials and agencies to obtain the required data and discuss the impact of the proposed facility. A list of the individuals and agencies contacted is given in Section L on page 4 90.

A wide variety of information was gathered in an attempt to get a complete picture of the area. Both existing information and original interpre-tation and field work were used to develop the maps and other displays.

Field evaluations were conducted to reinforce the existing dat'a and aerial interpretations. The total data available was then evaluated and charted in order to provide a basis for determining the prime centerline based on

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-2 environmental criteria.

This choice was reviewed with engineering and planning people to balance out the environmental factors with line security and engineering considerations. The final route, the A-1 Option following the east side of the existing Nine Mile-Volney Corridor as presented in this application, is a result of this balancing.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-3 B. GENERAL LINE DESCRIPTION The proposed 345 kV transmission facility is designed to directly parallel the two existing 345 kV lines at a centerline to centerline distance of 100 feet to the east of the easterly 345 kV line from the Nine Mile 2 Nuclear Generating Station to the Volney Station. This alignment will not require any acquisition of additional right-of-way.

The proposed transmission line will be constructed on a series of two pole, wood H-frame structures. The typical height will be 80 feet with A taller poles installed where necessary to maintain required clearences. Lattice steel towers will be utilized at angle locations. The typical height will be 90 feet with taller towers installed where necessary. Sketches showing each type of structure are located in'mended Exhibit 5 on pages 5-3 and 5-4.

The existing Nine MiIe to Volney Corridor contains various arrange-ments of 115 kV and 345 kV transmission lines. Three basic arrangements would exist along this corridor if the A-1 Option is approved. Cross sections of the right-of-way for each of these configurations are shown on the map titled "Alternatives" on page 3-13 of Amended Exhibit 3.

C. TOPOGRAPHY

l. INTRODUCTION The subject of topography is concerned primarily with variations in the elevation of the earth's surface and the patterns those variations form on the surface. Topography can be represented by contour maps as illustrated by the Topography, Map at the end of this section, or by profiles such as the one which is illustrated on, page 4-5. The surficial features commonlv form a pattern which can have a decided effect on the visual impact a transmission facility will have. This pattern is a major corridor identifier in the initial stages of locating a new right-of-way.

Inland Central New York has a decided north-south oriented pattern due to the glaciation which occurred in the area. The pattern is created by series of long, narrow hills and drumlins parallel to each other, and the direction of flow of the glacier. The steep slopes information delineated on the Natural Constraints Map, Page 4-17, shows this pattern very well. The coastal areas on the other hand are relatively featureless. In these coastal areas it makes little difference where a facility is located based on

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-4 topography, because there are no features with which to conflict. In areas where the more pronounced glaciated.features occur, transmission facilities which are not at least nearly parallel with the topographic pattern tend to present the potential for a visual impact problem.

2. IMPACT ASSESSMENT The proposed 345 kV transmission line leaves the Nine Mile 2 project area at a ground elevation of approximately 274 feet above mean sea level (MSL). Five thousand feet south of this point the line begins to climb to its maximum elevation of'pproximately 500 feet above MSL, '19,500 feet south of the station. The remaining 27,000 feet of transmission line extending south to the Volney Station remains at ground elevations of between 400 feet and 500 feet above MSL (See Illustration 1, page 4"5).

The gentle transitions from one elevation to another as shown in Illustration 1 pose no restrictions on the siting or construction of the proposed facility. The one fairly steep incline at County Route No. 1 poses no problems because of its singularity and its proximity to the highway.

The only impact associated with the type of topography found on the Ontario Lake Plain is that due to the minimal amount of relief experienced, there is little landform screening for the facility. This poses a potential visual impact problem which can only 'be mitigated by the taller vegetation and careful attention to avoiding open exposures of the line as much as possible.

This subject is more fully discussed in a later secfion of this report, Visual'mpact.

In the southern section of the line, the impact of topography on route siting becomes more important. In this area the landforms are repre-sentative of the glacial patterns of the general Central New York area. Based on the earlier discussions, then, the route should parallel these landforms, which it generally does. The main reason for paralleling is to avoid crossing ridges. As a result of the glaciation, many individual hills were formed rather than one continuous one. The proposed line takes advantage of this,. and where it is necessary to go "across the grain", it does so in the low areas between the ends of the hills, thereby minimizing the visual impact potential.

Overall, the line is as sympathetic to the topography as any line could be while also considering the routing parameters of other environmental impacts and engineering limitations.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 ILLUSTRATION I W

I 4 W I

C 0 0 0 0 OI 0 x C K 0 C C W C~>>

I WO>

W leo Xe 4 C>>

00 00 4 I-0~

~0>>

CC QZ WZ 8C I

504 ST+

450 STe 440 ST.

250 ST.

240 ST.

IIIN5 HIM 2 250 ST.

le 0C 0 C

0 0 Ag 40 Z< Q>>

Q >>0 5

QZ 0 COC YOUItT 5U4 CRNTKRLlNK PROFlLK NINE MILK 2 YOLNEY

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-7 D. SOILS

1. INTRODUCTION Soils will not be significantly modified by most types of construction. Soils information is necessary to identify areas where problems might occur if the facility were constructed. Problems such as soil erosion can be avoided if the areas where potential problems exist are identified. The Soils Map, page 4<<9, for the project identifies the soil series for the project area, and the table adjacent to the map provides some appropriate interpretations for identifying potential. problem areas. The categories of the table are described below.

The soil names and symbols, as well as the map information, are taken from the 1974 Interim Soil Survey Report and the 1981 Soil Survey for Oswego County prepared by the United States Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service. The percentage figures shown on the table on the Soils Map, page 4-9, are given instead of distances in order to compensate for the scale problems with the map'.

The AASHO (American Association of State Highway Officials)

Classification System groups soils into categories according to bearing capacity.

The system has a range of A-1 through A-7 with A-1 soils having a high bearing capacity and A-7 soils having a low bearing capacity. The muck soils in the ar'ea are not listed by the classification system because they have no suitability for highway'engineering design.

The water erosion hazard category is important in identifying the areas in which special erosion control measures might be necessary. The slight, moderate, and severe rating system is gust as it appears in the table on the Soils Map. Soils with a slight erosion hazard are fairly stable, moderate soils less stable, and severe soils least stable with regards to the erosive action.

The depth to bedrock category is probably the least dependable because of the soil testing from which it is determined. Soil testing usually

(

examines only the top five feet of material. The actual debth of the bedrock below that is an educated guess. In some areas where bedrock is encountered close to the surface, the information is immeasurably more beneficial than where bedrock was not encountered in the actual soil sampling.

By evaluating the various interpretations, the extent of problems which might be encountered due to soils can be assessed.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4<<8 2.. IMPACT ASSESSMENT A variety of soilsare represented in the study area, but about 88 percent of the length of the proposed line would pass through gust six of the 15 soil series represented. The remaining 12 percent of the line's length is fairly evenly divided among the other nine soil series. The breakdown for the percentage of the line that crosses each soil series is shown on the table adjacent to the Soils Map.

From the interpretations on the table, the areas of greatest concern can be identified. The most significant concern is the bearing capacity of the soils in the area because low bearing capacity could translate into increased construction costs. From the map, the area around Hall Road can be identified as a potential problem area. A significant portion of the soil is Carlisle Muck of extremely poor bearing capacity. Between 2,000-2,500 feet of this type soil near Hall Road is crossed by the two existing 345 kV Transmission Facilities .and would be crossed again by the proposed facility. Based on experience in placing the existing structures on this type of soil, no serious construction problems are anticipated in placing new structures in this same area. Special attention will be given to existing agricultural concerns in this area during the design of the facility.

Note: The soils information shown on the Soils Map on the following page are taken from the United State Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service Soils Maps. The soils data was plotted on'un-corrected aerial mosaics by SCS; and therefore an accurate scale change was not possible from the 1:20000 aerials to the 1:24000 base map used for this study. The information is the best available at this time.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-10 E. HYDROLOGY

1. INTRODUCTION The entire study area ultimately drains to Lake Ontario. However, some of the area drains to the Oswego River first. The distinction can be made between those streams which are in the Lake Ontario Basin directly and those which are in the Oswego River Basin by looking at the stream number designation shown on the map at the end of this section. Any symbol beginning with Ont-66 drains to the Oswego River. Any stream designation not including the number 66 is in the Lake Ontario Basin.

Both drainage basins are interspersed with numerous ponds and wetlands. Those identified by the United States Geological Survey, NYS Department of Environmental Conservation, and Oswego County Environmental Management Council are delineated on the Hydrology Map P. 4-13. Since 1977 the most complete wetlands mapping for Oswego County has been conducted by the County's Environmental Management Council in their efforts to inventory county wetlands in accordance'with the NYS Wetlands Act.

The Department of Environmental Conservation classification of streams and ponds within the study area is shown adjacent to the symbol number for that stream. The letter shown indicates the class assigned to the water-body by the Department of Environmental Conservation. Normal standards assigned to the various classes are applicable to these streams; no special standards such as trout waters have been assigned to any of the streams or ponds in the study area. However, during spring field investigations, rainbow trout were observed moving upstream in a fair size stream on the northern end of the study area. Department of Environmental Conservation staff noted that any little stream might have rainbow trout in the spring and brown trout in the fall. Also, trout were reported to inhabit the section of Black Creek where the proposed line crosses it.

Flood haza'rd areas designated on the Hydrology Map are taken from the U. S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) Flood Hazard Boundary and Rate Maps provided by the Central New York Regional Planning and Development Board and the NYSDEC. These maps were prepared in 1974 for use in HUD's Flood Insurance Program and have recently (7/81) undergone revision to reflect the results of more detailed flood studies.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-11

2. LMACT ASSESSMENT

a. STREAMS AND PONDS The streams within the study area are all Class D Streams according to the New York State Department of Environme'ntal Conservation Classification System. The best use for Class D Streams is drainage, the lowest class established in the regulations. Six streams are crossed by the proposed facility with all having already been crossed by the existing lines.

The access road for the existing lines crosses all of the streams, except Black Creek, using culverts with no apparent long-term impact. In April of 1977 dozens of large rainbow trout were seen migrating upstream through a culvert under the existing access road near the northern end of the line. Black Creek was not crossed for access in constructing the existing 345 kV lines, and it is not anticipated that a crossing would be required for the proposed transmission line construction. A full assessment of the impact on the streams caused by the culvert crossing is not possible without knowing the stream conditions prior to past 345 kV construction. However, as trout still inhabit the streams, the impact of the culverts on the trout has obviously not been disastrous in past years.

Because of this previous impact, any minor improvements of the access roads necessary for reutilization by similar construction equipment should cause little, if any, additional impact on the streams. Any approaches to stream crossings will be provided with adequate erosion control and preven-tion facilities necessary to minimize erosion and its consequent sedimentation.

The actual operation and maintenance of the facility will have no impact on the streams of the area. Any herbicide application necessary during initial clearing or maintenance will be strictly controlled to avoid stream contamination.

Clearing can affect water temperature in a stream if all the vegetation is removed from the stream's banks. However, as stated previously where vegetative screens exist along streams, they will be considered for retention. The actual locations of retained screens for this particular facility will be identified in the Environmental Management and Construction Plan.

b. WETLANDS According to the wetlands mapping information provided by the Oswego County Environmental Management Council (EMC), twenty-six'26) regulated wetlands (over 12.4 acres in size) are located within the corridor study area.

0 0

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-12 Each of these regulated wetlands is shown on the Hydrology Map with its assigned regulatory number (i.e., NH-1). In addition to these regulated wetlands, many small, wet depressions are interspersed throughout the corridor study area.

Because of the recognized importance of these hydrologic modifiers, the proposed facility will be designed to minimize impact on capacity and flow. Structures will be, placed outside of wet areas wherever possible to avoid access road and working area construction within the wet area. Wheie construction is necessary within a wet area, equalization culverts or diversions will be provided to minimize impact on the flows through the wet area.

The Oswego County EMC indicated that the proposed location of the Nine Mile 2 to Volney Transmission Line, as portrayed by the corridor centerline on the map, is placed as appropriately as possible to minimize impact on existing wetlands. The EMC felt that moving the transmission line to the east or west of the proposed location could cause impact on more ecologically sensitive wetlan'ds.

c. FLOOD HAZARD AREAS The proposed 345 kV line crosses through no designated flood hazard areas. Flood hazard areas do exist close to both sides of the right-of-way within the study area, but 'no structures will be immediately adjacent to or in designated flood ha'zard areas.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-14 F. NATURAL CONSTRAINTS

1. INTRODUCTION Natural constraints are those items or features which are not man-made which have or should have a significant impact on the routing of transmission facilities., Some will vary in importance from one geographic locale to another, while others are significant no matter where they occur.

The constraints 'shown on the Natural Constraints MapP.4-17 were drawn from other natural feature subjects in this report. as well as being a com-posite of small individual areas which did not warrant a full section in the report but are important to consider.

The features identified in this section include steep slopes, sensitive or unique vegetation, wildlife and wildlife habitat, high points in elevation, severe soil conditions, and streams.

The steep slopes and elevation information is based on original interpretation of the NYSDOT 1:24,000 quadrangle maps. The sensitive or unique vegetation, wildlife, and wildlife habitat information generally comes from coastal zone reports prepared by the Central New York Regional Planning and Development Board and the Rice Creek Biological Field Station and from consultations with the NYSDEC and the NYS Museum, Science Service. The information on severe soil conditions was interpreted from the soils data presented in this report, which is based upon the United States Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service detailed soils information for Oswego County. Stream information is based on NYSDOT 1:24,000 scale quad information, NYSDEC Stream Classifications and Standards information, and field review.

2. IMPACT ASSESSMENT

a. STEEP SLOPES The steep slope information presented on the Natural Constraints Map is divided into two categories: 10-20 percent slopes, and over-20 percent slopes. Steep slopes generally have the most impact on access during line construction. Slopes under 10 percent pose few problems during this period.

Slopes in the 10-20 percent range can prove troublesome to construction access depending on location, i.e., whether on a tangent or curve in the road, the length of, the approach to the grade, or the'ength of the grade itself.

Slopes above 10 percent require care during road and tower construction operations to avoid stripping all vegetation from the surface.

Erosion on these slopes can be serious if the soil stabilizing vegetation,

0 AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-15 including root systems, is removed without satisfactory soil stabilizing efforts being employed. Additionally, the type of soil which forms the slope will determine to a large extent the seriousness of the erosion potential.

Along the right-of-way no slopes in excess of 20 percent are crossed. Approximately 3,700 feet of 10-20 percent slopes are crossed with the area just south of County Route 1 being 2,400 feet of that total. Caution will be taken in constructing any structures within this area to minimize erosion and slope distrubance.

b. VEGETATION, WILDLIFE AND HABITAT The Scriba Woods, east of the Nine Mile-Volney Transmission Lines to County Route 29 and north of Burt Miner Road, was identified by the Coastal Zone Habitat and Wildlife Inventory for Oswego County prepared by the Rice Creek Biological Field Station as an important forest warranting protection from further encroachment. Et is described as the most mature section of forest within the coastal zone study area and the best example of the climax habitat.

In a field evaluation with personnel from the Rice Creek Field Station the area east of the Fitzpatrick-Lighthouse 115 kV Line was identified as the area of greatest importance. Their feeling was that from solely an ecological standpoint a location west of the existing Nine Mile-Volney Lines would create the least impact on this resource. They felt that the proposed east side is satisfactory if a line is necessary and for various reasons cannot be located to the west of the existing corridor. The only further recommendation was that the new line should hug the existing lines as close as possible to minimize the impact on the woods.

One critical wildlife habitat was identified by the NYSDEC along the Lake Ontario shoreline west of the Energy Information Center, and, therefore, was outside of the impact area of the proposed transmission line.

No other unique or sensitive wildlife habitats were identified within the study area. Additionally, no rare or endangered animal species are known to habit the study area. The bog turtle (Clemmys muhlerbergli) is considered a potential inhabitant, but no individuals are known to exist.

The NYS Museum and Science Service has indicated that some rate plant species are known to occur within the wetland area which surrounds Mud Pond (see Hydrology Map 4-13). The Service felt that these plants will not be affected by the proposed transmission line as long as existing drainage patterns into this wetland are maintained. The installation and/or improvement

ik1ENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-16 of proper drainage control devices will be prescribed in the Environmental Management and Construction Plans for this transmission line. Such devices will serve to maintain present drainage across the existing right-of-way and into this wetland complex.

c. TOPOGRAPHY The highest point in elevation in the study area, approximately 510 feet above MSL, occurs just south of Lily Marsh Road about 1,100 feet west of the proposed 345 kV line.

d. SOILS The restrictive soils shown on the Natural Constraints Map were interpreted from the USDASCS information and the Soil Surve Inter retations of Soils of New York State, December 1973. The major concern for soils impact on transmission line constructing is bearing capacity and water erosion hazard.

These two concerns are discussed in the impact assessment for soils.

e. STREAMS The streams in the study area were determined by examining the NYSDOT 1:24,000 quadrangle maps and also by cross referencing the NYSDEC Classifications and Standards for Streams in New York State. Six streams were identified, which are. to be crossed by the facility as proposed. Out of these streams, Black Creek and Ont, 62 3.will,. be crossed'.

Black Creek and Ont. 62 both are .inhabited by trout. The trout habitats have apparently been maintained through previous construction; and, therefore, with the precautions to be prescribed in the Environmental Management and Construction Plan and the use of existing access 'roads, it is anticipated that little additional impact will occur.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-18 G. VEGETATION/LAND USE

l. INTRODUCTION The Vegetation/Land Use Map P. 4-24 represents the vegetation and existing land use in the study area as interpreted from color aerial photography flown in August 1976. After interpretation, the information was checked against the 1968 Land Use and Natural Resources (LUNR) Information developed by Cornell University for the State of New York. Some slight refinements were made on the basis of the comparison due to more detailed vegetation mapping on LUNR than could be done from the summer photographs. Field trips were made to verify the information interpreted from the aerials.

A short description of the categories on the Vegetation/Land Use Map is necessary to establish a basis for discussion of the impact assessment.

Such a description follows:

Ve etation Cate pries:

Forest (F) This category generally follows the "Fc",

"Forest Brushland" category established by LUNR in terms of definition, i.e., generally areas where forests are r'egenerating following abondonment of agricultural uses.

Main Forest (Fn) This category is taken from LUNR directly.

"Lands with natural stands where 50 percent or more of the trees are over 50 years old and over 30 feet. high." Areas on the map designated "Fn" are taken directly from the LUNR maps.

Plantation (P) Plantations are "areas artificially stocked of any species, age, class or size." In the study all "P" notations are conifer plantations.

wetland (M) A wetland for purposes of this study is considered to be any area where wet areas have predominantly shrub and smaller vegetative species. Very few wetlands are encountered in this area. Most have grown to the forest wetland category.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-19 Forest Wetland (Fw) The wooded wetland definition from LUNR is adequate to describe this category. "Areas covered with varying depths of water for much of the year, with vegetation mainly of trees."

Open Water (Ow) Open Water is a pond or lake without significant emergent vegetation.

Brushland (B) Brushland is a category established to group the large amounts of land in the study area which do not fall into the forest category, but are not used for active agriculture.

Land Use Cate pries:

Developed Residential/ This category includes the structures Commercial Property associated with residential, commercial properties, as well as the areas of lawn and yard associated with those structures.

Industrial (I) For. the purposes of this study, the industrial category refers specifically to intensive electric utility use of a piece of property. It would include other industrial areas if they existed within the study area.

Extractive Industry (Ex) The sand and gravel extraction operations within the area are represented by this category.

Transmission Lines (TL) This category includes only the electrical transmission lines which existed at the time of the study.

Transportation (Tr) This category includes only the railroad right-of-way in this area. However, if airports or ma)or highways existed within the area, they would be included here.

Agriculture (A) Any agricultural land use is included in this category with the exception of the areas immediately adjacent to the residence and farm buildings.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-20

2. IMPACT ASSESSMENT Of the thirteen Vegetation/Land Use Categories identified within the study area, eight are crossed at one time or another in the nine miles from Lake Road to MacDougall Road. The predominant category along the proposed corridor is the forest category through which 59 percent of the line would pass. Brushland would be crossed along 21.6 percent of the proposed corridor, and 9 percent of the corridor would impact the mature forest areas.

Active agricultural areas would be crossed by 'approximately 6 percent of the line with the remaining 5 percent. of the line divided among the following areas: transportation, 0.2 percent; forest wetlands, 3.0 percent; plantations, 1.6 percent; and transmission lines, 0.2 percent. Table 4-1 shows the actual distances which would be crossed by the proposed transmission line.

AMENDED EXHIBIT.4 4-21 TABLE 4-1 LAND USE CROSSED BY PROPOSED ROUTE

~Cate or Linear Distance* Percenta e of Total**

(Crossed)

Forest (F) 27,000'0,000 Brushland (B) 21.6%

Mature Forest (Fn) 9%

Agriculture (A) 6%

Forest Wetland (Fw) 4,200',800',400'50'00'00'9%3%

Plantation (P) 1.6%

Transmission Lines .2%

Transportation (Tr) . .2%

these distances will total only 8.84 miles rather than the 8.86 miles estimated to be the total length of the facility from Lake Road to MacDougall Road. This 130'ifference is attributed to scaling from the maps and is not considered to be significant.

~ese percentages, if totaled, will add up to 100.6% due to rounding of some of the figures.

The vegetation/land use configuration of the proposed line following construction is represented in Table 4-2.

TABLE 4-2 LAND USE CHANGES AFTER CONSTRUCTION

~cate or Distance Percenta e of Total (Crossed)

Forest Brushland Mature Forest 0 Agriculture Forest Wetland 42,200',800'00'00',400'0.6%

Plantation Transmission Lines .2%

Transportation .2%

Wetland 3%

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-22 By comparing these two tables of before and after construction, the major vegetation/land use impacts are readily apparent. Three impacts on vegetation/land use in the study area will result from the construction of the line as proposed.

The remova1 of some mature forest areas is significant because of the limited number of such areas which exist within the limits of the study.

In many areas the greater the diversity, the stronger the whole ecological system, and the removal of a portion of that diversity can weaken the system as a whole. It is anticipated that the line as proposed will only require clearing along that edge of mature forest which is contained within the

'xisting right-of-way bounds. This will have far less impact than cutting additional forest from the middle of the mature forest area as would be required by one corridor option and might be required by the other corridor options identified in Amended Exhibit 3.

Plantations crossed by the line may have to be removed for line security. The major benefit of plantations for wildlife is as winter shelter for deer, but few deer are reported in this area. The deer population carrying capacity for this area is not known either, so the actual impact of

~ removing the small plantations in the right-.of-way is not discernible.

The remaining impact to the study area is the creation of wetlands from forest wetlands through clearing. As was noted previously, wetlands are extremely limited in area here and the creation of more wetland area from the more common forested wetland has to be considered a positive impact on the ecology of the area. Because of the limited nature of the increase, it is probably not significant to the general area of the Lake Ontario shoreline, but in the confines of the study area it is important to the diversity of vegetation and wildlife habitat and, therefore, the variety of wildlife.

Other lesser impacts will be experienced in other categories.

Agricultural areas crossed by the line may be disrupted during the construction of the line. Also, if a structure must be placed in a field, it becomes a nuisance to farm ground, thus posing a long-term though not necessarily significant impact. By placing the line adjacent to an existing line rather than on a new right-of-way, impacts are concentrated. This is beneficial to the general area but presents an additional impact on the affected farmer. The only mitigating actions which can be initiated for this impact is by minimizing the construction impacts as much as possible and by reasonable compensation.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-23 The impact of a transmission line on developed areas is insig-nificant except for those people who are displaced and for the visual impact of the line to those who live in and travel through the area. As is more fully explored in the Cultural Resources section of this report, it is an-ticipated that no homes or other structures will be displaced by the line as it is proposed. The visual impact of the line is more fully discussed in the Visual Assessment Section in this report.

Transmission lines and transportation corridors, such as railroads, are compatible with the proposed facility; and, therefore, the impact on them would be zero.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-25 H. CULTURAL RESOURCES.

1. INTRODUCTION This Cultural. Resources inventory is concerned with the human factors and influences within the study area. It includes historical and archaeological information, specific location of residential and commercial buildings, and other cultural features which influence transmission line siting and construction.

The historical/archaeological information for the area is represented in the wholly enclosed report by Pratt and Pratt Archaeological Consultants, which begins on page 4-26. The remaining data presented in this section is based upon field investigation and original interpretation of a variety of data sources during the period March 1976, through September 1977 with updating in November 1981.

The Cultural Map on page 4-59 identifies the various cultural factors considered in siting and evaluation of impact for the subject facility. Most items are straightforward and can be read directly from the map. Two groups of figures, however, are references to off-map information. The letters at road crossings reference small-scale sketches, pages 4-47 to 4-57, which

'he identify specific cultural concerns. The numbers adjacent to the historical/

archaeological symbols are references to the Pratt and Pratt Report, pages 4-26 to 4-44.

2. IMPACT ASSESSMENT

a. HISTORICAL/ARCHAEOLOGICAL IMPACTS The Pratt and Pratt Report, which follows, covers the title subject.'ery well. The one topic of information which appears to be missing is of historic homes rather than just business establishments. The the'ocation letter from Peter P. Pratt to Gary R. Schoonmaker, which follows the report, recognizes this problem and explains the reason for it. The situation can be easily evaluated during the field survey for this facility. Any historic structures which will be directly impacted by the line will be identified and any necessary mitigating actions will be implemented.

Based on the Pratt and Pratt research, there will be no impact from the proposed facility on known historical/archaeological resources within the area. Because so little is actually known about'his area, a field survey involving actual test pits of field inspection of the line location will be completed prior to construction. Any significant historical/archaeological resources discovered in the course of the field survey will be salvaged or avoided.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4'-26

b. CULTURE RESOURCE SURVEY BACKGROUND f4%) LITERATURE SEARCH FOR THE CULTURAL RESOURCES SURVEY OF THE PROPOSED NINE MILE 2-VOLNEY 765 kV ELECTRIC TRANSMISSION PROJECT PRATT 6 PRATT ARCHAEOLOGICAL CONSULTAa~S 1220 Euclid Avenue Syracuse, New York 13210 July 5, 1977 FOR: Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation 300 Erie Boulevard Nest Syracuse, New York 13202

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-27 INTRODVCTION In a letter dated March 22, 1977, Peter P. Pratt, Pratt 5 Pratt Archaeological Consultants, was requested by Mr. Gary Schoonmaker, Terrestrial Ecologist for Niagara Mohawk Corporation, to submit a pro-posal for a cultural. resources survey of the Nine Mile 2-Volney Transmission Project. This research involved was designed to meet the requirement for a cultural survey as part of the consultation process of the Public Service Commission with Niagara Mohawk Corporation in its engaging in construction activities. On May 27 agreement was reached and a contract signed between Niagara Mohawk Corporation and the firm of Pratt and Pratt Archaeological Consultants to perform the above service.

Following is the background and literature search as part of the Phase I study of this project.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-28 BACKGROUNO AND LITERATURE SEARCH Ph sio ra hic Location The project lies within the Ontario Ridge and swampland subregion of the Erie-Ontario Lowlands Landform Region. This subregion is bordered on the west by the Ontario Drumlins subregion; on. the south by the Oneida Lake Plain subregion; on the north by Lake Ontario and the Eastern Ontario Hills subregion and on the northeast by the Tug Hill Upland Landform Region (Stout 1958: Fig. 13; Thompson 1966: Fig. 9).

The general topography of the project area consists of low (400-500 foot elevations) rolling ridges running generally northwest-southeast and interspersed with swamps and shallow ponds (DeAngelo, 1976, p. 2).

Nany of the ridges are drumloidal or esker-like in shape and represent typical ground moraine glacial features (Thompson 1966: 34).

The entire project area is a result of the last stages of glacial retreat during the late Pleistocene epoch. With the retreat of the Port Huron substage of the Wisconsin glaciation, glacial Lake Iroquois formed in front of the recessional ice, c. 10,000 B.C. This lake covered the Erie-Ontario Lowlands and drained to the east through a channel at Rome into glacial Lake Albany in the upper Hudson Valley (Ritchie 1969: Fig. 2; Fairchild 1909: pocket map).

A well established residual beach strand line suggests that Lake Iroquois existed for approximately 1,500 years. Prior to about 8000 B.C.,

the Port Huron ice melted beyond Covey Pass, quebec, causing a shift of drainage from the Rome outlet to the St. Lawrence Valley. this caused a relatively rapid draining of glacial Lake Iroquois from the Erie-Ontario Lowlands, leaving Lake Ontario behind, essentially as 1969: 14).

it is today (Ritchie The soils of the project area consist primarily of Sodus-Ira associations interspersed with smaller areas of Scriba-Ira and truck-Peat associations (Olson et al. 1969: pocket map).

The Sodus-Ira soils are deep, well to moderately well drained, medium textured, undulating and sloping soils on glacial tills. They have high acidity, low fertility, dense fragipans and stones. Because of these characteristics most areas are in low-use farming or abandoned (Olson et al. 1969: 75),

The Scriba-Ira soils are deep or moderately deep, somewhat poorly to moderately well drained, medium textured, gently to moderately sloping soils on glacial till. They are wet due to fragipans and are stony.

the most part farming has been abandoned on these soils (Olson et al.

For 1969: 73-74).

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-29 Reoional Cultural Pers ective Paleo-Indian (c. pre-8000 B,C.)

Recent estimates suggest that Lake Ontario began in its modern form sometime before 8000 B.C. (Ritchie 1969: 14). At this time the Valders ice front lay somewhere north of the St. Lawrence River valley and the central New York area probably supported a park-tundra environment suitable for grazing animals such as caribou and mastodon. Based on these ice free conditions and a game population, c. 9500-8000 B.C. has been postulated as probably the earliest period at which man entered the central New York area (Ritchie and Funk 1973: 6; Rippeteau 1977: Fig. 1). This is further substantiated by the concentrations of loci of the fluted projectile points of the Paleo-Indian within the bed of glacial Lake Iroquois (Ritchie 1969: Fig.'2), as well as a 10,580 B.C. c-14 date on caribou bones associated with a fluted Cumberland-like projectile point from Dutchess guar ry Cave in southeastern New York (Ritchie and Funk 1973: 6).

The Paleo-Indian Stage of cultural development appears to be one of nomadic big game hunting by small groups of individuals together with probable gathering of whatever other food resources were available in the park-tundra environment (Ritchie and Funk'1973: 333-36).

With the waning of the glacial ice south of James Bay in Canada (Valders c. 7500-8000 B.C,), the climate in central New York began to change. This .resulted in a gradual shift from the park-tundra vegetation which supported the large grazing animals hunted by the Paleo-Indian, to extensive coniferous forests with a smaller game carrying capacity.

It is postulated that due to this lack of suitable game the Paleo-Indian left the central New Yorka rea possibly moving north into Canada (Ritchie and Funk 1971: 46; Huller 1977: 232).

Finely chipped flu~projectile points as well as flint scrapers, gravers, bifaces and knives are the most common artifacts. While many fluted points have been found along the Seneca River in central New York only one site has been excavated in the central New York area. This site (Potts) is undated and lies 5 miles south of the project limits (Ri tchie 1965: Fig. 2).

A~li I ( 8 00-1000 B.t'..)

The coniferous forests appear to have existed in sections of central New York until c. 5000-4000 B.C. (Ritchie and Funk 1971: 46; Rippeteau 1977: 393 and Fig. 1). During this period there is little evidence of man in the central New York area. A few scattered projectile points, resembling artifacts of the Early Archaic Stage as found in the North Carolina Piedmont (c. 6500 B.C.), appear in collections from the river valleys of central New York. In New York State sites of this period include one excavated on Staten Island, c. 5300-7400 B.C. and one near Wells Bridge (southwest of Otego, New York), c. 7400 B.C. (Ri tchie and Funk 1971: 45; Funk 1977: 22).

f AMENDED EXHIBIT '4 4-30 With the gradual establishment of mixed deciduous forests (c. 4000 B.C.) containing a wider range of animal and plant foods, man again appears in numbers in the central New York area (Ritchie and Funk 1971: 46 Rippeteau 1977: 393). By 2500 B.C. widespread settlement had taken place in central New York (Ritchie 1965: '0).

The series of cultures collectively known as the "Archaic" exhibit a subsistence pattern based upon hunting, fishing and gathering wild vegetal foods.

Archaic sites tend to be small and probably represent the remains of seasonal camps. Artifacts consist of ground, chipped stone and bone tools. Pottery is absent with containers being made of soapstone. Native copper tools and ornaments are occasionally found on some Archaic sites, including trade routes with the Great Lakes region.

Whie dates for the Archaic are thought to range from 8000 to 1000 B.C., for the northeast in general, ih central New York'he majority of known sites date from approximately 4000 B.C. to about 1500 B.C., i.e.,

Late Archaic (Ritchie and Funk 1973: Fig. 1; Funk 1977: 21). It has been suggested that this fact may be due in part to the fluvial history of flood plain sites and general "archaeological visibility" (Rippeteau 1977: 393-395).

In the past, most Archaic sites have been found near the rivers on the Erie-Ontario Lowlands; however, recent work indicates a site potential on rivers and creeks within the Appalachian Uplands (Funk, Rippeteau and Houck: 1973: 20-26).

Transitional Sta e (c 1000 B.C.)

The Transitional Stage represents the change from a seasonal nomadic existence to more permanent villages, together with the development of pottery to replace. the earlier soapstone pots. In the central New York area the Frost Island Phase of the Transitional Stage is thought to be related to the Susquehanna Tradition of Pennsylvania (Funk, Rippeteau and Houck 1973: 20-26; Ritchie 1969: 150-78).

Subsistence during this period is based on hunting, fishing and gathering with most sites being small seasonal camps.

Transitional sites have been most frequently found along the large rivers of the Erie-Ontario Lowlands; however, in recent years Transitional projectile point styles have been recovered from the flood plains of small tributaries withir. the Appalachian Uplands (Funk, Rippeteau and Houck 1973: 20-26).

The Frost Island phase was largely defined from excavations at the O'eil Site (1250 B.C.) located on the seneca River 20 miles southwest of the project limits (Ritchie and Funk 1973: 74).

MENDED EXHZBIT 4 4-'31

~II dl dS(.1008.C.-15f .A.D.i The period following the Transitional Stage and continuing until the time'f European contact is referred to as the Woodland Stage, This stage, which has been divided into the Early, Middle and Late periods, has been variously defined as of the Mississippi.

it occurs in different areas east In New York State, the Early Woodland period is marked by the first significant use of clay pottery Clay smoking pipes also make their appear-ance. A well-developed burial complex is characteristic of the Early Woodland period. Few Early Woodland occupation sites have been found to date, with much of the evidence of this period, coming largely from burial sites. The scant evidence suggests that subsistence was still primarily based upon hunting, fishing and gathering, but cultivated plants had made their first appearance (Ritchie 1969: 179; Fisher and Hartgen 1975: 9).

The Middle Woodland period, which begins c. 200 A.O. in central New York is characterized by a transition in ceramic and pipe styles and by the development of compIex mortuary customs. It is probable that the use of cultivated plants was increasing, but they subsistence (Ritchie 1969: 180).

still played a minor role in The Late Woodland period, which begins about 1000 A.D. is distinguished by a dependence on agriculture for subsistence and the growth of permanent settled villages often surrounded with palisades.

The elaborate mortuary custom'es noted for earlier Woodland periods disappears. Emerging as distinct entities during this period are the historically known Iroquoian groups (Ritchie 1969: 180; Ritchie and Funk 1973: 359).

Proto-Historic Substaae (c. 1550 ? - 1600 A.D.)

During the last half of the sixteenth century the pending impact of the cultural shock due to future European contact began to manifest itself in a growing demand for European trade goods.

This substage has been defined as a period from c. 1550 ? - 1600 A.O., during which time small amounts of European-made artifacts appear on Onondaga Iroquois sites (Bradley 1976: 16-20; DeAngelo 1976a: 12-15).

At present no documentary evidence has been uncovered to indicate direct European contact during this period, although".Jacques Cartier had penetrated the St. Lawrence River valley to at least the site of present day Montreal as early as 1535 (Pendergast and Trigger 1972: 3)

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-32 During the Proto-Historic Substage we assume that the few trade goods reaching Iroquois country were the result of inter-tribal exchanges coming ultimately from various int ermittent European sources along the northeast coast.

Historic Substa e c. 1600-1783 A.D.)

The first documented contact between the European and the Iroquois in'.central New York was an attack on the Iroquois by Samuel Champlain in 1615 A.D. (O'Callaghan 1850, Vol, III: 10-25).

The site of the village involved has been debated for many years, but recent investigations indicate it probably was an Onondaga village located at the south end of Onondaga Lake at Syracuse (Pratt 1976: 65-66, 148; French 1949).

The first extended occupation in the central New York area involved the Jesuits from Canada whose proselytizing efforts among the Onondagas started in the 1650's (O'Callaghan, 1850> Vol. I: 27-40). Following Simon LeMoyne's contact with the Onondagas at Onondaga Lake (Syracuse) in 1654 a series of missions were established in central New York among the other Iroquois nations (Stewart 1970: 43-52; O'Callaghan 1851; Vol.

XIII: 189-190).

The second half of the seventeenth and much of the eighteenth century exhibited numerous white contacts devoted to both trading ventures and religious activities (Leach 1966, 103-08).

The Eng'lish-French rivalry that resulted in the French and Indian Wars (1744-1763) caused fur ther cultural and political impacts on the Iroquois. The resulting political, economic and cultural confusion was evident during the Revolutionary War (1776-1783) when again the 'urther Iroquois were forced to take sides. At the end of this conflict the Iroquois

, ceased to be a major political force in New York State and were largely divested of their lands.

At this point in time the Historic Substage of the Late Woodland Stage of Indian development gives way to the Historic Stage of non-Indian

'settlement of central New York.

Historic Stage (1783 A.D. - Present)

It was not until after the Revolutionary Was that permanent white settlement took place in central New York. This was largely due to the opening of the New Military Tract (1791) within central New York as "bounty" land for those soldiers who served in the Revolution. This tract of over 1,500,000 acres attracted much of the late 18th and early 19th century settlement. The New Military Tract covered all or part of Oswego, Onondaga, Cortland, Tompkins, Schuyler, Yates, Seneca, Cayuga and Wayne Counties (Smith 1904: 28; Sherwood 1926: 169-179).

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-33 ti In addi on to this area, there were other tracts of 1 and that were set aside and sold to private interests. These included such areas as Macomb Purchase in the northwestern Adirondacks, the Lincklaen Purchase and the Chenango Twenty Towns directly'ast of the New Military Tract and the Scriba Patent on the northeastern edge of the New Military Tract (Thompson 1966: Fig. 42).

The Nine Mile II-Volney project lies within the limits of the Scriba Patent.

In 1788 the State of New York appointed a group of commissioners to deal with the Iroquois regarding land in Central New York. In July of 1788 a grand council was held which resulted in the acquisition of the Military Tract, the "Boyleston Tract" and the Scriba Patent, Since John and Nicholas Roosevelt of New York City had applied to the cormissioners, the Scriba Patent was mapped by William Cockburn of Kingston, Hew York as the "Roosevelt Purchase." On April 7, 1792 the land was sold to Frederick William Augustus Scriba, a native of H olland and at that time a merchant in New York City. Scriba received the patent to this 499,135 acres in Oecember of 1794 and had Benjamin wright resurvey the property into 24 towns which were further subdivided into lots. Over the next 42 years Scriba is reputed to have spent over 1.5 million dollars promoting Oswego County. He died in 1836 and is buried in Constantia, one of the model towns he hoped to develop (Churchill 1895: 9-12; DeAngelo 1976b).

The regional development of Central New York from these early beginnings was largely'ased on agriculture and the availability of transportation. The turnpikes (c. 1800-1830) provided the impetus for increased settlement by people from the New England States. 'awhile much of Oswego County was not settled until the 1800-1809 period, Onondaga County to the south as well as the Oswego River corridor, the outlet of Little Salmon River (Texas) and the Constantia area of Oswego'County were settled within the 1790-1799 period (Thompson 1966: Fig. 43),

Oswego County was erected from parts of Oneida and Onondaga

'Counties in 1816 (Riley 1973: Chart).

The agricultural potential of much of Oswego County is "fair to poor" with a large segment of ="poor to very poor" land within the TUg Hill Uplands to the east (Thompson 1966: Fig. 34). This fact, together with the coming of the Erie Canal (c. 1825) through the better farm land in lower central New York slowed the settlement of much of Oswego County. Salt and limestone production in the Syracuse area served as a nucleus for industrial development considerably south of the project area. This advantage was continued with the coming of the railroads .c. 1840 and the building of the Enlarged Erie Canal c. 1830-1860.

AMENDED EXHXBET 4 4-34 Scriba's hope for a Lake Ontario port on the Little Salmon River was doomed to failure due to the location of a better water route up the Oswego River thence to Oneida Lake via the Oneida River, across the "great carry" at Rome and down the Mohawk River to the Hudson River at Albany. This route was recognized not only by the Iroquois but also in the early establishment of Fort Oswego (1727) at the mouth of the Oswego River. Thus most manufacturing in Oswego County developed along the river corridor at the cities of Oswego and Fulton, particularly with the completion of the Oswego Canal in 1838.

Although saw mills, grist mills and other small "manufactories" were established along many of the smaller streams in Oswego County in the 19th century, consolidation of industrial interests caused the disappearance of most of them by the early 1900's (see Fig. 2).

At the present time many of the marginal farm lands have been abandoned to encroaching woodlands and have been purchased as summer camp properties by people from the Syracuse metropolitan area. The better farm lands still provide moderate incomes from dairying, crops and orchards while water oriented services have developed along the highly desirable Lake Ontario shorefront.

National Re ister Pro erties A review of National Register listings to June 7, 1977 indicates no sites listed eligible or nominated within the project limits. The only properties listed for Oswego County are located at Brewerton (14 miles southeast of the 3 mile project limits); Oswego (1.9 miles west of the 3 mile project limits); and at Mexico (3.8 miles east of the 3 mile project limits). The project will have no impact on these properties (National Register, June 7, 1977).

Prehistoric, Protohistoric and Historic Indian Site otentlal A review of the extant literature reveals no verified sites within the project limits (Beauchamp 1900; DeAngelo 1976b; Engelbrecht and White n.d.; Funk 1977; Gifford n.d.; O'Callaghan 1850; Vols. I, III and XIII; Parker 1922; Pendergast and Trigger 1972; Pratt and Pratt 1976a; Pratt 1976c; Ritchie 1957, 1965, 1969; Ritchie and Funk 1973; Stewart 1970; Thompson 1966; Tuck 1971).

'I In the general Oswego County area few sites are known except along the shore of Oneida Lake and the Oneida-Oswego River system located considerably south and west of the project limits (Ritchie 1969: Fig. 2).

Fluted projectile points indicative of Paleo-Indian occupation have been found along the Oswego River and a large cluster of loci is located in northwestern Onondaga County, 20 miles southwest of the project limits. One location in Oswego County appears to be in the Town of Palermo, southeast of the project (Ritchie 1957: Fig. 2; Ritchie 1969: Fig. 2). A single fluted point has been reported near the shore of Lake Ontario at North Wolcott, Wayne

'County, 21 miles west of the project limits (Ritchie 1957: 76).

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-35 The only verified Paleo-Indian site in Oswego County is the previously mentioned Potts site located 5 miles south of the project limits. This site was tested in 1962-1963 with limited success (Ritchie 1969: 22-23).

Verified Archaic sites are known along the Oneida River and Lake area of Oswego County, and beveled adzes indicative of Lamoka (Hiddle-Late Archaic) have been found along the Oswego River (Ritchie 1969: Fig. 5).

A number of unreported sites in the interior of Oswego County have produced Archaic and Woodland artifactual material, particularly in the Salmon River

.wat'ershed. These sites, however, are generally known only to local individual collectors (zondratowicz 1976). Although Transitional sites are common along the Oneida-Oswego-Seneca River system south of the project area, no sites of this period have been verified within the project limits (Ritchie 1969:

Fi.g. 4).

The presence of probable Moodland sites in the interior of Oswego County has been indicated by the recovery of typical period artifacts; however, as yet no such sites have been verified from within the project limits (Kondratowicz 1976).

Beauchamp comments: "As a rule few important works or sites are found near Lake Ontario, as there was little security . . . . Temporary fishing villages were more frequent and some should yet be found where streams of some size enter the lake, though, the traces are rare" (Beauchamp 1900: 132). He further states: "There are camps and relics on the lake shore west of Oswego, near the mouth of Eight Nile Creek. They are rare in such situations, but a small camp has also been observed two miles east of Oswego on the shore. Many arrowheads." The latter site may be located on the extreme northwestern edge of the project limits (Beauchamp 1900: 134).

Parker states that this site produces "early relics" and adds an unidentified site at the mouth of Catfish Creek and indications of settlement along Little Salmon River, both located east of the project limits (Parker 1922:

205),

Based on Beauchamp's early writing, the project area lies within the reputed c. 1600 A.D. boundary of Onondaga territory, midway between the Cayugas to the southwest and the Oneidas to the east. This map is quite generalized, and while the designated Onondaga territory includes the developmental homeland of the Onondagas in the central portion of Onondaga County (35 miles south of, the project area), there is little data to support Onondaga occupancy in the project area (Beauchamp 1900:

factual pocket map).

Recent archaeological work on prehistoric Onondaga sites suggests a developmental sequence starting c. 1100 A.D. in the vicinity of Jordan and Elbridge (Onondaga County) and moving eastward into the Pompey Hills (c. 1400 A.D.) where they were found by the first white visitors in the 17th century (Ritchie 1969:'82; Tuck 1971: Figs. 1 and 8; Bradley 1976:

16-20).

&KNDED EXHIBIT 4 4-36 With regard to the Cayugas, little professional work has been done; however, the major villages appear to be located at least 40 or more miles southwest of the project area (OeOrio 1976: personal communication; Engelbrecht and White n.d.: 1).

Pratt's recent work on the Oneida sequence indicates that all verified sites lie within Madison and Oneida Counties, some 45 miles southeast of the project area (Pratt 1976c; Fig. 5).

In addition to these relatively well known prehistoric cultures, another group of Late Woodland sites has been located 25 miles northeast of the project area. These Jefferson County sites have been assigned to the St. Lawrence Iroquois, a little known group that appears to have left the St. Lawrence area during the mid-sixteenth century (Pratt and Piratt 1976a: 14).

Finally, a small group of Late Woodland sites of unidenti'fied cultural affiliations is located near Baldwinsville 17 miles southwest o the project area (Tuck 1971: Figs. 1 and 8).

No known Proto-Historic sites have been reported from the general project area and other than possible Indian camps associated with Fort Oswego during the 18th century, the only reputed Historic Indian village site lies near the mouth of the Salmon River, 12 miles northeast of the project area. This site is reputed to be the mid-seventeenth century village of Otianhatague (Canohage) and was only occupied for a short period,. c. 1654-1656 (Beauchamp 1900: 132).

~Sumnar A review of the published literature on archaeological resources appears to indicate a low .to moderate potential for, prehistoric, proto-historic and historic Indian sites within the project limits.

It should be noted that this fact may be due to a lack of intensive archaeological surveys in the area.

Historic Site Potential A review of the extant literature of area cultural development indicates relatively sparse settlement starting generally in the early years of the 19th century (Burr 1829: map; Blankman 1889: map; Cleaveland 1923; Churchill 1'895; Cooper 1973; DeAngelo 1976b; Faust 1934; Hojnacki 1973; Hunter 1854; Johnson 1877; Leach 1966; Landon 1932; McKeon n.d.; Pratt and Pratt, 1976a; Pratt and Pratt 1976b; Riley 1973; Sherwood 1926; Simpson 1944; Stewart 1970; Thompson 1966; Whitten 1934; Wright 1794).

AMENDED EXHIBXT 4 4-37 The Nine Nile II-Yolney 3-mile corridor runs generally south-southeast across the Oswego County (erected 1816) towns of Scriba, New Haven, Volney and Palermo. These towns were erected within the Scriba Patent respectively in 1811, 1813, 1806 and 1832 (Churchill 1895: 606, 649, 758, 779; Riley 1973: chart).

Although the Oswego River and the Oswego Canal (1828) provided the major transportation corridor west of the project area, interior land routes were necessary to promote growth. Routes N.Y. 3 (in part) and 49 were in existence at least as early as 1808 as a major route from Rotterdam (Constantia) to Fulton. Later this route became part of the Rome and Rochester Turnpike (1825). Route 104 was in existence by 1812 and is mapped as a "stage road" in 1829. It later became the Rome and Oswego Plank Road c. 1844-1848. The road network present by 1829 is designated in Figure I (tlcKeon n,d.; Burr 1829: map; DeAngelo 1876b).

Host of the state roads were paved with concrete or bituminous macadam between 1915 and 1938 (N.Y.S.D.P.M. 1941).

Mhile railroad construction took place in central New York as early as 1834, it was not until 1863 that the Oswego and Rome Railroad was completed across the northern portion of the project area. This company was immediately taken over by the Rome, Matertown and Ogdensburg, which in turn was later controlled by the Delaware, Lackawanna and Mestern from 1878 to 1891 when it was leased by the New York Central and Hudson River Railroad.

4-7).

The complete take over by the New York Central came in 1914 (Hojnacki 1973:

Scriba The first settler in the Town of Scriba is reputed to be Henry Everts who settled in the southwest part of the town, near the river in 1798; however, there were few others inland until 1804 when Scriba Corners (Scriba) was settled. The first school house at Scriba Corners was built in 1807.

By 1820 the town (including Oswego) had a population of 741. By mid-century, the town (excluding Oswego),had 2,738 inhabitants. In 1895 Scriba corners had a store, shoemaker, blacksmith, two evaporators and a steam cider mill, North Scriba was settled c. 1834. South Scriba (formerly Pecks Corners) appears to have been settled before 1820 and developed several local industries.

Lycoming was formed due to the coming of the railroad c. 1863 (Churchill 1895:

760-770).

New Haven New Haven when originally formed included a strip of land that separated the town of t<exico from Lake Ontario. This strip was ceded back to Mexico in 1837. In 1806 a road from Rotterdam (Constantia) north to Vera Cruz (Texas) was legislated. This was probably the first inland access from the south. By 1814 the Town of New Haven had 12 road districts. The first settler arrived in 1800 and the first sawmill was built in 1805 on Catfish Creek. By 1820 the population of the town including the "Mexico Strip" was 899. The center of development .was New Haven village, known up to 1819 as Gay Head. Although this village had a store in 1809; a tavern in 1810; a ready made coffin manufacturer in 1835, and a fruit evaporator in 1882, its influence did not extend west to the project area since the South New Haven post office was not established until 1877 (Churchill 1895: 606-623).

AMENDED EZHEBET 4 4-38 Volney The Town of Volney originally included the present towns of Scriba, Volney, Palermo and Schroeppell. Although Bradstreet reputedly built a fort in Fulton in 1756, the first settler in this location did not arrive until 1793. The first town meeting was held in 1812. Although riverside settlement was generally early, inland areas grew more slowly as illustrated by Volney Center (Yolney) with a cemetery dated 1815 and the first store outside of Fu1ton (Oswego Falls) in 1816. North Volney (Druce's Corners) started a cemetery in '1829, but did not have a store until 1858. Mount Pleasant (Hubbard's Corners) had a store in 1867 and established a post office in 1872. By 1820 the Town of Volney. had a population of over 2,000, due mainly to Fulton (Oswego Falls). During the 19th century industrial development on the river, such as Merick's Mill of 15 run of stone (one of the largest in the state) at Seneca Hill, overshadowed the modest improvements inland (Churchill 1895:

773-818; Anon. 1935).

Palermo The first town meeting was held in 1833 although permanent settlement had taken place probably at Jenning's Corners (Clifford) as early as 1806, and the first frame house erected in 1812. Clifford was also known as Denton's Corners

c. 1823. Palermo Center (Palmer's Post Office c. 1829) was settled in 1812; built the first tavern in 1816 and the first school house in 1820, Vermilion was settled in 1816; built the first cheese factory in the town in 1864 and at one time was the location of a pump factory (Churchill 1895 649-657).

The above brief historic outlines of town settlement further confirm the cultural developmental pattern in the project area, i.e., the first 30 years" of the 19th century. This scattered nodal development is illustrated in Figure 2, which in turn is primarily based on early transportation links (c. 1829) and mid-century commercial/industrial/educational clusters (c. 1867).

Figure 2 thus may be used as a visual aid in projecting probable locations for historic sites,

~Suaaaar A review of a representative sample of the historic literature of the project area indicates a high potential for historic sites within the project corridor, but,only a moderate potential 'of impacting any high priority historic site.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4-39 KEY FOR FIGURE No. 1 thru 77 (From: C. K. Stone's New Topographical Atlas of Oswego County, New York 1867)

1. Saw Mill 43, Cooper Shop

2. School House 12 44, School House 17

3. School House 15 45. School House 18

4. School House 16 46. School House 8 S. S'tave Factory 47. Stave hlanufactory

6. Store 48. Stave Manufact'ory

7. Cemetery 49. School House 9

8. School House 13 50. Stave Machine

9. Blacksmith Shop 51. Cooper Shop

10. Cemetery 52. School House 14

11. Baptist (?) Church 53. School House 11

12. School House 14 S4. Saw Mill

13. Cheese Factory 55. Cooper Shop

14. Blacksmith Shop 56. Cooper Shop

15. Grocery and Post Office 57. Cemetery (not shown 1867)

16. Harness Shop and Grocery 58. Church

17. Blacksmith Shop 59. Blacksmith Shop

18. I. Hubble and Co. 60. Saw Mill

'19. School House 4 61. Methodist Church

20. Cooper Shop 62. Store

.21. School House 10, Cooper (?) 63. School House 10 Shops, Store, 'Sash Factory, 64. Methodist-Episcopal Church Methodist-Episcopal Church, 65. School House 5 Hotel, Shoe('?) Shop, Store 66. Saw Mill Post Office, Blacksmith 67. Cheese Factory Shops, wagon Shop 68. Saw Mill

22. Cemetery 69. Blacksmith Shop

23. Saw Mill 70. School House (?)

24. School House 8 71. Saw Mill

25. School House 7 72. School House 11

26. Store 73. Cooper (?) Shop

27. Cider Mill 74. School House

28. Cooper Shop 75. Tannery

29. Nagon 5 Blacksmith Shop 76. Blacksmith Shop

30. Steam Saw Mill 77. School House

31. Saw Mill <(From: David H. Burr, Map

32. School House 6 33 Blacksmith Shop of County of Oswego, 1829)-

'4

~ School House 21

35. Cemetery (not shown 1867) A. Flouring Mill

36. H. Brown Hotel and Store B. Flouring Mill 07 ~ School House 5 C, Flouring Mill

38. Cheese Factory

39. Saw Mill

40. School House 3 "County Roads"

41. Harness Shop (Approximate Routes)

12. Cooper Shop "Stage Roads" (Approximate Routes)

AMENDED EZHT.BIT 4 4-4Q BIBLIOGRAPHY Beauchamp, William M.

1900 Aboriginal Occupation of New York. New York State Museum Bulletin No. 32, Albany, New York.

Blankman, Edgar G.

1889 New Ma of Oswe o Count . Central Square, New York.

Bradley, James

'976 A Preliminary Report on the Historic Onondaga Sequence.

William M. Beaucham Cha ter, New York State Archaeological Assoc>at>on, Vo . , No. , Syracuse, New York.

Burr, David H.

1829 Ma of Count of Oswe o. Albany, New York.

Churchill, John C., Editor .

1895 Landmarks of Oswe o Count New York. D.Mason 8 Co., Syracuse, New York.

Cleavel and, Dorothy Kendall 1923 The Trade and Trade Routes of Northern New York From the Beginning of Settlement to the Coming of the Railroad. The uarterlv Journal of the New York State Historical Association, Vol. IV, No. 4, October.

Anon.

1935 Oswego County Cemetery Inscriptions. Unpublished manuscript, Syracuse, New York.

Cooper, Leonard J. Sr.

1973 Constantia Industries: Milliams-Southwell Sawmill and the Constantia Iron Foundry.Journal'of the Oswe o Count Historical

~Socket , Oswego, New York.

DeAngelo, Gordon C.

1976a A Cultural Sequence Chart for Central New York. William M.

Beaucham Chapter New York State Archaeolo ical Association, o . , No. , Syracuse, New Yor .

DeAngelo, Gordon C.

1976b Preliminary Cultural Resources Analysis, Central Square-Constantia, Part 1, SH 1243 (Route 49) PIN 2017.03 Oswego, County, New York.

New York State De artment of Trans ortation Re ion 3, Syracuse, New York.

DeOrio, Robert 1976 Personal Communication.

AMENDED EZHXBT.T 4 4-41 Enge1 brecht, William and Marian E. Whi te n.d. Cavan a. Unpublished manuscript, Buffalo, New York.

Fairchild, H. L.

1909 Glacial Waters in Central Hew York. New York State Museum Bulletin 127. Albany, New York.

Faust, Ralph M.

1934, The Stor of Oswe o, with Notes about Several Towns in the

~Count . R. M. Faust, Oswego, New York.

Fisher, Charles and Karen Hartgen 1975 Lysander-New Coo+unity. Preliminary Prehistoric Archaeological Survey. Unpublished manuscript, Albany, New York.

French, Mansfield H.

1949 Cham lain's Incursion A ainst the Onondaoa Nation. Edwards Brothers, Incorporated, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

Funk, Robert E., Rippeteau, Bruce E., and Ralph M. Houck 1973 A P) eliminary Cultural Framework for the Upper Susquehanna Valley.

New York State Archaeolo ical Association Bulletin 57, Rochester, New Yor .

~

Funk, Robert E.

1977 Ear ly Cultures in the Hudson Drainage Basin. In Annals of the N Y kA d fmi . 0 id dTl in Northeastern North America; edited by Walter S. Newman and Bert Salwen, Vol. 288, pp. 316-332, Hew York.

Gifford, Stanley n.d. Part I, Archeological Survey of Central Hew York, General Summary of Aboriginal Occupation. Unpubl i shed manuscri pt, Syracuse, New York.

Hojnacki, Kenneth L.

1973 Steam Railroads of Central New York. Central New York Chapter of National Railwa Historical Societ , Inc. Harcellus, New York.

Hunter, B. J.

1854 Ma of Oswe o Count , New York. Gillett Mathews 45 Co,,

Phi ade phia, Pennsylvan>a..

Johnson, Crisfield A.

1877 . Histor of Oswe o Count , New York. L. H. Everts It Co.,

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.

Kondratowicz, Edward 1976 Personal Comunication.

'AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-42 Landon, Harry Fry 1932 The North Countr . Historical Publications Company, Indianapo is, Indiana.

Leach, Douglas Edward 1966 The Northern Colonial Frontier, 1607-1763. 'Holt, Rinehard and W>nston, New York, New York.

thcKeon et al.

n.d. Road History Region 3 (Revised). New York State Oe artment of

, N Y t, Huller, Ernest H.

1977 Late Glacial and Early Postglacial Environments in Western New York. In Annals of the New York Academ of Sciences.

Amerinds and Their Pa eoenvironments in Northeastern North America; edited by Walter S. Newman and Bert Salwen, Vol. 288, pp. 223-233, New York.

Hunger, William P.

1941 Historical Atlas of New York State. Phoe-ix, Arizona.

National Register 1977 Current Listings thru June 7, 1977. National Re ister of Historic Places, Washington, D.C.

New York State Department of Public Works.

1941 Tables, Status of State and S ecial Hiahwa s and Bridoes to O'Callaghan, E. G. Editor 1850 Papers Rel'ating to the First. Settlement at Onondaga and the Discovery of the Salt Springs at Salina, Anno 1654-8. The Oocumentar Histor of the St ate of New York. Vol. I, ATbany New York.

O'Callaghan, E. B. Editor 1850 Champlain's Expeditions to Wort h.rn and Western New York, 1609-1615. The Documentar Histor~ of the State of New York, Vol. III. A bany, New York.

O'Callaghan, E. B. Editor 1851 Papers Relating Principally to the Conversion and Civilization of the Six Nations of Indians Interspersed with Letters on Other Subjects of Public Int rest, 1642-1776. The Oocumentar Histor of the State of New York, Vol. XIII, Albany, New york.

ATTENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-43 Olson, Gerald W., Witty, John E.. and Raymond L. Marshall 1969 Soils and Their Use in the Five>>County Area Around Syracuse.

New York State Colle e of Agriculture Cornell Miscellaneous Bulletin 80. Ithaca, Hew York.

Parker, Arthur C.

1922 The Archeological History of New York, Part 2. Hew York State Museum Bulletin No. 238. Albany, New York.

Pendergast, James F. and Bruce G. Trigger 1972 Cartier's Hochela a and the Dawson Site. McGill-queen's University Press, Montreal, Canada.

Pratt, Peter P. and Marjorie K. Pratt 1976a Cultural Resources Survey of Proposed Trunk Sewer and Sewer Treatment Facility Construction in Village of Adams, Jefferson County, New York, Unpublished manuscript. Syracuse, New York.

Pratt, Peter P. and Marjorie K. Pratt 1976b Cultural Resources Survey of Proposed Sewer Line, Sewage Treatment Plant Site and Pumping Station in the Village of Mexico, Oswego County; New York. Unpublished manuscript, Syracuse, New York Pratt, Peter P.

1976c Archaeoloo of the Oneida Iroquois, Vol. 1, Man in the Northeast, ccassonal apers Ho. 1. George s Mills, Hew Hampshire.

Riley, David 1973 N.Y.S. D.O.T. Region 3 County and Town Formation Flow Chart.

New York State De artment of Trans ortation Record Files.

Syracuse, Hew York.

Rippeteau, Bruce 1977 New Data and Models for 8,000 Years of Archaic Societies and Their Environments in the Upper Susquehanna Valley of New York State. In Annals of'the Hew York Academ of Sciences. Amerinds and Their Pa eoenvsronments sn Northeastern North erica~ edited by Walter S. Neo+an and Bert Salwen, Vol. 288, pp. 392-399, New York.

Ritchie, William A.

1957 Traces of Early Man in the Northeast. New York State Museum and Science Service, Bulletin No. 358. Albany, Hew York.

Ritchie, William A.

1965 The Archaeolo of Hew York State. The Natural History Press, Garden C>ty, Hew York.

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-44 Ritchie, William A.

1969 The Archaeoloo of New York State. Revised edition. The Natural History Press, Garden City, New York..

Ritchie, William A. and Robert E. Funk 1971 Evidence for Early Archaic Occupations on Staten Island.

Penns lvania Archaeolo ist, Vol. 41, No. 3, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

.Ritchie, Mi lliam A. and Robert E. Funk 1973 Aboriginal Settlement Patterns in the Northeast. New York State Museum and Science Service Memoir 20; Albany, New York.

Sherwood, Jeannette B.

Military Tract. (}uarterl Journal of the llew York State 1926 The Historical Association. Vol. Vlt. A bany, New Y"rk.

Simpson, Elizabeth M.

1944 The Cit of Mexico, Georoe Scriba's of Lake Ontario Y " "'~ Or earn a 9

Smith, Carroll E.

1904 Pioneer Times in the Ononda a Countr . C'. M. Bardeen, Syracuse, New York.

Stewart, Alexander H.

1970 french Pioneers in the Eastern Great Lakes Area 1609-1791.

Edited by Rev. ohn R. Lee. Occasional Papers of the New York State Ar cheological Association, No. 3. Rochester, New York.

Stout, Neil J.

1958 Atlas of Forestry in New York. State Universit Colle e Bulletin 41. .Syracuse, New York. of'orestr Thompson, John H. Editor 1966 Geo ra h of View York State. Syracuse University Press, Syracuse, New York.

Tuck, James A.

1971 Ononda a Iro uois Prehistor , A Stud in Settlement Archaeolo Syracuse University Press, Syracuse, ~!ew York.

Whitten, Robert 1934 A Progress Report to the National Resources Board on the Making of a State Plan for New York. March 1 to September 1, 1934.

New York State Plannin Board. Albany, New York.

Wright, Benjamin 1794 Ha of Scriba's Patent. Oswego County Clerk's Office, Oswego, New York.

0 AIZNDED EXHIBIT 4 4-45 October l.5, l.977 Mr. Gary R. Schoonmaker Terrestrial Ecologist Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation 300 Erie Boulevard Nest Syracuse, New York 13202 Re: Cultural Resources Survey Background and Literature Search of the Nine M1le ZI - Volney Transm1ssion Line Dear Gary>

As a result of the Nine M11e XZ - Volney background and Literature search, the only structures discovered. w1thin the corridor to be of historic concern related to industrial or commercial buildings. No residential structures of historic I

interest were located in the corr1dor 1n the course of this search. Xt is poss1ble, however, that on-site inspection might locate structures of such 1nter es t.

Cord1a11y ',

9m~

Peter P. Pratt, Ph.D.

Pratt and Pratt Archaeological Consultants 1220 Euclid, Avenue Syracuse, New York 132l0 PPP/s OC(

AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-46

c. STRUCTURES NEAR THE RIGHT-OF-WAY The location of all buildings in close proximity to the proposed facility including homes, sheds, barns, and commercial buildings are shown on the following Sketches A through K. The letters A through K key back to the Cultural Resources Map to show what road crossings are represented by each sketch. Homes are shown on the sketches as blackened in boxes.

Commercial buildings are cross hatched. No st'ructures need to be acquired for the proposed transmission line herein proposed.

,Structures located within 250 ft. of the proposed centerline were field verified in the fall of 1981 and are listed below and identified on revised sketches A through K, pages 4-47 to 4-57 with an asterisk.

Location Structure Co. Rt. 1 Wood frame residence and associated out buildings State Rt. 104 Wood frame residence and associated buildings Lily Marsh Rd. Wood frame residence County Rt. 29 Two mobile homes O'onnor Rd. Wood frame residence

gy0 LAKE.

SKETCH A Ol IQ ILL z

'z

\

a \

cC 0 ~~giOH 0

~ at l~

0' L4KE RD.

0 C

IO~ O 400 I

~

I

sKEYcH 5 BURT M QR RD.

0 0 4OC

/Co 35'595 S'KETcH C I

/9'7S'sees'~ 095'S'S

///s 6+S' res's'951 55~

55 7/5 CZG I I, 4n ~ 7' 77K 825 4

~~lr8s I 6I S'/~~

~~Np g rzze I 6~~

~~/S+z'47~'~~

~~/ QOG' IC)~~

C9

~~~l Q C9 (9I I- I- w CO 0~~

~~'x X Ill Ill 0 aoo~~

~~SKETCH D~~

~~/QO'es 5+S MtoogE RD~~

~~<ss 47K~~

~~'A C9~~

~

~~Q Q R K I I-M M X X LU LU La 0~~

~~40C~~

~~SKETCH 2~~

~~/ooA 0(~~

~1

~~~l CO Z55'ZO5'/'SS'o5 C9 R~~

~~I-475'/G's5'L V)~~

~~X LLJ qO<~~

~

~~s<"~qS~~

~~+~sis-575'5'Z5 9C I~~

~~S9 s~ S'w~~

~~/ZZ S~~

~~/2 Sg~~~

~~/3/5' H 0 C~~

~~400~~

~~l4'3~' SKETCH F Ia75'.7S' szs'S+%~~

~~i S V5'~~

~~/52 5 2@5 555 c/5 cbbS 8G~~

~~//G&~~

~~$ 80 J lOO')~~

~~0 795'e LO 5'I~~

~~./z/8' M~~

~~0 0~~

~~K w~~

~~0 C~~

~~400~~

~~ii sKETcH'C l&s~~~

~~0 400 (OO~~

~~SKETCH H rOo'S 77m'/DS 6>>/W as~/ oO roc,<~~~

~~~C o~~

~~40C~~

~~M 88m S~~

~~vv Z5'09 I~~

~~//0~~

~~&7m'0>~~

~~6 96 BGL 0~~

~~/38s'l IWCrSa~~

~~0 O~~

~~.Q 0~~

~~0 40C~~

~~l1 0~~

//0 los&S' o

~~400~~

~~,~8d SKETCH K 3~~

~~d EXISTING VOLNEY STATION V~~~

O.

~~0 400'~~

~~AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-58~~

d. GENERAL CULTURAL INFORMATION Other cultural features which exist in the study area but which are not impacted by the proposed line include three cemeteries and one radio tower operated by the Oswego County Highway Department 4,200 feet east of the facility and 30 feet higher than the line at ground level. A roadside pull-off maintained by the New York State Department of Transportation exists
)ust west of the proposed facility north of Route 104. One overnight camp-ground for'railers is also located west of the proposed facility on the south side of Lily Marsh Road. No other recreational facilities are planned for the study area through the Year 2000 according to the Oswego County 2000 Land Use Plan.
e. PLANS, ZONING AND RESTRICTED AREAS The Town of Scribe has no zoning at this time. They do, however, have restrictions on development within flood hazard areas identified by the Federal Department of Housing and Urban Development. (See Hydrology Map for areas designated as flood hazard areas). The proposed line will not pass through these flood hazard areas. The Town of Volney has a zoning regulation as well as restricted development in flood hazard areas, as described in Amended Exhibit 7 of this application.
The Oswego County Planning Board published their Oswego County 1985 and 2000 Land Use Plan in June 1977. This Plan allows for transmission lines within the proposed corridor. There'is no provision for the development of new lines made in either plan as the plan shows only the existing lines shown.
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-60 I. VISUAL IMPACT
1. INTRODUCTION The proposed 345 kV transmission line is proposed to be located adjacent to and east of the existing Nine Mile-Volney and Nine Mile-Clay 345 kV Transmission Lines. The new line will be constructed such that towers match in design and line up with the easterly existing 345 kV facility as much as possible. The design of the new line will be slightly different than the old ones due to progress in technology since'he construction of the old line.
The differences include twin bundled conductors rather than single conductors and the need to install 5'-taller structures in some cases to meet National Electric Safety Code (current edition) standards.
The following visual assessment is based on the design described above and a review of the two classes of viewers, residences in proximity to the line and travellers along the roads of the study area.
2. ROAD ASSESSMENT SIGHT LINES The assessment of visual impact from the road network began with a review of the network itself and its relationship to. the proposed line location.. Roads were identified which, if one were travelling along them, the extended visual sight line, directly along the road's alignment, and therefore the driver's view, would intersect the proposed transmission facility centerline. The sketch on the next page shows a typical example of this The Visual Impact Map is located on page 4-85.
The reason for defining all of these sight lines was the assumption that the most critical visual impact from a highway occurs when a traveller is exposed to a structure located directly in his line of sight while driving down the road.
These sight lines were then evaluated to determine which views would be of primary importance and which would be secondary. Importance was
\
determined based on the level of government which was responsible for main-taining the road. It was assumed that: (1) the bulk of the traffic would utilize the better roads; (2) the higher the level of government, the better the roads would be maintained over a long period of time; (3) that new development would occur along the better maintained roads; and (4) that any increase in traffic would therefore occur on the roads maintained by the higher levels of government.
In the study area where no Federal highways exist, the routes
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-61
/OO S~TiJ~p o0 VSFfAll 0
~ ~
4 sc~s, "r ~
~ I I I
0 0
FICVRE: V- l which were assumed to be the most important were the State and County roads.
In one instance the views along the sight lines from a Town road (Silk Road) were designated primary because of the road's assumed potential for increased traffic volumes based on its directness between Route 3 in Fulton and the study area.
Whether sight lines were designated primary or secondary was decided according to the following guidelines.
Primary Sightlines: all sight lines originating from State Roads, and County roads within the study area.
Secondary Sightlines: sight lines originating from County roads outside of the study area and sight lines originating from Town roads within the study area.
Cross sections and desciptions were developed for each sight line of primary importance. They depict and describe, respectively, the
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-62 existing situation in the field at the time of the study, and are the basis for the impact assessment.
Figure V-2 details the major components of the sightline cross sections.
POTENTIAI I Y OhlSC,Re"NED.POCrIOXl OF aTRUt TURD..
ART OF SYRUCTURF.GCREEhlKP SY INTERVKHIN&. VLSVAL SAPRJE'R ART OI. STRVCTORK SCREENKP BY INT'-"RVENIN&.~PQGRAPHY VISUAL BARRIER R)IN7 OZ TXN6W HA1VPAL OR me KM 5 JKAP<VANTA&E'T)
VYl.ICA,C MAX. HE'i&Hi TOUR'APHlG g-SECi loll OF >Y'RUC TOCK (JOO' SURE. V;.. Z..., ..
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-63 h
ok
~h, nfl ROU7E/04 Si ht Line //1 A fair screen exists at the end of the road tangent with a good screen on the sides. If a structure were placed directly at the end of the tangent line', it should be screened completely.
h V)
+mr gzez.~gQTNG
@AM Q
95'oo Si ht Line 82 An existing vegetative screen of deciduous and coniferous trees provide an excellent screen with little possibility that the line will be visible along this tangent.
fSKNDED EXHIBIT 4 4<<64 h,
'op V FSATAT)VE SCREEN[
I aroo ~
Si ht Line f/3 The topography south of the Route 29-Route 104 intersection should provide a screen sufficient to block any view of the faility along this tangent.
}
0
\
0O TOPOGRAPH)C SCR'KEN L)NE
~7 LINa VMSTPTl~ ~PaSH ~
//p l00 The view directly along this tangent is well screened by vegetation. No portions of structures placed on either side of this point should be visible.
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-65 lg I~
0
~h vmsv nut ~M S/gH7. g]~
ASM Si ht Line f/5 Sufficient existing vegetative and topographic screening should preclude views of the new facility along this tangent.
h Z
Q URAL.AJO
'45Flknv6'M~ &ldll <<~
The view along this tangent is well screened along both sides by vegetation and with a home and a number of large deciduous trees at the end of the tangent. Any view of the proposed facility along this tangent is highly improbable.
AMENDED EXHZBIT 4 4-66 0
o~
oK V) shoo Si ht Line 87 The approach along this tangent has a good screen which would not allow a view of the structures. At the intersection of Hay Fly Road (an extension of Rte. 176) and O'Conner Road, a good screen of deciduous trees exists, which should screen the view of the line.
~ 4 ~
4 oR 0
Ho.M~ aM VE6$ QcgVg Zloo The view along the tangent is well screened by large deciduous trees and a house. The view to the south side of the tangent is reasonably well screened, and a view of the new structures is not expected.
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-67 S /~~7 ~ELM Ll~~
ic800 The view along this tangent is screened by existing vegetation, especially at the end of the road tangent, where existing coniferous and deciduous trees provide an excellent screen of the line.
Si ht Line 810 No topographic screening would occur along this sightline~
but a group of large maple trees will"provide an effective summer screen and a satisfactory'winter screen directly along the sight line. Views to the south will be less well screened as described in the Road Assessment section for County Route 29.
i~
P s/++7 g]g~
y8c NAQvs ~~ 0 4
Si ht Line f/ll The vegetation and topography between a viewer along this road tangent and the proposed facility should completely screen views of the line from that position.
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 / 4-68
~1AQVb Sc~
S/SH7 gg]y~
+OHIO The view along the Silk Road tangent will be partially screened by inter-vening topography with the remaining portions of the structures screened by intervening vegetation. Some small honey-locust trees have been planted along the tangent at the edge. of the road which will grow to reinforce the present roadside screen.
'v8&f9 TLÃR/~KQ
~Ger
@~8M The approach along this tangent is fairly well screened with vegetation but there is no intervening topography. At the Silk Road-Route 4 intersection the 20-30'rees provide a good screen to views from this vantage point, resulting in no expectation of the line being visible.
0 AMENDED EXHlBIT 4 4-69 V&CMv8 ~~
~ ~/4
'P6'OO Si ht Line 814 Alternative line designs being investigated to cross the muck fields include structure heights approaching 200'. Even with structures of that height at the terminus of this tangent, the existing 20-30'eciduous.vegetative screen should effectively minimize views from this vantage point.
SSM Large deciduous trees provide a good screen along the approach of this tangent, and at the direct end of the tangent along the road, medium sized deciduous trees provide an additional visual barrier which should preclude views of the new line.
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-70
~~3. ROAD ASSESSiKNT APPROACHES~~
~~a. STATE ROUTE 104 From the East:~~
The right-of-way is well screened and is not visible until one has travelled approximately 500'est of County .Route 29. At that point, side views of structures north and south of Route 104 may be seen alongside the existing structures. Roadside vegetation and buildings create intermittent views of the structures thereby reducing the negative visual effect.
From the West:
The right-of-way is well screened by existing vegetation from all points west of the NYSDOT roadside rest area. From that point to the east, very limited and intermittent views of structures north of Route 104 may be seen, but no'iew of structures south of Route 104 are seen until gust west of the Lily Marsh Road intersection. At that point the first set of structures F
north and south of the right-of-way will be noticeable.
At the Crossing:
At the actual road/right-of-way intersection the view to the south will be fairly well screened on the new right-of-way by existing vegetation and a small rise in elevation. Additionally, the tunnel effect of cleared rights-of-way is terminated by a change in line direction 5ust south of Lily Marsh Road. The view to the north, however, is conspicuously owing to agricultural activities along the north side of the road, and would allow a long distance view of all five transmission lines in the area. The most severe impact would be incurred on traffic coming from the west due to the road making a slight turn to the north in this area. However, this same turn minimizes the impact on the traveller coming from the east.
~~b. COUNTY ROUTE 1 From the East:~~
Approaching the right-of-way from the east, the lines are well screened by a combination of vegetation, buildings, and topography. With the exception of some brief glimpses of the tops of two to four structures north of County Route 1 from approximately 3000'ast of the right-of-way, the existing screening obsures all views up to a hill gust 1500'ast of the right-of-way. Even here, only two sets of structures are partially viaible north of Route 1. The introduction of additional structures alongside the
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-71 existing ones will have only a slight incremental impact. The tops of structures to the south of Route 1 may become visible from this vantage point upon the construction of the new line due to the clearing required and the slight rise in elevation found at the base of the new structure relative to the existing structure elevators. As one proceeds the remaining 1500'o the right-of-way existing vegetation and buildup provide a good visual screen.
From the West:
'The existing topography provides an excellent screen to travellers along Route 1 from the west until they top one hill at the Lakeview Road intersection. As one starts down the hill approaching the right-of-way, only an intermittent view of structures north of Route 1 are apparent.
Further down the hill, three sets of structures south of Route 1 become briefly visible due to a break in the vegetative and building screening.
At the Crossing:
At the intersection of County Route 1 and the proposed facility an open view of the right-of-way north to the generating station is possible even though some vegetative screening may be retained on both the north and south sides of the road. The rise in elevation to the south terminates the potential tunnel effect in that direction along the proposed right-of-way.
The existing right-of-way is not as well screened and therefore a view from County Route 1 to the lake will be experienced in the northerly direction. To the south of Route 1, the view will be partially screened by the existing vegetation. Also the rise in elevation tends to minimize the distance for which the existing right-of-way may be viewed thereby minimizing its impact.
~~c. COUNTY ROUTE 29 County Route 29 generally parallels the proposed facility for a considerable distance, almost its entire length, and therefore a series of exposures need to be evaluated.~~
From the South:
County Route 29 begins in South Scriba at the. intersection of I
County Route 4. Travelling north from thi's point, the first important potential exposure occurs approximately 1/2 mile before the road crosses
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-72 under the line. The summer view from this point is fairly well obscured due to a clump of large maple trees along the sightline. Minter exposure would be slightly more evident. If these trees were to be removed, a portion of the right-of-way would be visible in a midground to background exposure.
Views to the east are screened by existing vegetation until one reaches a point approximately 800-1000'outhwest of the right-of-way. At this point the first set of structures south of the road becomes very apparent with no chance for screening. The second set of structures to the south are also visible but not a serious visu'al impact due to their location approximately perpendicular to a sight line //10.
From the North:
County Route 29 originates at Lake Road approximately one mile east. of the Nine Mile Point generating station. From this point south to Lily Marsh Road it generally parallels the proposed transmission facility and no views of the line are presented due to intervening vegetation, topography and buildings. From Lily Marsh Road south to the road/
transmission line right-of-way crossing, the two corridors converge and brief intermittent views of the tops of structures may be possible. As one makes the final turn to the west before crossing under the transmission lines, the tops of the first structures south of Route 29 become apparent above the vegetation. Also a brief view of the second set of structures north of Route 29 may be'een between two houses.
At the Crossings:
At the point where Route 29 crosses under the proposed facility, the line to both the north and south will be visible. in the foreground, midground, and background for a short period of time. The view to the south is especially poor because the road is located at a higher elevation which drops off quickly to the elevation of the transmission structures to the south, thereby affording little opportunity for screening.
The view to the north is not as serious because the land rises for a distance and then drops off thereby affording some obscuring of portions of the right-of-way.
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-73
~~d. LILY MARSH ROAD From the East:~~
Transmission structures are screened along this approach with the exception of the lattice towers presently used to cross the Oswego-Lighthouse Hill 115kV transmission lines south of Lily Marsh Road.
From the West:
The transmission structures south of Lily Marsh Road are screened by existing vegetation and buildings. Those north of the road are intermittently visible through existing deciduous vegetation.
At the Crossing:
The midground and background views from .the Lily Marsh Road crossing are fairly well screened by a number of devices. The southerly exposure is .partially screened by a rise in elevation and terminated by an angle in the line. Additionally, some vegetative screening may be able to be retained to screen structures located just south of the road. The foreground view to the north along the proposed right-of-way may be partially screened by the vegetation which will be left between Lily Marsh Road and State Route 104. Other than that possible screening, the view to the north along the existing right-of-way is similar in nature to the Route 104 exposure.
~~4. HOME ASSESSMENT This section is an attempt to identify who would have a continuing exposure to the proposed facility and how serious that exposure would be.~~
One potential problem is that while the assessment may be accurate for the period of time immediately following line construction the long term impact may be completely different. People tend to get used to a lot of things and take them for granted over time. Unless they are constantly reminded of the presence of a transmission facility by noise or some other irritant, the existance of the line alone should, based on other situations and examples, become an accepted part of the lcoal environment.
The following is therefore presented as an assessment of a short term impact unless the situation is aggravated by other factors than the visibility of the line.
ABIDED EXHIBIT 4 4-74 The following assessment of the visual impact on homes was done through field observation and survey of the aerial photo derived structure locations shown in the Cultural Resources assessment, sketches A-K, appropriate sections of which are included with each description. Subsequent field evaluation confirmed the data. It should be noted that no assessment was made regarding the orientation of living spaces within the homes with reference to the proposed facility. This factor could be significant in some cases in determining both the immediate and long term visual impacts.
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-75 A. LAKE ROAD The property surrounding Lake Road is owned by Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation and, therefore, no homes exist in the area.
ILaKE RD B. BURT MINOR ROAD It is not anticipated that the one home on this road in the immediate vicinity of the line, 1,255 feet east, will be exposed to a view of the structures or line.
A O
CC I 6'B5 25 IX BURT M OR RD.
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-76
/695'
/A+5
/975 / (z
/92K ~VS'&5' ()
///S'AS'95 M5' 55/
6S
) ~
779
&7m
//C s g
/r8s N/S
/ZZ8
/3+5'4
l'SZ5'(
/ +05'
%ZG'.
COUNTY ROUTE 1 Homes along County Route 1 will incur varying degrees of visual impact. The homes to the east may be exposed to foreground and midground views of the tops of- towers and the lines with the lower parts of the towers screened by vegetation. Homes to the west will experience a midground to background view of the towers south of County Route 1 and possible exposure to one set of towers north of County Route 1. The home immediately east of the right-of-way and north of County Route 1 will experience a significant visual effect from the proposed facility.
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-77
/&M'
/5)'5'VS 9&6'Z/5 'S5 s+s MlbGLE RQ
/4/ 9'7Z5
/8'J9 47S' Q
M x
UJ CL I I I D. MIDDLE ROAD Two homes to the east of the proposed facility may be exposed to foreground to midground views of the tops of the structures if they are not screened by the vegetation which will remain following clearing. The potential exists for the homes to the west of the facility to have midground to background views of the tops of towers. It is anticipated, however, that the vegetation between the homes and the line will prevent exposures to homes on either side of the right-of-way.
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-78
/ZD5
)
tl)
C9 l5 ILJ 6b>>'~S'55' Q V),
R O l-M Cl X K Ul Z55
/</6 9r5 Z~5'S' ~Bs~ "~qS g/
0 5Z5 75
/o 75' 805 89s l~
] 4+5 2 /Z,z W( )
S'.
745 ROUTE 104/DUKE ROAD The home north of Route 104 and west of Duke Road will experience an incremental increase in the visual effect due to the installation of the new facility. Homes east of Duke Road'nd south of Route 104 may see portions of the new structures but the effect should not be significant due to intervening vegetation and buildings. Other residences along Route 104 may see background views of the new facility within the context of the existing lines.

~~0 AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-79 0~~

24~' uo 785 '35 9(9 5 0'O LO 99K CO Cl Q LU z 0V) I M 0 X Lll F. LILY MARSH ROAD Homes on either side of the right-of-way along Lily Marsh Road will be exposed to minor views of the new line. Existing vegetation as well as the adjoining buildings provide screens which result in the potential for limited rather than fully open views of the facilities. The residents of the house 2pp'ast of the easterly existing 345kV transmission line will realise the greatest potential for visual effect from the new line. AMENDED EXHlBTT 4 4-80 G. COUNTY ROUTE 29 Residents of the homes 255'55 and 125 feet east of the centerline will be visually exposed to a view of one or two sets of structures on the right-of-way towards the south. The first structure immediately south of Route 29 will only be partially screened by existing vegetation but much of the remainder of the line .will be A.z.6'> screened from that point south to rU Volney Station. Other homes along (Oo6 County Route 29 are also well 9I 6 screened by existing vegetation.; The only potential exposure ,r~ a~ r gi would be of the tops of towers in the distance. y7S5 35K'&OS'4-7S'l Q R O x LU AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-81 H. O'ONNOR ROAD Views from residences along this section of O'onnor Road are generally of no more than the tops of structures. Existing vegetation provides a screen of 75-100% of the structures. Consequently, there will only be an incremental impact, with the greatest effect being to the first residence to the east, the right-of-way intersection and north of the road. The retention of as much vegetation as possible along the east side of the right-of-way should serve to mitigate this impact. I. O'ONNOR ROAD next a e) The three residences on this section of the road will be exposed to views of the new facility ) primarily to the south /7a'/D5 rather than the west due to n ) ~ A Cn/~ the intervening vegetation. 0 << ~(ceo ,G. 88m AMENDED EZHlBIT 4 4-82 //d7S td'd S se" f'825'C +~ O O ,Q O o AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-83 J. HALL ROAD Three homes 935 1,345 feet distant from centerline may have a midground/background view of the. line to the east, northeast, and southeast. The visual impact on these homes could be significant because of the absence of I r-; 0'g -a~~~ c lOS'16' good screen between them and the line except for the vegetation immediately ,0 surrounding the homes. 0 N U z CO X Co '76 AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-84 t G'&N ~p ~ 0'A Cl Q ILl 2! (6 l O fL X 0LC EXIST)NG ill Q. Vot Naz. STAT 1 ON I 'I ]0 ) 1 0 K. MAC DOUGALL ROAD The new facility will be located'djacent to the existing facility and will therefore result in only an incremental impact. This assessment is reinforced by the presence of some existing vegetation surrounding the house. The residences west of the line will not experience a visual impact from the new facility. AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-86 J. ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT
SUMMARY
'he construction and operation of the proposed facility will have a significant impact only on the vegetation which exists within the right-of-way area to be cleared. Some of the individuals of various vegetative species that exist there now will no longer exist following clearing and construction activities. However, new species will pioneer and become established in the disturbed areas..
The pro5ected effect on wildlife will not be as pronounced as the impact on vegetation. Hydrology, topography, and soil have little impact on the land based wildlife unless the water is polluted beyond use or disappears or the soil quality is impaired by extensive erosion. None of these impacts will occur due to construction or operation of the proposed facility. The removal of vegetation will force the wildlife which inhabits the right-of-way area to be cleared to move into other areas. This may cause some temporarily localized overpopulation and the loss of some individuals from the immediate right-of-way area. It is not anticipated, however, that any species will be lost due to the proposed, line construction. The species which typically. thrive in the right-of-way environment should multiply.
In the course of. the. visual assessment certain areas were identified where structures would have more impact than others. During line design, attempts to avoid placing structures in these areas will be made. Because of the relative rural nature of this area, the visual impact is not as significant as it might be in a more urban area.
During the environmental assessment preparation, no heavily timbered were identified. One ma)or area of natural forest was identified, and 'reas the proposed line is routed along the edge of the area rather than through it.
The high point in the area is about 1,000 feet west of the proposed facility.
Ridge lines and steep slopes were identified, but none were'found which posed enough of a problem to line construction or operation to require consideration of line modification.
The proposed facility utilizes an existing right-of-way, thereby consolidating any impacts into a concentrated area rather than splitting up the area with many single corridors. In doing this the overall impact on the natural landscape, the visual awareness of the facility, and present and future land use is minimized.
e AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-87 K. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND CONSTRUCTION PLANS Part 86.5 (3) through (9) requires information concerning the environmental impact of construction, restoration and management of the transmission facility. Details will be provided in the Environmental Manage-ment and Construction Plan which is prepared and submitted after certification of the route. A discussion that generally addresses the requirements in (3) through (9) follows.
(3) Niagara Mohawk keeps right-of-way clearing to the minimum width necessary for construction, operation and maintenance of the transmission facility. A cleared right-of-way width of 75 feet on each side of cent'erline has been established by Niagara Mohawk as a standard for 345 kV lines. Clearing boundaries and types of clearing will be identified in the EM & CP.
(4) Niagara Mohawk utilizes a variety of selective clearing and slash disposal'ethods which are environmentally compatible with each site and consideration is given to soil stability, protection of desirable vegetation and protection of adjacent resources. t For more details refer to the pre-filed direct testimony of C. G. Foreback (CGF-'2). - The EM & CP will show clearing'and slash disposal methods on a site-by-site basis.
(5) Niagara Mohawk's established procedures for selective clearing
~
and slash disposal, access route layout, structure laydown site designation and >> ~
restoration measures protect undisturbed vegetation and topsoil to the extent practical. For more details refer to C. G. Foreback's pre-filed direct testimony (CGF-2 and CGF-6). These concerns are addressed in detail in the EK & CP.
(6) Niagara Mohawk's established procedures for stream protection which includes no equipment access areas, restricted activities areas, clearing and slash disposal methods, stream crossing devices, erosion control and restoration measures and consultation with the Department of Environmental Conservation protects the streams crossed by the transmission ].ine. For more details refer to C. G. Foreback's pre-filed direct testimony (CGF-3). The EM & CP will address these items in detail.
(7) Niagara Mohawk utilizes herbicides in both construction and maintenance of the transmission facility. During construction, while clearing operations are progressing, it is anticipated that a stump herbicide treatment and or basal treatment prior to cutting will be applied. It is further that a second herbicide treatment will be applied to the vegetation
'nticipated of the right-of-way sometime between its second and fourth full growing season. The actual treatment time and methods for this second treatment will be
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-88 determined following a right-of-way inventory, whereby, vegetative and physical conditions of the right-of-way are considered in preparing the treatment plan. It is anticipated that the methods for the second treatment will include stem foliar, basal and cut and stump treatments.
However, changing technology could alter application methods of both aforementioned treatments. Therefore, more definite plans will be discussed in the EM & CP. Only those herbicides approved by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the N.Y.S. Department of Conservation will be used.
It is anticipated that Picloram, Triclopyr and 2, 4-D herbicides will be utilized; however,, at the time of treatment the use of other herbicides may be prudent. Nevertheless, only those herbicides approved by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency and the N.Y.S. Department of Conservation shall be used. Mixtures, rates and volumes applied will be in accordance with label instructions.
In the maintenance phase, after construction is complete, the transmission line is included in the right-of-way management program for existing lines In accordance with Niagara Mohawk's PSC approved system wide "Transmission Right-of-Way Management Program", an assessment is conducted four years following the last treatment. The purpose of the assessment is to determine if a maintenance treatment is necessary and if so, to schedule a right-of-way inventory so as to prescribe the appropriate maintenance techniques. The maintenance treatment will occur the year following the right-of-way inventory. The assessments, right-of-way inventories, and treatments will continue throughout the life of the facility. Subsequently, at intervals of from 5 to 8 years or more, vegetation management techniques as described in the PSC approved systemwide "NMPC Transmission Right>>of-Way Management Program'and/or in accordance with future PSC approved ROW Management Programs will be utilized as necessary to maintain system reliability. Only approved herbicides will be utilized at mixture rates and volume in accordance with label instructions.
(8) Niagara Mohawk selected structures that are similar'n design to others located in the area. The exact location and design of the structures will be provided in the EM & CP. Construction noise and noise sensitive areas will be addressed in the EM & CP..
(9) Niagara Mohawk's clean-up and restoration plans include grading, seeding and fertilizing when required on exposed mineral soil resulting from construction activities. Necessary erosion control measures such as
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-89 ditching, water barriers, etc. will be installed during time of construction not to exceed eight work days after initial disturbance. Where initial disturPance occurs in snow or frozen soil conditions, temporary control measures will be installed such as cross ditching and mulching as necessary.
Seeding will be initiated as soon as soil conditions are conducive to seeding and germination. For more details refer to C. G. Foreback's pre-filed direct testimony (CGF-6). The EM & CP will provide additional details concerning clean up and restoration.
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-90 INFORMATIONAL CONTACTS
~~1. PERSONAL CONTACTS~~
~~a. PRIVATE Mr. Michael Cahill Curator Oswego County Historical Society Ms. Betty Prisch Rochester Museum and Science Center Mr. Peter P. Pratt Pratt and Pratt Archaeological Consultants~~
~~AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-,91~~
~~b. GOVERNKWZAL (1) NEW YORK STATE AGENCIES De artment of Environmental Conservation Mr. Eric Fried Delmar/Albany Mr. Lou Concra Delmar/Albany I'r.~~
Dick England Delmar/Albany Mr. Bradford Griffin - Cortland Mr. Allen Coburn Cortland Mr. Wesley Styles Cortland Mr. Randy Vaas Cortland Mr. Clifford Creech Cortland Mr. Gordon Behn Cortland Mr. Stewart Free - Albany Mr. Gene McCaffey Delmar Mr. John Ozard Delmar 1
Museum and Science Service Alban Mr.'obert Funk State Archaeologist Mr. Charles Gillett Curator Mr. Charles Sheviak - Curator of Botany Mr. Stanley Smith State Botonist Mr. James Davis - State Geologist Mr. Robert Dineen State Geologists Office Office of Parks and Recreation De artment of Trans ortation Mr. Charles Breuel - Albany Mr. Richard Mustard Syracuse Ms. Mary Callahan. - Albany Mr. Geoffrey Christoff Syracuse Mr. Bruce Sherwood - Albany Mr. Wallace Workmaster Oswego State Universit of New York Dr. John Gannon - Oswego Mr. Robert Shearer Rice Creek Biological Field Station Oswego Mr. Gerald Smith Ms. Judity,Wellman Oswego
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-92 State Universit of New York (Continued)
Mr. John Felleman School of Landscape Architecture Syracuse Mr. David Harper (2) OSWEGO COUNTY I
Oswe o Count Coo erative Extension Oswe o Count Environmental Mana ement Council Mr. Francis Dellemano Mr. John Gannon Mr. Dale Young Mr. Michael Corey Oswe o Count Plannin De artment Mr. Alman Hawkins Director Mr. Thomas Halpin REGIONAL AGENCIES Central New York Re ional Plannin and Develo ment Board Mr. Walker Banning Mr. Robert Anderson Mr. Michael Downey Mr. Ben]amin Manton St. Lawrence - Eastern Ontario Commission Mr. Gayle Harder (3) UNITED STATES AGENCIES De artment of A riculture - Soil Conservation Service Mr. Donald Shaklin Mr. Fred Gilbert Mr. Terry Reynolds Mr. Howard Schuster Mr. Hardie Winkley Mr. Ronald Kapewicz De artment of Housin and Urban Develo ment Mr. Jack Seymour
AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-93
~~2. PRINTED SOURCES~~
'2." GENERAL INFORMATION Rice Creek Biological Field Station Habitat and Wildlife Invento Guide to Coastal Zone Lands, Oswe o Count New York, 1976.
Proceedin s of the First National S osium on Environmental Concerns in Ri hts of Wa Mana ement January 1976.
Electric World, McGraw-Hill S stems and Trasmission Handbook for Electric Utili't En ineers and
~Mana ara 1975.
Ener and the Environment, Environment Canada Planning and Finance Service Report 81 Ottawa 1974.
Be inner's Guide to Archaeolo , Louis A. Brennan, Dell Publishing Co.,
Inc. October 1974.
Desi with Nature, Ian L. McHarg, Natural History Press 1971.
Geo ra h of New York State, John H. Thompson, Editor, Syracuse University Press, Syracuse, N.Y. 1977.
Environmental Geolo , Peter T. Flawn, Harper and Row, U.S.A. 1970.
Power Lines and Scenic Values in the Hudson River Valle , Hudson River Valley Commission, December 1968.
Visual Im act Anal sis Methodolo for Transmission Line Plannin Corridors, Edaw Inc., November 1975.
Great Lakes Ve etation Worksho Proceedin s, Great Lakes Basin Commission Standing Committee on Coastal Zone Management and U.S. Dept.'f Agriculture Soil Conservation Service, 1977.
What is the Public's 0 inion on Transmission Towers and Poles',
Joe C. Pohlman, Electric Light and Power T/D Edition April 1973.
Ener and Environment, G. 0. Robinette, 1973, Kendall/Hunt Publishing Company, Dubuque, Iowa.
CENTRAL NEW YORK REGIONAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT BOARD Polulation Projections: Areawide Waste Water Treatment Management Planning Program November 1976 Coastal Zone Mana ement Pro ram Phase 1 Re ort, February 1976 Environmental Resources Mana ement Handbook, December 1973 Workbook on Soils Limitations
0 AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-94
b. NEW YORK STATE People . Resources . Recreation, New York State Comprehensive Recreation Plan NYS Office of Parks & Recreation Forecast of Outdoor Recreation in New York State 1970 1990, New York State Wide Comprehensive Recreation Plan, June 1973. NYS Office of Parks & Recreation Land Use and Natural Resources Invento of the State of New York 1968 1974 Official Compilation of Codes, Rules and Regulations of the State of New York, Conservation Law Books "E" and "C",
Articles 14 and 19, Copyright 1967, Forward January 1975 and updated continuously.
Traffic Volume Re orts, 196 - 1976, NYS Department of Transportation Choosin Transmission Towers, NYS Department of Public Service, August 1975.
~~c. OSWEGO COUNTY PLANNING 1985 and 2000 Land Use Plan June 1977 Wetlands Oswe o Count New York - May 1973 Plannin and Develo ment Standards for Oswe o Count - August 1976~~
~~AMENDED EXHIBIT 4 4-95~~
d. UNITED STATES AGENCIES National Forest Landscape Management, Volume 2 Chapter 1, The Visual Mana ement S stem, USDA Forest Service, April 1974 Agricultural Handbook 8462 National Forest Landscape Management, Volume .2 Chapter 2, Utilities USDA Forest Service, July 1975 Agricultural Handbook /3478 A Procedure for Evaluatin Environmental Im act, US Department of Interior Geological Survey 1975 Geological Survey Circular 645 Environmental Criteria for Electric Transmission S stems, US Department of Interior, US Department of Agriculture 1970 Interim Soil Surve of Oswe o Count , US Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service 1974 Soil Surve of Oswe o Count New York, US Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service. Issued 1981 Final Environmental Statement Related to Construction of Nine Mile Point Nuclear Station Unit 2, Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation Docket No. 50-410 . US Atomic Energy Commission June 1973 Resource and Land Investi ations (RALI) Pro ram: Considerations in Evaluatin Utilit Line Pro osals, Mitre Corporation under contract to the US Department of Interior Bureau of Law Management, Sept. 1975.
A Review and Anal sis of Environmental Im act Assessment Methodolo ies, R. K. Jain et al Construction Engineering Research Laboratory, Champaign, Illinois, June 1975. (Distributed by NTIS AD-1013-359)
Viewit: Com utation of .seen areas, slo e, and as ect for Land Use Planning US D'epartment of Agriculture, Forest Service General Technical Report PSW-ll/1975.
Electric Power. Transmission and the Environment, Federal Power Commission, November 1970.
0 NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 86 SECTION 86.6 AMENDED EXHIBIT 5 DESIGN DRAWINGS NINE MILE 2 VOLNEY 345kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation
5-1 DESIGN DRAWINGS g 86.6 AMENDED EXHIBIT 5 A. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPOSED TRANSMISSION LINE Niagara Mohawk proposes to construct approximately 9.4 circuit miles of 345 kV construction for the Nine Mile 2 Volney 345 kV Trans-mission Facility. Each circuit mile of line will require six (6) miles of power conductor and two (2) miles of overhead ground wire.
The structures will meet uncompromising standards of safety and reliability whi1e causing minimum intrusion on the natural landscape consistent with reasonable cost.
B. STRUCTURE LOCATION The structure will have typical spans of 700 feet requiring approximately 7 structures per circuit mile. Actual spans .will vary in length depending upon topographic considerations, with minimum spacing of perhaps 600 feet and maximum spacing of 1000 feet.
Each structure will be placed to cause minimum reasonable disturbance to the environment both in the course of construction, and as a permanent fixture on the landscape, within the scope of optimum design and structure utilization.
The centerline of construction for most of the line will be 100 feet east of and parallel to the existing easterly most transmission line (Nine Mile Volney 89) (See Amended Exhibit 2).
No new right-of-way will be purchased.
C. STRUCTURE TYPES The proposed transmission line will be constructed, principally, of two pole, wood. H-frame structures. The typical height for a wood pole structure will be 80 feet, with taller poles installed where necessary to maintain required clearances. 'ood structures will be treated with pentachlorophenol in heavy petroleum solvent and will be dull brown in color. A sketch of the wood pole H<<frame structure type is shown on Page 5-3.
Lattice steel towers will be utilized at angle locations. The typical height for a lattice steel tower will be 90 feet with taller towers installed where necessary. Lattice steel towers will be galvanized and will be
AMENDED EXHIBIT 2 5-2 dull gray in color. A sketch of a typical lattice steel tower is shown on Page 5-4. Brown glaze porcelain suspension insulators will be utilized on all wood pole structures to complement their dull brown color. Gray glaze porcelain suspension insulators will be employed on all lattice steel towers to match their dull gray color.
Actual design drawings will be submitted as part of the Environmental Management and Contruction Plan.
0 5-3 53I 0'I l3 I 0tt 13
'I 0ll l3 I ~0tt l3 I 0lt 26'0' 26 I 0lt Ground Line XW0 POLE TANGENT "H" ~c 345 KV "Additional hei ght may .be 'uti:lazed where;.necessary- to- maintaia--
'. required::clearance ..
~~+Approximate diameter of woad poles at ground line is 19".~~
47 I 6 II I/ II
/I /II II I)
II I(
37 I 6ll g7 I Ptl Grd, Line (Typical)
SINGLE CIRCUIT STEEL 60 ANGLE S(UARE BASE D.E. TOWER 345 KV "Additional height may be utilized where necessary to maintain required cl earance.
0 AMENDED EXHIBIT 2 D, ELECTRICAL FIELD STRENGTHS Upon installation and operation of the subject transmission lines, the electric field strength measured at one meter above ground at all locations along the eastern edge of the right-of-way will be less than 1.6 kV/m.
In addition the maximum electrical field strength on the right-of-way measured at one meter above ground for the subject transmission line will be less than 7 kV/m over public roads and less than ll kV/m over all other areas.
NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 86 SECTION 86.7 AMENDED EXHIBIT 6 ECONOMIC EFFECTS OF THE PROPOSED FACILITY NINE MILE 2 - VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation
6-1 ECONOMIC EFFECTS OF THE PROPOSED FACILITY 5 86.7 AMENDED EXHIBIT 6 The proposed facility will not in itself promote development in the immediate area becuase of the nature of the facility being for ma]or bulk power transfer. It's major development influence will be more regional through its reinforcement of the New York Power Pool electrical grid. The resultant increase in the reliability of the State's power supply should encourage business to locate in New York State.
The local property taxes generated annually by the facility may induce some local economic and physical changes.
NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 86 SECTION 86.8 AMENDED EXHIBIT 7 LOCAL ORDINANCES NINE MILE 2 - VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation
0 AMENDED EXHIBIT 7 7-1 LOCAL ORDINANCES g 86.8 AMENDED EXHIBIT 7 ZONING ORDINANCES There are no zoning ordinances which, in the opinion of applicant, are either unduly restrictive or couldr be construed to be unduly restrictive to the construction, operation and maintenance of the proposed transmission line. For informational purposes, the following specification and analysis of zoning ordinances is supplied.
TOWN OF SCRIBA The Town of Scriba presently does not have a zoning ordinance.
TOWN OF VOLNEY The zoning ordinance for the Town of Volney permits public utility use in all zoning districts of the town. A pertinent portion of the ordinance applicable to the proposed transmission line and associated facilities is the requirement, present for all zoning districts, that public utility uses be conditioned upon site plan approval by the Planning Board. The Article VII process supplies the opportunity and forum for site plan approval and, as such, Planning Board site approval would be duplicative and unnecessary. The aforementioned section of the zoning ordinance is not considered unduly restrictive, nor is it the subject of a waiver request, since Section 130 of the Public Service Law expressly prohibits the Town of Volney Planning Board's site plan approval function.
NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAN ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 86 SECTION 86.9 AMENDED EXHIBIT 8 OTHER PENDING FILINGS NINE MILE 2 - VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation
AMENDED EXHIBIT 8 8-1 OTHER PENDING FILINGS 5 86.9 AMENDED EXHIBIT 8 The Nine, Mile Point Nuclear Generating Station Unit 2 for which the proposed transmission facility is to be constructed, has been granted a construction permit by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission under Docket No. 50-410." An application for an operating license for the subject station is to be filed in January of 1983 with the Nuclear Regulatory Commission. The denial of the application for an operating permit would preclude the need for the subject transmission facility.
Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation knows of'no other Federal or State applications or filings regarding this facility, or any facility which would affect the amended Article VII application for the proposed Nine Mile 2 to Volney 345 kV Transmission Facility.
NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 86 SECTION 86.10 AMENDED EXHIBIT 9 COST OF PROPOSED FACILITY NINE MILE 2 VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation
e 9-1 COST OF PROPOSED FACILITIES 5 86.10 AMENDED EXHIBIT 9 1982 DOLLARS A. COST ESTIMATE FOR NINE MILE 2 VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY
~~1. NIENTE MILE 2 SCRIBA 345.'kV TRANSMISSION 'LINE SEGlKNT (0.5 MILES A. DIRECT COSTS Right-of-Way~~
~~a. Purchase 0~~
~~b. Acquisition 0~~
~~c. Clearing 2,000~~
~~d. Access Roads 9$ 800~~
~~e. Stream Crossings, 0~~
~~f. Restoration 1$ 000~~
~~g. Survey & Aerial Photography 2,200~~
~~h. P.S.C. Application 1,000 Right-of-Way Subtotal $ 16,000~~
~~2. MATERIAL~~
~~a. Wood Structures (0)~~
~~b. Steel Structures (3) 56$ 100~~
~~c. Power Conductor 22,500~~
~~d. Overhead Ground Wire 1,800~~
~
~~e. Insulators & Hardware 17,500 Material Subtotal $ 97,900 3~ LABOR~~
~~a. Wood Structures Installation~~
~~b. Steel Structures Installation (3) 102,100~~
~~c. Stringing 15,200~~
~~d. Engineering Supervision and Inspection 23$ 500~~
~~e. Legal & Environmental 2,000 Labor. Subtotal 142,800 Direct Costs Total $ 256,700 B. INDIRECT COSTS~~
~~1. Labor Overhead 76$ 000 2, Sales Tax 6,500~~
3. Equipment & Transportation 64'600 Indirect Costs Total 147,000 C. INTEREST 25,700 D. CONTINGENCIES 20,500 GRANT TOTAL $ 449,900 2/18/82
~~AMENDED EXHIBIT 9 9-2~~
~~2. SCRIBA-VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION LINE SEGMENT (8.9 Miles)~~
~~B. DIRECT COSTS Right-of-Way~~
~~a. Purchase 0~~
~~b. Acquisition 5,000~~
~~c. Clearing 177,100~~
~~d. Access Roads 96,700~~
~~e. Stream Crossings 54,200~~
~~f. Restoration 19,400~~
~~g. Survey & Aerial Photography 45,000~~
~~h. P.S.C. Application 20,000 Right-of-Way Subtotal $ 417,400 2 Materi'al~~
~~a. Wood Structures (63) 286,200~~
~~b. Steel Structures (7) 247,000~~
~~c. Power Conductor 419,900~~
~~d. Overhead Ground Wire 33,000~~
~~e. Insulators & Hardware 115,200 Material Subtotal 1,101,300~~
~~3. Labor~~
~~a. Wood Structures Installation (63) 254,700~~
~~b. Steel Structures Installation (7) 238,300~~
~~c. Stringing 284,400~~
~~d. Engineering Supervision and Inspection 286,500~~
~~e. Legal & Environmental 70,000 Labor Subtotal 1,133~900 Direct Costs Total $ .2,652,600 C. INDIRECT COSTS~~
~~1. Labor Overhead 606,100~~
2. Sales Tax 69,300 3e Equipment & Transportation 427,600 Indirect Costs Total $ 1,103,000 D. INTEREST 265,300 E. CONTINGENCIES 212 200 GRAND TOTAL $ 4,233,100 2/18/82
~~AMENDED EXHIBIT 9 9-3 B. BASIS FOR COST ESTIMATE~~
1. The basis for the estimates in subpart A.l. and A.2. on pages 9-1 and 9.2 is actual material and labor costs from transmission line work performed by Niagara Mohawk in connection with the Oswego-Dewitt 345 kV,line and the Lafayette-Oakdale 345 kV line. Adjustments were made for actual and anticipated inflation rates.
~~2. Quotations for any of the materials for the facility for which certification is sought have not yet been solicited.~~
~~3. Engineering, Supervision and Inspection is 20% of field labor.~~
~~4. Indirect cost:~~
~~a. Labor overhead is 53.22% of labor subtotal.~~
~~b. Sales tax is .7% of Material.~~
~~c. Equipment and transportation is 55% of field labor.~~
~~5. Interest is 10% of direct costs total.~~
~~6. Contingencies is 8% of direct costs total.~~
7. Administrative and General Costs which account for the salaries, expenses and office supplies of officers, executives, general office employees and various support departments are fixed costs and were not calculated and are not included in the cost estimates.
t NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 88 SECTION 88.1 AMENDED EXHIBIT E-1 DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED TRANSMISSION LINE NINE MILE 2 - VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation
I t
DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED TRANSMISSION LINE 88.1 AMENDED EXHIBIT E-1 A. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF NINE MILE 2 VOLNEY TRANSMISSION LINE The proposed facilities consist of the following:
~~1. A 345 kV single circuit transmission line having its northern terminus at the Nine Mile 2 Nuclear Generating Station and its southern terminus at the proposed Scribe Station (Length - 0.5 miles)~~
~~2. A 345 kV single circuit transmission line having its northern terminus at the proposed Scribe Station and its southern terminus at the existing Volney Station (Length 8.9 miles),~~
These segments will be located parallel to the existing Nine Mile >> Volney 89 and Nine Mile - Clay 88 transmission lines. A map showing the approximate location of the proposed facilities may be found in Amended Exhibit 2, LOCATION OF FACILITIES.
AMENDED EXHIBIT E-1 E-1-2 B. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE NINE MILE 2 VOLNEY LINE
~~1. Operating (and Design) Voltage:~~
345 1'.
Configuration:
Single circuit, horizontal 3~ Total length of Transmission Facility:
9.4 miles
~~4. Power Conductors:~~
2 - 1192.5 KCM 26/7 ACSR per phase.
Each subconductor has an overall diameter of 1.302 inches and an ultimate strength of 33200 pounds. Conductor tension will be 10,000 pounds per subconductor under National Electric Safety Code Heavy Loading conditions.
5. Overhead Ground Wire 2 -,7/16" 7 strand extra high strength galvanized steel. Each ground wire has an overall diameter of 0.435 inches and an ultimate strength of 20,800 pounds. Overhead ground wire tension will be 6000 pounds per wire under National Electric Safety Code Heavy Loading Conditions.
~~6. Insulators:~~
Porcelain suspension insulators with galvanized ferrous integral hardware Suspension A'ssembly:
18 ANSI Class 52-3 5 3/4" x 10" units M 6 E Rating - 15,000 lbs Strain Assembly:
40 - ANSI Class 52-8 5 3/4" x 10" units M & E Rating - 36,000 lbs All insulator design will conform to the appropriate standards of the American Nati'onal Standards Institute ( ANSI). Brown glaze insulators will be used on wood pole structures and gray glaze insulators will be used on the steel towers.
~~7. Structure Material:~~
Wood Pole H-Frames: Treated wood poles with laminated wood crossarms and wood bracing Steel Towers: Galvanized structural steel
AMENDED EXHIBIT E-1 E-1-3
~~8. Foundation Material:~~
~~Wood Pole H-Frames: Auger dug hole backfilled with crushed stone Steel Towers: Galvanized structural steel grillages~~
~~9. Design Standards:~~
Design Standards wi11 be equivalent to or exceed the safety rules contained in the National Electric Safety Code (1981 Edition) of the American National Standards Institute, Inc.
and published, by the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, Inc. (ANSI C2-1981).
~~10. Right-of-way Width:~~
The right-of-way width for the Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV Line will be 75'n either side of centerline. The west side of the right-of-way 'occupies part of the paralleling Nine Mile-Clay 89 345 kV right-of-way.
~~11. Electrical Field Strengths:~~
Upon installation and operation of the subject transmission lines, the electric field strength measured at one meter above ground at all locations along the eastern edge of the right-of-way will be less than 1.6 kV/m.
In addition the maximum electrical field strength on the right-of-way measured at one meter above ground for the subject transmission line will be less than 7 kV/m over public roads, less than ll kV/m over private roads and 11.8 kV/m over all other terrain.
~~12. Clearances:~~
The Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission facility is to be designed for the following minimum clearances, assuming facility operation at 257'TE Loading:
Minimum clearance over fields <<
-28 28 feet Minimum clearance Minimum clearance over private roads over public roads -28 feet feet
NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 88 SECTION 88.2 AMENDED EXHIBIT E-2 OTHER FACILITIES NINE MILE 2 - VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation
OTHER FACILITIES g 88.2 AMENDED EXHIBIT E-2 TABLE OF CONTENTS A. General Description of Other Facilities............................ E-2-1
~~1. Scriba Station..............................................~~
~~2. Volney Station - 345 kV Line Position....................... E-2-1~~
~~3. Nine Mile 2 Terminus........................................ E-2>>1~~
4. Relocation and Reconnection of Nine Mile 2 Volney /l9 3 45 kV Line................................................. E-2-1 B. Detailed Description of Other Facilities........................... E-2-1 C. Cost Estimates of Other Facilities................................. E-2-3 1 Scribe Station......;........................................ E-2-3
~~2. Volney Station - 345 kV Line Position....................... E-2-4~~
~~3. Relocation and Reconnnection of Nine Mile 2 - Voiney (/9 3 45 kV Line o ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~~~
D. Basis for Cost Estimates........................................... E-2-6 E. Scribe Station - Location of Facilities............................ E-2-7 F. Scribe Station Single Line Diagram............................... E-2-8 G. Volney Station Location of Facilities............................. E-2-9 H. Volney Station Single Line Diagram............'................... E-2-10 I. Environmental Assessment of Other Facilities....................... E-2-11
~~1. Scribe Station.............................................. E-2-11~~
~~2. Relocation and Reconnection of Nine Mile 2 Volney 89 345 kV Line....................................... E-2-11~~
~~OTHER FACILITIES 88.2 AMENDED EXHIBIT E-2 A. GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF OTHER FACILITIES The other facilities associated with the proposed Nine Mile 2 Volney 345 kV transmission line are:~~
~~1. SCRIBA STATION Scriba Station is to be a new 345 kV Transmission Station located at a site )ust south of the Nine Mile Point /32 Nuclear Generating Station.~~
2. VOLNEY STATION 345 kV LINE POSITION An existing 345 kV line position at the existing Volney Station is the southern terminus for the Scriba-Volney segment of the proposed Nine Mile 2 - Volney 345 kV Transmission Line.
3. NINE MILE 2 TERMINUS A proposed 345 kV line position at the Nine Mile 2 Nuclear Generating Station is the northern terminus for the Nine Mile 2 Scribe segment of the proposed Nine Mile 2 Volney 345 kV transmission line.
~~4. RELOCATION AND RECONNECTION OF NINE MILE VOLNEY 89 345 kV LINE INTO SCRIBA STATION~~
. This 345 kV single circuit transmission line construction consists of two segments totaling 0.2 miles, the completion of which will loop the 89 line into the proposed Scriba Station.
The construction of the facilities described in (1) and (4) will improve the reliability of the system. Further information relative to need can be found in Amended Exhibit E-4, In addition to the facilities described above, the project will also require the installation of miscellaneous equipment at associated existing stations in the New York transmission system.
B.. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF OTHER FACILITIES The new facilities at the proposed Scriba Station will include five (5) 345 kV line termination structures and associated equipment, eight (8) 345 kV breakers, and all necessary and associated control devices and protective equipment. The estimate of costs is shown on Page E-2-3. Details of the facilities are shown on Pages E-2-7 and E-2-8.
E-2-2 The new facilities at the existing Volney Station will include one (1) 345 kV breaker and associated control devices and protective equipment.
The estimate of costs are shown on Page E-2-4. Details of the facilities are shown on Pages E-2-9 and E-2-10.
The new facilities at the Nine Mile 2 Nuclear Generating Station will include four (4) single phase 24.3/350 kV auto transformers (includes one (1) spare) and associated control devices and protective equipment.
The segment. necessary to reconnect the Nine Mile - Volney 89 345 kV line into the proposed Scriba Station will be designed in accordance with criteria described in AMENDED EXHIBIT E-l, DESCRIPTION OF PROPOSED TRANSMISSION LINE, Page E-1-2. The estimate of cost for the line segment is shown on Page E-2-5. The location of this facility is shown on the maps which are part of AMENDED EXHIBIT 2, LOCATION OF FACILITIES and which are included with this application in the binder pocket.
AMENDED EXHIBIT E-2 E-2-3 C. COST 'ESTIMATES. OF OTHER FACILITIES (1982 dollars)
1. SCRIBA STATION A. DIRECT COSTS 1~ Land Cost a~ Site Purchase 0 b Acquisition 0 Co Fill, Site Preparation 537,000 d Landscaping 66,000 Land Subtotal 603,000 2~ Material aO 345 kV Equipment 3,887,000 b Control Equipment 1,214 000 F
C~ Foundations 333,000 d Control Building 121,000 e Rental & Miscellaneous 289,000 Material Subtotal $ 5,844,000 3~ Labor a~ Install 345 kV Equipment 570,000 b Install Control Equipment 679,000 C~ Install Foundations 405,000 d Install Control Building 13,000 e Engineering, Supervision and Inspection 864,000 f Legal & Environmental 8,000 Labor Subtotal $ 25539,000 Direct Costs Total $ 8,986,000 B. INDIRECT COSTS 1~ Labor Overhead 18486,000 2~ Sales Tax 409,000 3~ Equipment & Transportation 480,000 Indirect Costs'otal $ 2,375,000 C. INTEREST $ 889,000 D. CONTINGENCIES $ 1,348,000 GRAND TOTAL $ 135608,000 3/1/82 .
AMENDED EXHIBIT E-2 E-2-4
~~2. VOLNEY STATION 345 kV LINE POSITION A. DIRECT COSTS~~
~~1. Land Cost~~
~~a. Site Purchase~~
~~b. Acquisition~~
~~c. Fill, Site Preparation~~
~~d. Landscaping Land Subtotal~~
~~2. Material~~
~~a. 345 kV Equipment 299,000~~
~~b. Control Equipment 158,000~~
~~c. Foundations 9,000~~
~~d. Miscellaneous 89,000 Material Subtotal $ 555,000~~
~~3. Labor~~
~~a. Install 345 kV Equipment 56 i 000~~
~~b. Install Control Equipment 1285000~~
~~c. Install Foundations 7,000,~~
~~d. Install Miscellaneous Equipment 38,000~~
~~e. Engineering, Supervision and Inspection 103,000~~
~~f. Legal 6 Environmental 3,000 Labor Subtotal $ 335,000 Direct Costs Total $ 8905000 B. INDIRECT COSTS~~
~~1. Labor Overhead 178,000~~
~~2. Sales Tax 39,000~~
3. Equipment 6 Transportation 57,000 Indirect Costs Total 274,000 C. INTEREST 89,000 D. CONTINGENCIES $ 134,000 GRAND TOTAL $ 15387,000 3/1/82
~~AMENDED EXHIBIT E-2 E-2-5~~
~~3. RELOCATION AND RECONNECTION OF NINE MILE VOLNEY 8 9 345 kV LINE INTO SCRIBA STATION A. DIRECT COSTS~~
~~1. Right-of-Way~~
~~a. Purchase 0~~
~~b. Acquisition 0~~
~~c. Clearing 0~~
~~d. Access Roads 4, 100 e.. Stream Crossings 0~~
~~f. Restoration 500~~
~~g. Survey & Aerial Photography 1,100~~
~~h. P.S.C. Application 400 Right-of-Way Subtotal 6,100~~
~~2. Material~~
~~a. Wood Structures (1) 5, 100~~
~~b. Steel Structures (2) 73,700~~
~~c. Power Conductor 11,500~~
~~d. Overhead Ground Wire 900~~
~~e. Insulators & Hardware 18,600 Material Subtotal 109,800~~
~~3. Labor~~
~~a. Wood Structures Installation 7,400~~
~~'b. Steel Structures Installation 68,100~~
~~c. Stringing '$ 800~~
~~d. Removal 14,700~~
~~e. Engineering, Supervision and Inspection 19,600~~
~~f. Legal & Environmental 900 Labor Subtotal 118,500 Direct Costs Total $ 234,400 B. INDIRECT COSTS'.~~
~~Labor Overhead 63,100~~
~~2. Sales Tax 7,400~~
3. Equipment & Transportation 53,900 Indirect Costs Total 124,400 C. INTEREST 235400 D. CONTINGENCIES 18,800 GRAND TOTAL $ 401,000 2/23/82
~~AMENDED EXHIBIT E<<.2 E-2-6 D. BASIS FOR COST ESTIMATE~~
~~1. The basis for the estimates in subpart C.l., C.2., and C.3.~~
on pages E-2-3, 4 and 5 is actual material and labor costs from station work performed by Niagara Mohawk in connection with the Lafayette, Elbridge and Volney Stations. The basis for the estimate in subpart C.3. on Page E-2-5 is actual material costs from transmission line work performed by Niagara Mohawk in connection with the Dewitt-Lafayette, Oswego-Dewitt and Lafayette-Oakdale 345 kV lines. Adjustments were made for actual and anticipated inflation rates.
~~2. Quotations for any of the materials for the associated facilities described on Page E-2-1 have not yet been solicited.~~
~~3. Engineering, Supervision and Inspection is 20% of field labor.~~
~~4. Indirect cost:~~
~~a. Labor overhead is 53.22% of labor subtotal.~~
~~b. Sales. tax is 7% of Material.~~
~~c. Equipment and transportation is 55% of field labor.~~
~~5. Interest is 10% of direct costs total.~~
~~6. Contingencies is 15% of direct total costs for Pages E-2-3 and E-2-4 and 8% of,direct total costs for Page E-2-5.~~
7. Administrative and general costs which account for'the salaries, expenses and office supplies'of'officers. executives, general office employees and various support departments are fixed costs and were not calculated and are not included in the cost estimates.
E-Z- 7 0
hJ H JgPET EI Vc-'TIQ"':
lO 80-0" ABOVE GRAD E (PROPOse TOP OF LlGHTNIQG ROD 4J gA SUPPORT'KD ON 'TRANSOM(SS IO Z TAKE-OF F 5'THUG"F U i%"
Z I'
I I
To l34GKVJl I 5KV SANK CONTROL BLDG.
LP P U)
~O
~O SCRlBA STATlQN LOCATION OF, FACti ITIES SCALE:: i"- iZO"
.. sc~ieA-Vot NEY~zo 9%5 kV '
H)C HEST E'LEVATION:
80 -CV'BOVE GRADE(EXfsT'IWG)
TOP OF Lil" HTNIMG ROD SUF'PORT'ED orat wF:ANsMissIaN TAKE-oFF'TRocT'oR.~
GCRlBA, VOLTE,'( B4g g C9 O SCRI BA-Cl VOL.NKY l 345k 05WESO- VOLLEY WOt VEYIZ MAKCY l9 845 KV OSWEGO" VOLAlEY lI 845K'OLN 3 45'KV KY-GAY @
345'v VOL NKY STAT)QN LOCATlON OF f=AClt lT1E,S SCALE: I" = /20
OSWEGO- SCR l BA- SCRI B4-VOLNEt ~l l. 34.5N/ VOLMEY>20 5450/ UOLNEY~2( 34.S l0I',
NEW BREAKER.
OSWEGO" UOLTE~- VOLNKY-VOLNEY+l2 84GKY CLAY+4 34GKV MARCY~l9 34.SA'OLN E Y STATION SING( E. LINE. DIAGRAM
AMENDED EKHIBIT E-2 E-2-11 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT OF OTHER FACILITIES
1. SCRIBA STATION The location of Scriba Station is shown in Amended Exhibit 2 on the Location of Facilities Map. The northern boundary of Scriba Station will be located approximately 300 feet south of the east-west section of the railroad spur leading to the Fitzpatrick Nuclear Generating Station. The western boundary of the station will abut the cleared right-of-way of the Nine Mile-Clay 89 345 kV transmission line. The Scriba Station site is owned by Niagara Mohawk.
Present land use of the site is woodland consisting of cover types of hardwoods and hardwood-conifers. Species composition is primarily white ash, aspen, beech, hemlock, and red maple in the sapling-pole timber age class.
The site also contains light to medium density of woody shrubs. There are no streams, drainage areas, nor'wetlands within the site boundary. The site is not within the 100 year flood hazard area., The area is well drained and the soils have a high bearing capacity rating, a slight to moderate water erosion rating and depth to bedrock is over 5 feet.
There are no known natural or cultural constraints relative to the site.
Visual exposure is low because of the isolation of the .site from public view and the existing woodlands which screen views from residences and public roadways.
The Scriba Station site was chosen over two alternate locations. One location was situated north of Lake Road within the Nine Mile Point Complex and the other south of Lake Road gust north of the railroad spur. The site within the Nine Mile Point Complex was re)ected .primarily because of the present use of the site for storage of materials, its uses as a construction laydown area, the existence of electrical lines in the area, and the potential use of the site for future expansion of the Nine Mile Point Facilities. The site south of Lake Road was rejected primarily because of hydrological effects. This site functions as a retention pond with the capability of storing the entire volume of the 100>>year storm within the respective drainage area. Location of the station at this site would result in significant storage volume loss causing changes to the present 100-year flood drainage system as well as effecting the entire flow system.
associated with the Nine Mile Point Nuclear Generation Complex.
2. RELOCATION AND RECONNECTION OF NINE MILE-VOLNEY 89 345 kV LINE Relocation of the subject transmission line into and out of Scribe Station is shown in Amended Exhibit 2. on the Location of Facilities Map.
The No. 9 line will utilize primarily existing right-of-way for the
e' AMENDED EXHIBIT E-2 E-2-12 580 foot relocated section from Nine Mile 2 to Scribe Station. Exiting Scriba Station, the No. 9 line will utilize new right-of-way for about 540 feet of its approximated 620 feet length. The balance will be an existing right-of-way.
Land use for 'the relocated 89 line consists of existing trans-mission rights-of-way for a distance of about 770 feet and woodlands for a distance of about 430 feet. The southern exit passes through a section of woodland designated as Scriba Woods for a distance of approximately 270 feet.2/ This section of woods consists of hardwood cover type with a
(
light density of a sapling age white ash, red maple and aspen. A medium density of arrowwood, hawthorne and apple is prevalent in this area.
There are not streams, drainage areas nor wetlands crossed by the facility. No cultural resource sites are known to exist on this route.
The visual exposure is not significantly different than the existing facility that is to be relocated.
Feasible. alternatives to the proposed relocated No. 9 route are not practical because of the fixed points of the Nine Mile 2 Generating Station, the Scribe Station, and the No. 9 line; and, the short distance from the No. 9 line to the proposed Scriba Station; and, the required electrical configuration and physical arrangement of the station.
2/ Echibit 36 (JdWM-2) "Transmission Corridors in the Vicinity of Scriba Woods" Case 70068 Nine Mile 2 Volney 765 kV Transmission Facility.
See Exhibit 3 page 3-9 for a description of Scriba Woods.
NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER I PART 88 SECTION 88.3 AMENDED EKHIBIT E-3 UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION NINE MILE 2 VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation
~
UNDERGROUND CONSTRUCTION g 88.3 AMENDED EXHIBIT E-3 The following is a description of the facilities included in the undergrounding estimate prepared by Niagara Mohawk for this prospect:
The underground facilities would consist of three (3) parallel 10.75 inch O.D., grade A steel pipes, coal tar coated, each installed in a separate 5 feet deep X 30 inch wide trench. The trenches would be located ten feet apart. One circuit consisting of three (3) 1/C 345 kV 2500 KCMIL copper high pressure oil filled cables would be installed in each pipe. The three circuits would
(
be operated in parallel. The system would be rated at 1900 amps (100X Load Factor) and would be designed so that normal operation can continue with any one cable out of service.
At each of the four terminal points, (one at Nine Mile 2, two at Scriba Station and one at Volney Station) an area approximately 200 feet square would be required for the installation of riser and switching structures, pumping plants and/or reactors. r (Series reactors will be required in the Scribe-Volney 345 kV circuit and will be located at the Scribe terminal). Four pumping plants will be required. Two plants, each with 3,000 gallon storage tanks, will be located at each of the terminals in the Nine Mile 2 Scribe 345 kV line. Two plants, each with 30,000 gallon tanks, will be located at each of the terminals in the Scriba-Volney 345 kV line. The oil system is the non-circulating type. Either pumping plant will maintain pressure in either line in the event of a failure of the other pumping plant. This will provide the reliability necessary to maintain operation without a separate, second 'system.
Four riser and switching structures will be required, one at each of the four terminals. At each riser structure, each phase conductor will be terminated in a single conductor 345 kV pothead.
Splices will be required every 2,000 feet and will be made in a concrete manhole.
E-3-2 The underground construction costs estimated for this project using the above scenarios are as follows:
Nine Mile 2 - Scriba 345 kV (.5 miles) 4,2930900.
Scriba-Volney 345 kV (8.9 miles) 41,209,800.
Construction of the proposed facility underground was rejected by Niagara Mohawk because it is not a method which will fulfillthe energy requirements with comparable costs, because its cost would be prohibitive, and because of the minimal environmental impacts of constructing such facilities overhead in the area and along the right-of-way owned by Niagara'ohawk.
NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 88 SECTION 88 ' AMENDED EXHIBIT E-4 ENGINEERING JUSTIFICATION NINE MILE 2 VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation
ENGINEERING JUSTIFICATION 88.4 EXHIBIT E-4 TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE A. INTRODUCTION E-4-1 B. NINE MILE 2-VOLNEY TRANSMISSION REQUIREMENTS E-4>>1 C. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE E-4-2 D. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATES E-4-2 E. RELIABILITY E-4-3 F. IMPACT OF DELAY IN COMPLETION OF FACILITIES E-4-4
~F1 ures.
E-4-0 System Assumed for Comparative Analysis E-4-1 Recommended Configuration E-4-2 Radial Alternate Configuration E-4-3 765 kV Alternate Configuration E-4-4 Typical Power Flows for Recommended Configuration E-4-5 Peak Generation Power Plows for Recommended Configuration E-4-6 Thermal Performance without new Scribe-Volney Circuit: Loss of Nine Mile-Clay E-4-7 Thermal Performance without new Scriba-Volney Circuit: Loss of Scribe-Volney E-4-8 Thermal Performance with new Scribe-Volney Circuit: Loss of Nine Mile-Clay E-4-9 Thermal Performance with new Scribe-Volney Circuit: Loss of Scribe-Volney E-4-10 Stability Performance, Three Phase Fault E-4-11 Stability Performance, Single Phase Fault. with Delayed Clearing E-4-12 Economic Comparison of Figures E-4-1 and E-4-3 E-4-13 Economic Comparison of Figures E-4-1 and E-4-2
AMENDED EKHIBIT E-4 E-4-1 A. '. INTRODUCTION Niagara Mohawk's original Article VII Application Public Service Commission on April 13, 1978, requested approval of, and certification for, a 765 kV facility. Since that time transmission require-ments have changed requiring a'45 kV facility. The Nine Mile Point Nuclear Generating Station Unit 82 is'cheduled for commercial operation in November 1986. The Nine Mile 2 - Scriba and Scriba-Volney 345 kV Transmission Facilities are proposed for in service in November 1985 and June 1986, respectively, to provide an outlet for Nine Mile Point f/2, connecting it to the existing Volney Station 9.4 miles south and, thereafter, to the cross state EHV bulk power system.
B. NINE MILE 2 - VOLNEY TRANSMISSION RE UIREMENTS Since the initial Article VII filing for the Nine Mile 2 - Volney Transmission Facilities, the generation expansion plan of the New York Power Pool (NYPP) has undergone significant changes. For example, a comparison of the 1978 version of the 149b filing with the 1981 5-112 filing indicates the following changes:
149b 5-112 Generation 850MW in 1983 625MW in
'omerset 1984 Sterling 11'50MW in 1986 Cancelled Lake Erie 81 850MW in 1987 850MW in 1991 Lake Erie f/2 850MW in 1989 Not Scheduled NYSEG 81 (New Haven) 1250MW in 1991 Not Scheduled NYSEG 82 (New Haven) 1250MW IN 1993 Not Scheduled, Nine Mile Pt. 83 1300MW in 1996 Not Scheduled This substantial change in scheduled generation additions made it desirable to re-examine the transmission plans for serving Nine Mile Point 82.
Transmission alternate eval'uations considered:
economics associated with capital cost, transmission losses, and replacement power costs resulting from transmission un-availability.
transmission system thermal and stability performance; The system assumed'onstant'or comparative'analysis purposes's'hown on Figure E-4-0. Three methods of bringing Nine Mi3,e Point'2 generation into the bulk power system are shown in figures E-4-1, E-4-2 and E-4-3.
Figure E-4-1, the recommended configuration, includes a new 345 kV circuit from Nine Mile />2 to Scribe to Volney and a new.
345 kV station in the vicinity of Lake Road (Scriba).
AMENDED EXHIBIT E-4 E-4-2 Figure E-4-2 includes a radial 345 kV generator lead from Nine Mile Point 82 to Volney.
Figure E-4-3 includes a radial 765 kV generator lead from Nine Mile Point 82 to East Volney and associated 765 kV to 345 kV autotransformers at East Volney and at Marcy. This configuration. is the one which was recommended in the initial Article VII filing when, in addition to Nine Mile Point and other new generation were proposed.
82,'terling C. SYSTEM PERFORMANCE All of the alternate configurations perform satisfactorily with respect to system thermal loadings and stability performance. Figures E-4-4 and E-4-5 show typical and peak generation power flows, respectively, in the area following construction of the recommended facilities.
Figures E-. 4-6 and E-4-9 demonstrate two contingency conditions with and without the Scribe to Volney portion of the recommended facilities in service.
For thermal loading, these figures indicate unsatisfactory performance without this facility and satisfactory performance with this facility in service.
Figures E-4-10 and E-4-11 indicate stable system operation for the recommended configuration.
There are differences in the resulting economic operation of the alternates when capital cost differences, increased system losses, and production cost penalties associated with lost generation output are considered.
To properly analyze these differences, an overall economic analysis was performed.
D. ANALYSIS OF AL'TERNATES Figure E-4-12 is an economic comparison of 765 kV versus 345 kV. It compares the configuration of Figure E-4-1 with that of Figure E-4<<3 considering the following:
the capital cost difference between configurations.
the increased losses associated with transmitting power at 345 kV instead of 765 kV.
production cost penalties associated with the radial 765 kV" generator lead of Figure E-4-3.
The range, or bandwidth, of annual expense was calculated based on the historic fact that new equipment has a higher than average failure rate during the first few years of service. For Figure E-4-12 the bottom curve
AMENDED EXHIBIT E-4 E-4-3 includes an estimate of this effect and the next curve, for comparative purposes, ignores this effect. Since 765 kV does not break even economically, it is not recommended.
If, in the future (beyond present planning expectations), plans evolve for additional generation in the Oswego area, such that 765 kV is warranted, the, Volney-Marcy circuit would be energized at 765 kV. This is consistent with the certification for Volney-Marcy (Case 26251) which indicated that Volney-Marcy would be constructed as a 765 kV circuit but initially operated ht 345 kV until system conditions warrant 765 kV operation.
E. .RELIABILITY The configuration of Figure E-4-2 has deficiencies which the configuration of Figure E-4-1 corrects:
a. Whenever the Nine Mile 82 Volney radial generator lead is forced out of service while Nine Mile Point //2 generator is running, generation is lost. For permanent circuit outages, requiring 24 hours2.777778e-4 days 0.00667 hours 3.968254e-5 weeks 9.132e-6 months to repair and 100 hours0.00116 days 0.0278 hours 1.653439e-4 weeks 3.805e-5 months additional to restore Nine Mile Point 82 generation to full output, 53,000 MWhrs of nuclear generation must be replaced with higher cost generation.
b. Even for a temporary outage of the radial generator lead, which restores within a minute, 40,000 MWhrs of nuclear generation are lost, due to the restarting characteristics of the nuclear generation plant.
c. Whenever the Nine Mile - Volney /l9 is taken out of service for maintenance, it is necessary to restrict the combined output of Mine Mile Point 81 and J. A. Fitzpatrick to 1200 MW (versus a combined. capability of approximately 1400 MW).
d. For loss of a substation a possible but improbable contingency (PBI) more generation is lost for the configuration of Figure E-4-2 than for Figure E-4-1. For Figure E-4-2, Oswego 5 and 6 (1700 MW) and Nine Mile Point /k2 (1080 MW) would be lost for loss of Volney Station. Total lost generation would be 2780 MW. For Figure E-4-1, the maximum lost generation for loss of a station would be 1700 MW.
(Oswego 5 and 6 for loss of Volney Station).
The above factors make the building of the station desirable with respect to operating flexibility and reliability. Also, Figure E-4-13 demonstrates that in consideration of system losses and items "a" and "b" above, the station is justified breaking even economically within 0 to 13
AMENDED EKHIBIT E-4 E-.4-4 years. The range, again, reflects consideration of higher than average failure rates during the first few years of service life. In this case, the bottom curve ignores the effect and the next curve includes it.
Considering all factors including the economic evaluations of Figures E-4<<12 and E-4-13, the condiguration of Figure E-4-1 is recommended.
F. IMPACT OF DELAY IN COMPLETION OF FACILITIES The proposed facilities; the 345 kV circuit from Nine Mile 2 to Scriba Station is scheduled for service in November 1985. The Scriba to Volney Transmission Line and the Scriba Station are scheduled for service in June 1986 to allow adequate time for generator power testing, transmission line and generator step-up bank relay testing. Delay in completion of the facilities will result in delaying the commercial in-service date of the unit.
TO IIASSEKA FiTz MARCY 765KV 9MP TO 08WEOO MARCY 345@V VOLNEY 34 5'v TO tCV SCOTLAKO
'TO RCCHo TO tCV SCOTLAKO EDIC CLAY 345 KV TO 345 KV SOOT/ EASTERN K V TOAL TO DEV)TT SYSTEM F I G- E-4-8 ASSUMED FOR COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS CAD 02BBol
h TD IHLSSEHA EC FiTz MARCY 765I V SCRIB 345KV TO OSMEOO NARCY 345@V
e. VOLNEY 345 lCV TO NEM SCOTLAND TO ROCHE TO NEM SCOTLAND EDIC CLAY 545 KY 345 Khl TO SOUTH EASTEAH NEM YOAL TO DEMI TT RECOMMENDED CONFIGURATION EXISTING PROPOSED BY THIS RPPL ICATION OTHER FRCILI TIES ADDED FIG E-4-1 CAD 0289 ~ 2
TO NASSENA SMP FITZ MARCY. 765I V TO OSMEGO MARCY. 345I V VOLNEY 345KV
'O NEM SOOTLAND TO KEM SCOTLAND CLAY 54 5KY 5K'O EDIC 34 SOUTN EASTEAN NEM TORE TO DEMITT RADIAL. - .ALTERNATE CONFIGURATION F I G. E-4-2 EX I'STING PROPOSED BY THIS APPL I CRT I ON-OTHER FACILITIES ADDED CAD 0288 3
TO HASSENA MARCY 765ICV SMP FITZ K.UOl NKY TO OSWEGO MARCY 345@V VOLNEY 545 KV TO NEV SCOTLAND TO NEV SCOTI.ANO EDIC CLAY 945 KV TO 345 KV SOUTH EASTERN NEV .TORE TO DEVITT 765KV ALTERNATE CONFIGURATION F I G. E-4-3 EXISTING PROPOSED BY THIS APPLICATION OTHER FACILITIES ADDED CAD 0289,1
Oswego 9HP1 9HP2 FitzPatrick Hassena (PASNY)
Scriba Vol ney 765 Kv Harcy (PASNY)
Pannell
~ 204 400~
827
~ New (RGE) ~204 Clay 400~ 850 Scotland Ed Dewitt TI Wo EA LaFayette Fraser I (NYSEG)
III Esl I
I NINE HILE-VOLNEY TRANSHISSION RE UIREHENTS I
Typical Power Flows for Recoranended Configuration, Central New York 345 Kv Oakdale System in megawatts (HW).
(NYSEG)
Facilities Assumed Existing Facilities Proposed By This Application Othe'acilities Added
Oswego 9HP1 9MP2 FitzPatrick Hassena CD (PASNY)
Cyi Cul Cxd Cxd Scriba Volney 765 Kv Harcy (PASNY)
~
CO CD 469~
~
177 913 Pannell New (RGE) 177 Clay 469~ 951 Scotland Ed c Dewitt LaFayette Fraser (NYSFG)
CTl I
I NINE MILE-VOLNEY TRANSMISSION RE UIREHENTS VI Peak Generation Power Flows for Recommended Configuration, Central New York 345 Kv Oakdale System, in megawatts (HW)
(NYSEG)
Facilities Assumed Existing IOS Facilities Proposed By This Application Other Facilities Added
Oswego 9HP1 9MP2 FitzPatrick
=l Massena C4 (PASNY)
CD Ol Scriba Volney 765 Kv Harcy (PASNY)
Pannell 232 232
~ 226 226 838
~ Ne' Scotland (RGE) Clay cD 8~57 OJ Edic Dewitt ll *1497 MW flow exceeds 1396 HW circuit tA Jo tt long time emergency rating. Fraser L F (NYSEG)
CE3 Esl I
NINE MILE-VOLNEY TRANSHISSION RE UIREMENTS I
Ch System Without New Scriba-Volney In-Service Contingency: Loss of Nine Mile-Clay Oakdale (NYSEG)
Facilities Assumed Existing issOB Facilities Proposed By This Application gag~ Other Facilities Added
Oswego 9HP1 9HP2 FitzPatrick Hassena C)
Pl (PASNY)
C) tD Cpl C3 Scriba Volney 765 Kv Harcy (PASNY)
Pannell 186~
166 ~
438 438 839
'l~ New (RGE) Cl ay Scotland Cxd 855 Ed Dewitt
~~1436 HW flow exceeds 1396 HW circuit long time emergency rating. Fraser LaFayette (NYSEG) m I~~
I NINE NILE-VOLNEY TRANSHISSION RE UIREHENTS 4I System Without New Scriba-Volney In-Service Contingency: Loss of Scriba-Volney Oakdale (NYSEG)
Facilities Assumed Existiog 100 E Facilities Proposed By Ttis Applicatioo
@(~ Other Facilities Added
Oswego 9MP1 9MP2 FitzPatrick Hassena (PASNY)
CV CP Cy cFs dp e~
Scriba Volney 765 Kv O
N CO Cys Harcy (PASNY)
~
Cy 243~
~
231 New Pannell Scotland (RGE) 231 Clay 243 856 Ed Dewitt Tl Jo Fraser tA LaFayette (NYSEG) s ED Pl I
NINE MILE-VOLNEY TRANSMISSION RE UIREHENTS I
00 System With New Scriba-Volney In-Service Contingency: Loss of Nine Mile-Clay Oakdale (NYSEG)
Facilities Assumed Existing looD Facilities proposed By This Application Other Facilities Added
Oswego 9HPI 9HP2 FitzPatrick ll Massena (PASNY)
CD O Cyt Scriba Volney 765 Kv Harcy (PASNY)
~
Pannell (RGE) 203 203 ~ Clay 402~
829 851 New Scotland Ed c Dewitt rl ELI LaFayette Fraser 0'q, (NYSEG)
II3 NINE MILE-VOLNEY TRANSMISSION RE UIREHENTS System With New Scriba-Volney In-Service Oakdal e Contingency: Loss of Scriba-Volney (NYSEG)
Facilities Assumed Existing IOO Facilities proposed By Ttis Application Other Facilities Added
'la IvwcsA g 9MP Q
~EC g F>TZ.
RP NARCY 76SKV TO Dsvcao 5 Cycles 3 Cycles ~ARCY 345KV VOLNEY TO ICW SCOtLIHl ED IC
-CLAY so
~ la l1ll(OI ICV NNE Oavl ft 3 Phase Fault on Volney-Harcy Swltchlny Times of 3 and 5 Cycles
.. X ~ ~
rr Oswego 5 5 6 FitzPatrick .-.~'r ~ r r r.'
Nine Mile Point 82 o5 Nine Mile Point 81
~p
~t Browns Ferry Y-'0.083 0.9336 0.9502 1.%6SB 1. 983% 2.5000 0 '753 0;6919 1~85 1.725l 2.2917 TI HE FIGURE E-4-.10
0 se avaoa FITZ BARGY 765KV 10 Cycles 8 Cycles TO Osucao 5 Cycles 3 Cycle BARGY 34SKV VOLNEY t4 ICI OCOTLSCI EDIC 14 CLAY t4
~ am< anna<
p!N l4AC Te OCvllT Single Phase Fault on Yolney-Harcy Delayed Clearing at Volney Sv(tchfng Tiae of 3, 5. 8 and 10 Cycles
/r
~ 11 ~
FitzPatrick Oswego 5 8 6 .,- 'r----e=~ Py i" /
'ine Mile Point ¹2 5
i~Nine Mile Point ¹1
.r
~
Q 2
~ W I
O ITS Browns Ferry L. .
"O.OB3. 0.9336 0.9502 1. 1b6B 1. 933'k 2.5000, 0.17S3 . 0.6919 luaBS 1. 72KE 2 ~ 2'117 T I tK FIGURE E-4-11
Nine Mile - Volne Transmission Re uirements 765 kv versus 345 kv Comparison of the increased capital cost associated with 765 kv alternate (Figure E-4-3) with increased cost of losses
~) )Q associated with 345 kv alternate (Figure E-4-1) minus production cost penalty for outage C)
A Ioo of 765 kv radial circuit.
~ For. any-year, this difference between curves represents the additional accumulated revenue requirements associated with 765 kV
~$ 0 alternate.
years, the difference is
~
Revenue Requirements for After 35 36-42 million,.in favor of 345 kv.
~ ~
QO Increased Capital Cost ~
of 765 kV when compar Figure E-4-1)
O with 345 kV
~CJ 1o 40 Ql D
QJ gQ Cl Range of additional annual expense for 345 kv when compared with 765 kV.
30 (Upper curve includes loss difference between C
C 345.kV and 765 kV; minus production cost penalty
~O zo for outage of 765:kV radial circuit, and lower curve also includes approximation of "bathtub" effect associated- with immature 765 kV radial S-
~ to circuit.)
0)
Cl S-86 87 89 eq lO Rl RX g) I't ~f 1L 'll 'l8 ~ I a 0
CL 0 O 0 4 0
~ 4 nt YEAR
Nine Nile Volne Transmission Re uirements Radial 345 kv Generator Lead 'versus-Generator. Lead plus Station Comparison of increased capital cost of 345 kv station alternate (Figure E-4-1) with increased cost of losses CO associated with 345 kv radial alternate (Figure E-4-2)
CO Cll 2,i plus production cost=penalty for outage of 345 kv Oh radial circuit.
CD Icl ia
. CS QJ Range of additional annual revenue CCS for a radial generator. lead when
~b compared with adding a station.
E Revenue requirements'for increased C8'l.
CJ CJ SS capital cost of adding a station (Lower curve includes loss differ'ence l'i with a radial, generator when'ompared i between "radial" and "station" plus VJ lead only. production. cost penalty for outage of Ql i3 radial generator lead. Upper curve E includes items above, plus approximation QJ LL S-I of "bathtub" effect associated wi.th n - immature radial generator lead.)
Cl QJ IO QJ q
QJ 8 . In the year 1998, or sooner, the accumulated capital revenue QJ CC:
requirements associated with adding a station are exceeded by the accumula'ted operating expenses associated with not adding a station. Therefore, the station is justified.
C~
S-5 3
S O
I QJ QJ S- 88 8'I 88 89 90 'M 9l % 9'I 98 9I 99 98 9'I 0 0 o CJ g4 ~ 4 YEAR
NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 88 SECTION 88.5 AMENDED EXHIBIT E-5 EFFECT ON COMMUNICATIONS NINE MILE 2 - VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation
EFFECT ON COMMUNICATIONS g 88.5'AMENDED EXHIBIT E-5 The applicant's experience with 345 kV lines having a conductor diameter, configuration and right-of-way width as proposed, is that there should be no adverse effects to any existing radio, television, telephone, microwave or other communications .systems which are not correctable.'f the construction or operation of the proposed transmission line results in interference levels which pose a problem to radio and television reception, the applicant will perform tests to evaluate the grade of reception, V
effect measures to eliminate the interference and restore reception to its original quality.
There are no A.M. radio stations in the project area whose radiation patterns may be changed by the proposed line.
NEW YORK STATE PUBLIC SERVICE LAW ARTICLE VII CHAPTER 1 PART 88 SECTION 88.6 AMENDED EXHIBIT E-6 EFFECT ON TRANSPORTATION NINE MILE 2 VOLNEY 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation
0 0
E-6-1 EFFECTS ON TRANSPORTATION 588 ~ 6 AMENDED EXHIBIT E-6 In the region affected by the primary route, the principle trans-portation facilities are the road and railroad networks. The road, railroad, and air transportation system in this region will experience no adverse effect due to the proposed transmission line and related facilities.
Existing transmission lines in the vicinity of the proposed transmission line have had no adverse effect on past development of trans-portation systems in the region and the proposed transmission line and related facilities will not adversely affect any future development of such systems.
Applicant intends to comply with all regulations set forth by 1
governing bodies regarding the crossings of railroads and highways and the Federal Aviation Agency (FAA) regulations pertaining to the construction of transmission lines in the .vicinity of airports.
Applicant has taken into consideration the location of the right-of-way to the end that the proposed facilities will have no adverse effect upon airports, railroads, and other transportation systems. I
0 NINE MILE 2 - VOLNEY 345kV TRA NSMISSION FA CILITY ARTICLE VII APPLICATION DIRECT TESTIMONY prepared by Niagara Mohawk:Power Corporation A pril 1982
FREDERICK J. LANGE Q. Would you please state your name, position, business affiliation and address?
A. My name is Frederick J. Lange. I am presently employed by Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation as Manager of Engineering Planning. My business address is 300 Erie Boulevard West, Syracuse, New York 13202.
Q. What are your responsibilities in your present position as they pertain 7 to the instant proceeding?
A. In my present position, I direct the investigation, evaluation, and justification of proposed capital projects relating to the corporate energy 10 supply and delivery systems. For this particular proceeding, the planning studies performed and included in Amended Exhibit E-4, Exhibit were 12 done under my direction and supervision.
13 Q. Would you set forth your educational background and professional 14 experience prior to your having assumed your present position?
15 A. I received a Bachelor of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering "
16 from Clarkson College 'in 1966. Subsequently, I received a 17 Master of Science Degree in Electrical Engineering from Clarkson College 18 in 1968. My initial assignment with Niagara Mohawk in 1967 was in the 19 Engineering System Studies section where I participated in the planning of 20 the Company's transmission expansion program. In 1973, I became 21 Supervisor, Electric System Transmission Engineering section and I held
FREDERICK J. LANGE, that position until 1975, at which time I became Supervisor of the Generation and Transmission Planning Section. I held this position until 1981, at f
3 which time I became Manager of Engineering Planning.
Q. Are you a member of any industry committee?
A. Yes. I am presently serving as Chairman of the Transmission Planning 6 Advisory Subcommittee of the New York Power Pool and have taken part in task force activities associated with this committee since 1973.
8 Q. Have you testified previously either in this or in other Article VII proceedings?
10 A. I have not heretofore rendered sworn testimony in this proceeding.
I am now rendering testimony and sponsoring an exhibit pertaining to the 12 need for the Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission facility. Previously, 13 I had sponsored testimony pertaining to the need for the Wellsville-Andover 14 115 kV transmission facility, PSC Case Number 26729.
15 g. Would you briefly describe the need for the 345 kV transmission 16 facility and associated equipment which is the subject of this application?
17 A. The proposed 345 kV transmission facility and associated Scriba 18 Station are necessary to provide a means to interconnect the Nine Mile 2 19 generator (scheduled for service in November, 1986) with the crossmtate 20 transmission system. This will allow the delivery of energy I
from this new 21 generator to customers in a reliable and economic manner and will provide F JL-2,
FREDERICK j. IANGE increased operating flexibilitywith respect to the other, existing generators in the area.
~~g. Why was the existing Volney Station chosen as the southerly terminus of the transmission facility?~~
Volney Station was selected as the southerly terminus of the 345 kV transmission facility which is the subject of this application because it is the nearest tie-in to the cross-state transmission system.
Q. How does the proposed facility fit into the transmission plans of the New York Power Pool?
10 A. The proposed facility will adequately provide for delivery of all presently planned generation in the Oswego area to the cross-state transmission 12 grid. The present transmission (and generation) plans of the New York Power 13 Pool do not include any additional generation in the vicinity of Nine Mile 14 within the next 15 years, therefore, no additional transmission is planned.
15 If in the future it becomes desirable to add additional generation in 16 the area, the proposed facility and scheduled, associated facilities can be 17 integrated into a transmission expansion plan. That plan will depend upon 18 the size and location of the generation being added.
19 Q. Prior to amending its application in this proceeding, what had been 20 the type of generator lead being proposed to deliver energy from Nine Mile 2 21 . to the power grid?
FREDERICK 7, LANGE A. Prior to amending the instant application, Niagara Mohawk proposed a 765 kV radial "generator lead" between Nine Mile 2 and a new East Volney Station, approximately nine miles south of Nine Mile 2 and ad]acent to our existing Volney station. The. proposal was to install auto-transformers at East Volney and at Marcy station (near Utica) so as to provide interconnections between the developing 765 kV system and the ma/or cross-state 345 kV system. This plan would have provided service for the Nine Mile 2- generator as well as the Sterling generator, both scheduled for service in the mid-eighties. It would also have been the first step of 10 a transmission plan to serve additional generating stations scheduled for the early nineties.
12 g. Have any events transpired since the initial filing of the application 13 for a 765 kV facility which changes the need for a generator lead from 14 Nine Mile 2 either in terms of the type of facilities being proposed or 15 the schedule for the installation of same?
16 A. Yes. Recent events have affected both the type of facility required 1-7 and its scheduled in-service date. Since the original application was filed, 18 the long range generation addition plans of the member companies of the 19 New York Power Pool have undergone significant changes. Previously, 20 Nine Mile 2 was scheduled to be in service in 1983. It is now scheduled to 21 be in service in November 1986.
F JL-4
FREDERICK J. LANGE In addition, the 1150 MW Sterling and the two 1250 MW New Haven units previously scheduled for service in 1993 or before have been postponed indefinitely. These are the primary changes which led us to re-evaluate the transmission plans for serving the presently planned generators in the area.
Q. Were alternative generator leads studied and reviewed?
A. Yes. A radial 345 kV generator lead between Nine Mile 2 and 7 the Volney Station nine miles to the south was investigated as was the 765 kV "generator lead" which was proposed in the original application.
10 g. What was the result of this study and review process?
A. Niagara Mohawk has determined, in terms of reliability, operating 12 flexibilityand economics, that the best t'ransmission reinforcement plan, 13 given the present generation schedule within the New York Power Pool is the 14 one now proposed, that is, the installation of a 345 kV transmission line 15 between Nine Mile 2 and Volney Station. In addition, Niagara Mohawk proposes to install a new station in the vicinity of Nine Mile 2 which will 1.7 increase the reliability of the interconnection of the three major generating 18 stations, Nine Mile 1, Nine Mile 2 and PitzPatrick, which are located 19 within one mile of each other. This transmission station is known as 20 Scriba Station.
21 g. What exhibit(s) are you sponsoring?
FREDERICK J. LANGE A. I am sponsoring Amended Exhibit E-4, Exhibit entitled
" Engineering Justification" .
~~g. Which former witness of Niagara Mohawk's do you succeed?~~
A. I succeed Mr. P.D. Raymond who was the sponsor of the original Exhibit E-4 Engineering Justification.
10 12 13 14 15 17 18 19 20 21 F JL-6
Curtis G. Foreback Q. Please state your name, business affiliation and address?
A. My name is Curtis G. Foreback. I am employed by Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation, the business'ddress being 300 Erie Boulevard West, Syracuse, New York 13202.
5 Q. In what capacity are you presently employed?
6 A. I work in Niagara Mohawk's Environmental Affairs Department as an Associate Senior Environmental Analyst.
8 Q. What are your duties and responsibilities in that position as they pertain to the instant proceeding?
A. My particular responsibilities in this proceeding concern Environmental Management and Construction Plan considerations, facility routing 12 and the updating and evaluation of information pertinent thereto.
Q. Are you a member of any industry committee(s)?
14 A. Yes, I am a member of the following committees and associations:
15 a. New York Power Pool (NYPP) Land Use Subcommittee
b. NYPP Coal Combustion Residue Task Force 17 c. NYPP Land Use Subcommittee, Task Force on Herbicide 18 Residue and Mobility Study 19 d. NXPP Land Use Subcommittee, Task Force on Herbicide 20 Effectiveness Study 21 e. NYPP Coal Combustion Residue Task Force, Study Group on
~~Curtis G. Foreback toxicity of coa) combustion residues~~
~~f. West Virginia Vegetation Management Association~~
~~g. Northeastern Weed Science Society~~
~~h. Mountain Lake ROW Management Council~~
~~i. Soil Conservation Society of America Q. Have you testified previously either in this or in other Article VII proceedings?~~
A. I have previously testified in this proceeding, Case 70068; the Adirondack 115 kV Transmission Facility proceeding, Case 26923; 10 and the Coffeen St.-West Adams 115 kV Transmission Facility proceeding, Case 70073.
12 g'. Will you describe the nature of your testimony for the Nine 13 Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission line and associated equipment?
14 A. My testimony pertains to the evaluation and updating of the 15 environmental routing and assessment information initially gathered for the 765 kV Nine Mile 2-Volney Article VII application, so as 17 to evaluate and relate the data to the proposed amended application 18 for construction of a 345 kV transmission facility.
19 In addition, my testimony explains NMPC's procedures and 20 practices concerning environmental protection measures taken during 21 the planning, construction and management of the 345 kV transmission
Curtis G. Foreback facilities which are the subject of this proceeding.
~~g. Which exhibit(s) are you sponsoring in the amended application?~~
A. I am sponsoring the following exhibits:
o Amended Exhibit l, Exhibit General Information Regarding the Applicant o Amended Exhibit 2, Exhibit Location of Facilities o Amended Exhibit 3, Exhibit , Alternatives o Amended Exhibit 4, Exhibit Environmental Assessment
/
o Amended Exhibit 6,'xhibit Economic Effects of the 10 Facility o Amended Exhibit 7, Exhibit Local Ordinance 12 o Amended Exhibit 8, Exhibit , Other Pending Filings 13 o Amended Exhibit E-2, Exhibit Subsection D. "Environmental 14 Assessment of Other Facilities" 15 o Amended Exhibit E-6; Exhibit Effects on Transportation 16 Q. Would you explain your approach to the preparation of Amended 17 Exhibit 3 "Alternatives", Exhibit, and Amended Exhibit 4, 1S "Environmental Impact", Exhibit, upon the major utility 19 transmission facility's having been changed from a 765 kV to a 20 345 kV design?
21 A. Pirst I will address my approach to preparing Amended Exhibit 3,
Curtis G. Foreback "Alternatives", Exhibit . Because the proposed 345 kV facility has the same beginning and termination points as the initially proposed 765 kV facility, my approach was to review the corridors chosen for the 765 kV facility. The review indicated that the four corridors initially chosen for evaluation were complete and appropriate for 34S kV; namely, the Nine Mile-Volney Corridor, the Fitzpatrick-Lighthouse Hill Corridor, the Fitzpatrick-Edic Corridor and a new corridor.
The next step was to review the options within each corridor.
10 The review showed that the options chosen for the 765 kV facility remained applicable to the 345 kV facility. Certain data charac-12 teristic to 345 kV construction required revisions as are depicted 13 in the option assessment table on page 3-5 of Exhibit 3 "Alternatives",
14 Exhibit . The revised data was then reviewed. It was 15 concluded that the 765 kV preferred corridor from Nine Mile to 16 Volney was also preferred for the proposed 345 kV facility.
17 My approach to preparing Amended Exhibit 4, "Environmental 18 Assessment", Exhibit, was to revise the initial detailed 19 environmental analysis of the study area. Included in this area 20 were the Nine Mile to Volney Corridor and its associated options, 21 namely the preferred route East Option; the West; West/East and
Curtis G. Foreback East/West Options.
Revisions of Exhibit 4 required contacting various agencies and institutions for updating the original resource maps and related data. Construction at 345 kV allows for smaller structures and narrower right-of-way than 765 kV construction, so updating of maps, sketches and related evaluations was required. In-field evaluations were also required to update certain sections of the assessment.
~~g. Would you please name the agencies and institution contacted for 10 updating of information for Amended Exhibit 4, Exhibit, and briefly describe the information pro&ided?~~
12 A. The following is a listing of agencies contacted along with a brief
\
13 description of the changes that occured since 1978. These changes are reflected in the narrative and on resource maps in the 15 "Environmental Assessment" section, Amended Exhibit 4, Exhibit 16 1. Department of Environmental Conservation (DEC):
17 The DEC indicated that there have been no reclassifications 18 of streams or ponds within the study area. They provided the 19 most recent flood hazard area information (Flood Insurance Rate 20 Maps). Since the initial survey, the DEC stated that no unique 21 or sensitive wildlife or wildlife areas have been identified.
0 Curtis G. Foreback
~~2. Museum and Science Service - Albany:~~
The Curator of Botany reported that he was unaware of any rare or unique vegetation along the proposed Nine Mile 2-Volney transmission line and the additional clearing required should be okay.
I
~~3. State University of New York (Oswego):~~
Personnel of the Rice Creek Biological Field Station stated that they were not aware of any further unique or sensitive vegetation or wildlife concerns regarding the study-area.
10 4. Oswego County Environmental Management Council (EMC):
The EMC provided their revised wetland inventory maps showing 12 designated wetlands in the study area.
13 5. Central New York Regional Planning and Development Board:
14 The Regional Planning Board provided information concerning the 15 Flood Insurance Rate Maps.
~~6. U, S. Department of Agriculture Soil Conservation Service (SCS) 17 The SCS in Syracuse provided a copy of the final soil survey.~~
18 The Oswego Field Office provided updated and amended soils 19 information which included new soils symbols and soil inter-20 pretation sheets.
21 Q. What sections of the "Environmental Assessment", Exhibit
Curtis G. Poreback C
required in-field evaluations?
A. The Vegetative/Land Use section, the Visual Section and a portion of the Cultural Resource section pertaining to location of residences and related buildings required in-field evaluations to verify and update the previously gathered data.
~~g. What sections of the "Environmental Assessment", Exhibit were most affected by the change in structure size and right-of-way width?~~
A. The Visual Assessment was most affected because the assessment 10 was mainly based on structure size. A change in the visual sketches and the narrative assessment was required.
12 g. How was the Amended Exhibit 4, Exhibit 'nformation mapped?
13 A. The original base map was prepared using NYS DOT topographic 14 quadrangles at a scale. of 1:24000. The updated environmental 1S resource data was entered on these original base maps which were reproduced for the Exhibit "Environmental Assessment", "Amended 17 Exhibit 4".
Q. Was a visual analysis of the Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission 19 line performed?
20 A. Yes.
21 Q. How was the visual analysis performed?
Curtis G. Foreback 1 A. The procedure for determining visual impact of the 345 kV facility remained unchanged from the procedure used in the original 765 kV transmission line analysis. However, updating of the evaluation was required as explained as follows: Location of the Road Assessment-Site Lines as shown on the visual impact map p. 4-85 and on the sketches pp. 4-63 thru 4-69 in Amended Exhibit 4, Exhibit remain unchanged. The structure heights on the sketches were changed from 200 feet to 100 feet to reflect the general height of the 345 kV structures. The natural and manmade'isual 10 barriers were field checked to assure the accuracy of the sketches and related evaluations.
12 The Road Assessment Approaches pp. 4-70 to 4-73 were field checked 13 and re-evaluated taking into consideration the 345 kV structure 14 heights and visual barriers. In the Home Assessment section, 15 pp. 4-75 to 4-84, the sketches were revised to reflect the change in the 345 kV centerline. The location of homes in the vicinity 17 of the proposed line were field checked and sketches were revised 18 to reflect changes.
19 Q. What is your assessment of the visual impact of this facility?
20 A. The revised visual assessment in Amended Exhibit 4,, Exhibit 21 discusses the visual impact in detail. Overall, the analysis
Curtis G. Poreback indicates that the impacts are reduced from the ones described in the visual analysis of the 765 kV facility because of reduced structure height and reduced right-of-way width.
Q. Were economics a considerat'ion during the revised environmental analysis?
A. Economics were not considered in revising the environmental-analysis
.7 of the alternative routes in the Nine Mile to Volney corridor.
I However, economics played a role in determining the design of structure types in the section from Scriba Station to Burt Minor Road.
10 Wood H-frame structures are proposed along-side the existing 345 kV lattice structures in this section. Wood pole H-frame structures 12 are proposed not only because they are the least expensive,I 13 but because two 115 kV wood H-frame lines already occupy the 14 west side of the corridor and the Administrative Law Judge in his 15 Recommended Decision for the 765 kV transmission line recommended 16 H-frame steel structures (RD, p. 38) ~
17 Q. Do you believe that environmental factors relative to corridor 18 'selection and facility routing have been given due consideration along with engineering, economic and scheduling factors?
20 A. Yes. Niagara Mohawk adhered to the Commission's Rules of 21 Procedure set forth in 16 NYCRR Parts 85, 86 and 87 in preparing
Curtis G. Foreback the amended Application for the Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission facility. In doing so,the aforementioned factors have been duly considered.
Based on your review of the proposed transmission facility, are the II design, route location, and Scriba Station site consistent with the minimization of adverse environmental impact?
A. Referencing for documentation the detailed studies conducted in the preparation of the instant application and described within the various exhibits of the application, my answer is yes.
10 Q. Will you discuss how NMPC proposes to minimize the environmental impact of construction of the proposed Nine Mile 2-Volney 34S kV 12 transmission line and associated equipment?
13 NMPC will take all practical measures to minimize environmental 14 impact during and following construction and will prepare an Environmental Management and Construction Plan (EM&CP) . The 16 EM&CP is initiated after certification and during the establishment 17 of centerline of the transmission facility's right-of-way. The 18 EM&CP will set forth the methods NMPC will follow in minimizing 19 the environmental impact of facility construction.
20 Q. Will you explain the general purpose of the Environmental Manage-21 ment and Construction Plan?
Curtis G. Poreback A. The purpose of the EM&CP is to analyze and evaluate the existing conditions of the land and land uses within and adjacent to the right-of-way so as to develop a construction plan for the proposed facility that minimizes impact to the existing environment. The Environmental Management and Construction Plan is made up of the main document and aerial mosaics. The main document describes existing right-of-way conditions and sets forth measures to minimize construction impact on the existing conditions. An important part
9. of the main document is the site-by-site analysis forms which 10 summarize existing conditions and recommendations on a site-by-site basis. These forms are closely correlated with information appearing 12 on the aerial mosaics. The main document also sets forth the 13 philosophy, methodology, and procedures for developing the 14 Environmental Management and Construction Plan. The aerial mosaics 15 illustrate existing conditions on the right-of-way, protection measures to be implemented and location of work to be performed 17 during construction of the facility.
18 Q. Will you describe how the EMRCP is initiated?
19 A. Niagara Mohawk's Environmental Affairs Department, with the 20 cooperation of other departments, conducts a detailed field site-by-21 site analysis of the proposed transmission line right-of-way. The
Curtis G. Foreback site-by-site analysis is described in (CGF-1) Exhibit Q. With respect to clearing of the right-of-way and slash disposal, what methods does Niagara Mohawk propose to use to minimize 4 the environmental impact of the transmission facility?
Niagara Mohawk utilizes a variety of selective clearing and slash disposal practices which are environmentally compatible with each site. The various clearing and slash disposal types are indicated on site analysis forms and aerial mosaic maps. The clearing and slash disposal policy, objectives and procedures are discussed 10 in the guidelines appearing in (CGF-2) Exhibit Q. How will right-of-way clearing impact the Scriba Woods?
12 A. The proposed 345 kV facility, except at the exit from Scriba Station, 13 will be located 100 feet easterly from the centerline of the existing 14 Nine Mile to Volney 49 line. In this section, selective clearing 15 of a 75'trip of trees from the edge of Scriba Woods will be 16 required. The proposed Nine. Mile-Volney 345 kV line and the 17 relocation of the 49 line will require selective clearing for I
a 18 distance of about 400 feet through the northwest corner of Scriba 19 Woods .
20 Q. Has right-of-way clearing in the Scriba Woods been minimized 21 to the extent practicable?
Curtis G. Foreback A. Considering engineering constraints such as required right-of-way widths for 345 kV lines and separation distarices from the existing 345 kV transmission facilities, the answer is yes. NMPC has not exceeded the separation distances or width requirements.
Furthermore, the mere fact that NMPC is proposing a 345 kV line rather than the initially proposed 765 kV line, minimizes clearing by reducing the required cleared strip from about 200 feet to 75 feet.
Relative to the proposed Nine Mile 2-Volney and the relocated 49 Nine Mile-Volney 345 kV lines as they exit Scriba Station on the 10 southern end, both lines were turned and routed back toward the existing corridor as quickly as engineering constraints would allow, 12 thus minimizing clearing.
13 Q. What methods of wetland protection will be incorporated into the 14 Environmental Management and Construction Plan?
15 A. During the field site-by-site analysis survey, wetlands will be analyzed. Data and recommendations will be summarized on forms 17 entitled Site-by-Site Analysis for Wetlands. Examples of these 18 forms as well as wetlands protection measures utilized by Niagara 19 Mohawk are presented in (CGF-4) Exhibit 20 g. With respect to stream crossings, what methods does Niagara 21 Mohawk propose to use in order to minimize the potential for
~ ~
Curtis G. Foreback environmental impact of the transmission facility?
I 2 A. During the field site-by-site analysis, perennial and intermittent
~
streams will be appraised. The first consideration will be to avoid crossing streams or other water bodies by surveying potential alternate access or to mitigate stream crossing impacts by implementation of stream protection measures. Niagara Mohawk's stream protection measures are described in (CGP-3) Exhibit 8 Q. How does Niagara Mohawk propose to minimize the environmental impact of access road construction activities?
The primary goal of access road construction will be to provide access to each structure or tower along the project with minimum 12 road construction and environmental impact. During the field site-13 by-site analysis survey, access routes will be laid out and plotted D
14 on field maps. Improvements to the route such as construction 1S of earth, gravel and/or corduroy roads will be recommended according to existing site conditions. Niagara Mohawk's general 17 procedures for developing access routes are discussed in (CGP-6) 18 Exhibit Existing access roads are available on the adjacent 19 transmission lines rights-of-way. These existing roads will be 20 utilized to the maximum extent practical. New access roads will 21 be constructed where necessary.
Curtis G. Foreback 1 Q. With respect to public highway crossings, what i's Niagara Mohawk's policy for minimizing visual impact at these crossings?
A. Each public highway will be evaluated as to screening potential of existing vegetation during the site-by-site analysis survey. Clearing and slash disposal types will be chosen to provide minimum visual impact. Type II clearing, which involves removing tall growing trees and retaining low growing trees and shrubs that do not have the potential for growing into the wire security zone is generally chosen where dense desirable species exist and their retention will 10 provide right-of-way screening. Type III clearing, which involves cutting only those species presently in or having the potential of 12 reaching the wire security zone within five years, will be chosen 13 where saplings and shrub species presently growing at these 14 locations will provide screening of the right-of-way. Type IV 15 clearing, which allows for trimming, is sometimes chosen in areas where removal of existing undesirable type vegetation would destroy 17 the screening potential.
18 Q. Would you explain how Niagara Mohawk proposes to minimize 19 effects on agricultural areas traversed by the proposed transmission 20 line?
21 A. During the field site-by-site analysis agriculture land use will be
-js-
Curtis G. Foreback noted. Data will be collected concerning the agriculture areas crossed and protection measures will be recommended to minimize construction effects. Niagara Mohawk's protection measures for agricultural lands are explained in (CGF-5) Exhibit Q. In particular, how does Niagara Mohawk plan on minimizing the effects on Mr. Strano's muck field?
A. Mr. Strano's muck field, which is located just south of Hall Road is approximately 1850 feet in length at the location of the proposed transmission line crossing. The field is presently crossed. by the 10 Nine Mile-Volney 49 and the Nine Mile-Clay ~~8 345 kV 2 pole, wood "H"-frame lines. The proposed Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV 12 line will parallel the ~~9 line to the east side on fee owned right-13 of-way purchased by Niagara Mohawk in 1965. Proposed plans 14 are to match'the new 2 pole wood "H"-frame structures with the 15 structures of the 49 and 48 lines. In order to accomplish this, placement of two new structures in the muck field will be required.
17 Final structure location will be determined during the EM&CP 18 preparation at which time Mr. Strano's specific structure location 19 concerns will be considered.
20 When preparing the EM&CP the U.S. Soil Conservation Service 21 Personnel, the U.S. Agriculture Extension Agent and Mr. Strano
Curtis G. Foreback will be consulted concerning drain tile location, planting time, harvest time and general farm operatons, the purpose being the minimization of disruption to farming activities during construction of the line. The structures will be installed in such a manner to alleviate the need for gravel access. roads. This can be accomplished by utilizing tracked or flotation tired vehicles. The use of these vehicles will also minimize compaction of the muck soil. Following construction, the site will be restored and farmer utilization of the right-of-way will be allowed to continue as is the case presently 10 with the existing two transmission lines.
Following construction, the presence of two additional structures 12 in the muck field could exacerbate muck farm operational con'straints.
13 However, considering the cost of alternative routing and design, 14 and the fact that additional right-of-way was initially purchased for 15 construction of additional facilities, in my opinion, the exacerbation of farming constraints around the additional transmission structures 17 is not unreasonable.
18 Q. Would you describe the boundaries of construction sites and what 19 measures are taken to avoid environmentally sensitive areas?
20 A. Construction activities will be restricted to the right-of-way except 21 at construction headquarters, marshalling yards, off right-of-way
Curtis G. Foreback access, and areas of danger trees. Line construction work on the right-of-way will be restricted to the designated access route, structure assembly sites, and wire stringing sites. Stringing equipment will be allowed to travel the centerline except in "No Equipment Access Areas". Stringing equipment operators will use caution and be instructed to avoid as much desirable vegetation as possible. Structure assembly sites and wire stringing sites will be laid out during the field site-by-site analysis so as to 9i minimize damage to the site. Attempts will be made to avoid 10 streams and other water bodies, wetlands, agriculture fields, dense 11 desirable species, road screens, steep slopes and other environ-12 mentally sensitive areas. Some sensitive areas can be avoided 13 by shifting the construction site or by adjusting the configuration 14 of the construction boundaries. At times, the only way to avoid 15 a sensitive area is by moving the structures. When this situation 16 occurs, the feasibility of moving the structure to a more desirable 17 location will be reviewed. Economics, engineering design standards 18 and environmental concerns are considered in the review. If site 19 sensitive areas cannot be entirely avoided, measures will be 20 recommended to minimize effects on the site.
21 Q. Recognizing that erosion control and restoration are major
Curtis G. Foreback considerations in protecting the environment from potential impact of construction activities, what programs does Niagara Mohawk propose concerning this matter?
A. Erosion control and restoration measures will be initiated in each phase of construction activity. Erosion control techniques utilized by NMPC are described in (CGF-6) Exhibit, "Access Roads" under Erosion Control Techniques. Exposed mineral soil resulting from construction activities will be graded, seeded and fertilized.
Where initial disturbance occurs in snow or frozen soil conditions, 10 temporary erosion control measures will be installed, such as cross ditches and mulching, as necessary. Seeding will be 12 initiated on a site-by-'site basis immediately following construction 13 and grading, assuming soil conditions are conducive to seeding 14 and germination. Necessary erosion control devices will be installed 15 during time of construction and within eight work days after initial disturbance. Each phase of construction has specific restoration 17 requirements. During road construction, all exposed soil areas 18 will be graded and seeded with the exception of the road surface.
19 The road surface will be regraded, if necessary, and seeded after 20 completion of all line construction activities. During installation 21 of fords and culverts, all exposed soil areas will be graded, 0
Curtis G. Foreback seeded and stabilized. During right-of-way clearing, excessively rutted areas will be graded and seeded. During line construction operations, all exposed soil areas and previously restored areas that are disturbed will be graded and seeded. Diversion ditches will be installed where necessary to divert water around tower construction and wire stringing sites. After construction roads are no longer needed for line construction purposes, the road will be regraded if necessary and seeded. Drainage facilities will be cleared of debris and be in operating order before construction 10 crews leave a completed section of line. Construction debris will be collected and disposed of at a proper disposal area to be 12 designated prior to beginning construction activities.
13 Q. What considerations are given to the wildlife of the area?
14 A. Selective clearing to be utilized on the proposed right-of-way will 15 retain species which have varying degrees of usefulness to wildlife.
'I 16 Slash disposal methods to be used will consist generally of collect 17 and pile in drier sites and drop and lop in wet or high density 18 desirable species areas. These methods provide cover for small 19 wildlife species. The NYS Department of Environmental Conservation 20 will be consulted for updated information during EM&CP preparation 21 concerning wildlife use of the area and for evidence of any rare,
Curtis G. Poreback endangered or threatened wildlife species. If special wildlife habitats exist, such as designated deer wintering areas, clearing will be kept to a minimum by retaining some undesirable species that would normally be cut. If rare, endangered or threatened wildlife species are known to inhabit the area, the NYS Dept. of Environmental Conservation will be consulted concerning protection measures.
~~g. How. does Niagara Mohawk propose to protect potential archaeological sites that might be discovered during construction?~~
10 A. A literature search has been performed by Pratt and Pratt Archae-ological Consultants and the report is included in Amended Exhibit 12 4, Exhibit, of the application for certification of the proposed 13 facility. A field archaeological survey will be conducted upon 14 approval of the transmission route. The State Archaeologist would 15 be notified of any discoveries of apparent significance resulting from the field survey. During construction, the Company, upon 17 any discovery by its employees or contractors of archaeological 18 resources of apparent significance, will notify the State Archaeologist 19 of the discovery, and attempt to develop a plan, acceptable to 20 the State Archaeologist, to salvage or protect those resources.
21 Any unresolved differences between Niagara Mohawk and the State 0
Curtis G. Foreback Archaeologist are to be referred to the Commission; The financial responsibility of Niagara Mohawk for salvaging archaeological values in these circumstances shall be specified by the Commission with reference to the conditions peculiar to each case.
$ Q. What precautions will be taken to avoid spillage of fuels, oil, chemicals or similar substances?
A. Care will be taken at all times to avoid spillage of fuels, chemicals, or similar substances, and none of these materials will be stored beneath trees or in the vicinity of any wetland, river, stream or 10 other body of water. This shall be accomplished through imposition of the following restrictions on both contractors and company 12 personnel. Extreme caution shall be exercised when handling fuel 13 and, while refueling, to avoid spillage. As much equipment as 14 possible shall be fueled at the marshalling yards and the contractor 15 work headquarters. Any equipment which must be refueled in the field will be fueled from tanks carried to the work site by truck.
17 No equipment refueling shall be done in the vicinity of streams 18 or other sensitive areas, i.e., intermittent streams, wetlands or 19 beneath trees.
20 Fuels, oils, chemicals, etc., will be stored at designated 21 marshalling yards and at the contractor's work headquarters.
Curtis G. Poreback Should a heavy fuel or oil spill occur, the contaminated soil will be removed from the worksite and disposed of in an appropriate landfill. Dry powder and any other material appropriate for use in oil spill cleanup shall be stored at the contractor's work headquarters, the marshalling yard and at other convenient locations that may be designated.
7 Q. What measures will be taken to ameliorate construction noise effects?
A. Reasonable judgment is to be exercised on the part of the individual 10 in charge of construction to insure minimum noise impact. Existing equipment mufflers and noise suppressors shall be maintained and 12 any faulty noise suppressors shall be repaired or replaced. Equip-13 ment shall not be left running unnecessarily. Restriction of construction work hours will be considered during the EM6CP 1S preparation.
16 Q. Would you describe how Niagara Mohawk assures that environmental 17 commitments are honored during construction of the facility?
18 A. The Environmental Management and Construction Plan which is 19 developed by the Environmental Affairs Department and approved 20 by the Public Service Commission is a major part of the 21 construction specifications provided to each prospective bidder on
>>23-
Curtis G. Foreback the transmission facility. During the pre-bid meeting, contractual requirements, construction specifications and environmental
, constraints are fully explained. After the contract is awarded, a pre-construction meeting is held just prior to beginning activities to review all requirements. The meeting is attended by various contracting company representatives and Niagara Mohawk personnel involved in the project. A representative of the Environmental Affairs Department participates to explain and emphasize the importance of strict compliance with all environmental provisions.
10 In the event that Niagara Mohawk crews are assigned to construct the facility, a pre-construction meeting is held with personnel 12 to review specifications and explain the environmental commitments.
13 To insure 'compliance with environmental commitments during 14 construction by contract or company crews, an environmental 15 forester is assigned to the project. He is responsible for the environmental supervision of right-of-way clearing, access road 17 construction, line construction and site restoration as described 18 in the EM&CP. Any change in the EM&CP, which normally 19 occurs because of variances in field conditions during time of 20 ~
construction, requires notification to and approval of the 21 Environmental Affairs Department which in turn notifies the Public
Curtis G. Foreback Service Commission. All major and significant changes are forwarded to the PSC for final approval.
3 Q. Would you state Niagara Mohawk's policy and goals concerning long-range right-of-way management?
5 A. Niagara Mohawk's right-of-way management policy i.s to provide for the safe, reliable transmission of electric energy in an economic manner which is compatible with the environment. The right-of-way management goals have three major components; the first being the management of the right-of-way in a manner to assure the integrity 10 of the transmission facility. The vegetation is to be maintained in a condition to keep the transmission facility free of interruptions 12 caused by trees and brush. The natural and man-made features are 13 to be maintained in a stable condition to assure environmentally 14 compatible access for routine monitoring of right-of-way conditions, 15 sound vegetation management planning and implementation of the 16 appropriate vegetation control techniques.
17 The second component relative to right-of-way management goals 18 is management of the right-of-way vegetation to encourage natural 19 low growing plant communities and to foster natural vegetative 20 buffers compatible with visually and aquatically sensitive areas.
21 Management of the vegetation in a way to foster the natural
Curtis G. Poreback development of native low growing plant communities is primarily accomplished through prescription of the proper application of approved herbicides, in a manner which is appropriately selective for a given site, to retain desirable growth to the extent practical while effectively eradicating tall growing undesirable species.
Management of the vegetation in a way which is compatible with areas of high visual sensitivity is accomplished through the fostering of natural vegetative buffer zones at high use road crossings and other areas of public use sensitivity. Management of the vegetation 10 in a way which is compatible with areas. of aquatic sensitivity is accomplished through the fostering of natural vegetative buffer zones 12 at rivers, significant streams, and other sensitive water bodies.
13 The remaining component is management of the right-of-way in 14 harmony with existing and multiple use practices, i.e. agricultural, 15 recreational, industrial, residential and wildlife uses. Management 16 of the right-of-way in a way to create greater diversity of vegetative 17 communities, thereby further improving the wildlife benefits of the 18 right-of-way, is usually accomplished through a series of treatments 19 leading to the eradication of tall growing species, thus making 20 this space available for spreading of existing low growing plants 21 and invasion of others. The right-of-way will additionally be 4
Curtis G. Foreback managed in a way which is harmonious with existing land use practices. This is accomplished by permitting extension of adjacent land use practices onto the right-of-way as long as the use is compatible with the reliable, safe operation of the transmission line.
6 g. How would the requirements you have outlined above affect compatible, multiple uses of the right-of-way?
8 A. Niagara Mohawk would entertain and seriously consider any reason-able request from a grantor or abutting owner who desired to use 10 all or a portion of the right-of-way on a case-by-case basis.
Generally, if it were found that the use was reasonable, did not 12 affect construction procedure or line operation and maintenance, 13 and did not constitute a nuisance to other abutting owners, the 14 corporation, by written agreement, would permit the use.
1S Q. Will you generally describe the procedures by which Niagara Mohawk.
meets their goals of managing vegetation?
17 A. Niagara Mohawk utilizes herbicides in both construction and main-18 tenance of the transmission facility. During construction, while 19 clearing operations are progressing, it is anticipated that a stump 20 herbicide treatment and/or basal treatment prior to cutting will be 21 applied. It is further anticipated that a second herbicide treatment
Curtis G. Foreback will be applied to the vegetation of the right-of-way sometime between its second and fourth full growing season. Additional information is provided on page 4-87 in Amended Exhibit 4, "Environmental Assessment", Exhibit Q. Who is responsible for the implementation of the right-of-way management program?
7 A. The System Forester is responsible for administering and implementing the right-of-way management policy, goals, and programs for NMPC.
He is assisted by three Division Foresters. The Division Foresters 10 are respcnsible for planning and implementing vegetative management programs for each of their respective divisions.
Q. Will an EM6CP be prepared for the Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV 13 transmission line and associated equipment?
14 A. Yes. The usual procedure is to prepare the EM&CP following 15 certification of the route and the surveying of the centerline of the transmission facility.
17 Q. Does this conclude your additional direct testimony?
18 A. Yes.
19 20 21
(CGF-l).
Exhi,biz Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation SITE ANALYSIS SURVEY
After establishment of center line and tentative structure loca-tion, Niagara Mohawk conducts a site-by-site analysis survey of land to be traversed by the proposed facility. The purpose of the site-by-site analysis is to collect and analyze site data so as to prepare the Environmental Management & Construction Plan (Hf&CP) for the proposed transmission line facility. During the survey, site characteristics are entered on "Site Analysis" field forms for each site. (See sample form, page 3} The right-of-way is divided into areas and each area is assigned a number. Area numbers change with a change in land use, cover types and/or sensitive areas. Land use is noted on the Site Analysis form along with geographic, topographic and vegetative characteristics. Clearing and slash disposal methods are recommended, based on the site data collected.
4 Also noted is merchantability of timber, potential dangers trees and estimated slash accumulation. Remarks are entered concerning brush treatment, restoration measures and treatment of sensitive areas.
Siting of uncommon vegetation, wildlife and habitats are noted.
Features such as fences, dwellings, man-made ponds, etc., are also noted in remarks.
Field maps are an integral part of the site analysis survey.
Indicated on these maps are area boundary lines; clearing and slash disposal types; structure laydown areas; access route layouts, including areas 'of earthen, gravel and/or corduroy road construc-tion; culvert and stream ford placement; off right-of~ay access routes; restricted activity areas; no equipment access areas; and
other pertinent information. This information is later transferred to aerial mosaics which also show transmission line design information, ownership of land, profile of line and profile of terrain. The aerial mosaics are included in the construction bid document.
~dl 4 BB>.lf>IB Ds le project Segacnt Observer Brr> II>BIB >444>4 Brrrr Sile Chore-lnrls lcai Slol>o 0-$ Soll Texture Tcpo-Locu t lc n lister Dra lriaga Land Use
$ -10 Sand 1 idge top Slroaa Pree Slit Upper ~ lope Hlddlo slope Pond Sueap lapse Cxccsslvo 10-)G Clay 10s lie k Louvr slope Harsh PCSL Bottoa Bog Other Other I~lk. rl I >~rior Covor Type Csnoliy Lruvcr l 10 lS $0 7$ 100 h9C Class Density--Sspl)ng 1 S ln.) Poletlabor (5-12 ln.) Sautlabcr lover 12 ln. 1 Stand Dcnslty Host hbiindant species Danger Trace (olf 8/II csLlaatol Less hbunJsnt Species L'stlaslcd Slag>hl Light ILBI gr>LB 40>IB Dtptl>
Undcrstor Shrub Lu cr Ncrchant bio Tinter yes Ilo Cover l 10 RS $0 7>> 100 lice saga>.ne i. t lens i
.Hist hl>ur>>lant Clu<<ring Lypu Jutlll lcai.ion Slurb Dlcpowl type Jusl. I l legit ion Lc ss hl>>induct Brush Trcutacnt Rcs terat lan Dcslrublc Spcclcs Dcnslty Scnslllvc hrcasi IIi lc.viral> e ceca ln Shrub Lu cr
>>l(.s~/h. C>OG 00-2(00 l(00-<000 i800 ll>sl hbundanL Trc>>taunt c C Scn li.lvc hrcusi TCcc Sl i:c ice
~
Lvss hhi n.lant 4 Tci:c Slivcics
(CGF -2)
Exhibit Niagara Mohawk Power Cor poration RIGHT -OF-%AY CLEARING PROGRAM SELECTIVE CLEARING SLASH DISPOSAL
SITE-BY-SITE ANALYSIS FOR CLEARING AND SLASH DISPOSAL During the site analysis survey, clearing and slash disposal methods are determined and entered on "Site Analysis" field forms (see sample form p. 26). The Definition of Clearing Methods, page 3, the Definition of Slash Disposal Methods, and Analysis of Slash Disposal Methods, pages 5-14, are criteria used to determine clearing procedures. In-formation from the "Site Analysis" field forms i~; summarized on "Site-by-Site Analysis" tabular forms (see sample form p. 27).
Desirable species are retained in all clearing types with the ex-ception of Type I, which is used at construction sites and on access routes. A list of species considered as desirable is, presented on pages 17-19.
Desirable low growing tree and shrub species that do not have the potential of reaching the wire security zone are retained in all clearing types with the exception of Type I, which is used at con-struction sites and on access routes. A typical list of species con-sidered as desirable is presented on pages 17-19.
Clearing and slash disposal methods. are also noted by area on field maps. This information is later transferred to aerial mosaics, which are part of the construction bidding documents.
.0 I
TI!E ill~!PC RIGHT-OF-'l AY CLEARING!G PRCG..f'i SELECTIVE CLEARIhG Al~D SLASH DISPOSAL I, Folic~ for Initial Clearin of Electric Transmission Ri;~';ts-of-~'a t!iagara Yioha<"l< shall employ selective clearing and slash disposal practices when clearing a rew right-of-way, utilizing technique's which are cons'stent with the safe, reliaole transmission of electric energy in an economic atoner, and wh'cn are ccmpat-able with the envirorment.
II. The Ob 'ectives of the Initial Clearin Pro ram
1) To initially clear the right-of-way in such a manner that it shall be free from interruptions from tre s and brush, and so that the right-of- ay is reasonably accessible for various line construction activities.
This objective is accomplished through the utilization of sound clearir~~ and slash management techniques, the utilization of sound vegetation control techniques, and by keeping abreast of new and improved techniques.
2) To selectively retain compatible, low growing tree and shrub species, which tend to b self-sustaining over long periods of tim and thereby tend to foster the natural development of "tight", relatively stable plant cc~ities, wherever such species exist in sufficient quantity to econcmically warrant retention.
P('his is accomplished through the proper application of clearing and slash disposal techniques, in a ~~ er which is appropriately selective for a given site, so as to rr~~ imize the retention of desirable growth to the extent practicable.
(A) As a secondary objective, to clear the ri.'ght-of-way in a solective manner so as to maximize vegetation diversity on the right-of-way, tnereby improving the total wildlife benefits of the right-of-way.
-This is accomplished through the selective retention of coxpatable low growing species, as described above .and where such retention is reasonably practicable.
3) To clear the right-of-way in a manner which is compatab" e with environment-ally sensitive areas, or areas of high visual sensitivity, so as to maintain aaua+ic and aesthetic values to the extent practicable.
This is accomplished through the selective retention of vegetative buffer zones at rivers, significant streams, other sensitive water bodies, high use road crossings, scenic areas, potential softwood shelters, etc., and through the application of select-ive slash management technioues designed to mi~~ ze environmental or aesthetic impacts.
~~4) To clear the right-of-way in a manner which is harmonious with other land use activities, such as active agriculture, residential, recreational, and othe multiple-use activities.~~
This is accomplished through the application of selective clearing techniaues designed to eradicate undesirable growth while retaining those 'low growing species which are compatable with the facility and ongoing land use activities, to the extent practicable; and through the selective application of slash disposal techniques in a manner which is harmonious with the environmental ongoing use, so as to maintain or e improve the
~~5) To overall public or private enjoyment of the right-of-way.~~
utilize the wood resource generated by the clearing activities, to the extent practicable and in accordance with sound environmental management technioues.
This is accomplished through the application of appropriate slash disposal techniques, through coordination with outside logging conce ns, and through cooperation with the previous landowner and/or the general public.
XZE. Procedure for Accomplishing the Objectives of hard.tiaL Clearing
~~1) Procedure for selective clearing; the utilization of sound clearing end slash disposal techniques.~~
NMPC recognizes and considers the use of four (4) clearing and eight (8) slash disposal techniaues, as defined below. Utilizing the potential combinations of these clearing and disposal methods, the Company shall conduct a detailed site.-by-site analysis of the right-of-way, to select the appropriate management techniaue for each site. A set of detailed drawings shall be prepared which show the location and extent of work for each area of the right-of-way reauiring clearing.
A. Definition of Clearing H thcds
~Te I clearing shall consist of clearing the designated areas of all seedy plant growth, including desirable species. All growth shall be cut as clos to the ground as practicable, but not to exceed 6 inches above ground line.
Type I clearing shall be utilized where woody plant growth would hinder access and construction activities, i.e. for clearing access roads, structure work areas and wire pulling sites.
~Tie II clearing shall consist of clearing the designated areas of all undesirable tall growing tree species and only those desirable low growing tree and shrub species vhich have the potential for growing into the wire security zone. All growth shall be cut as close to the e
ground as practical, but not to exceed 6 inches above ground line.
Reasonable care shall be taken, in so far as is practical, to retain desirable species found within Type ZX clearing zones. The Right-of-Hay Manager will make a field detemination as to whether retention would impose an unreasonable burden on clearing and/or construction activities.
~Te III clearing shall consist of selectively clearing the designated areas, removing only those species which have invaded or can be ex-pected to invade the wire security zone~ within 5 years. Additionally, based on conductor/ground clearances and species characteristics, "young" trees willbe temporarily retained, in the absence of sufficient densities e
of. desirable vegetation. When an adequate, desirable, vegetative cover is established on the site, the tall growing species will be removed.
The growth removed'shall be cut as close to the ground as practical, but not to exceed 6" above ground line.
T~eIV clearing shall consist of selectively removing and/or trimming.
\
in the designated areas, those species which have invaded op can be ex-pected to invade the wire security zone with 5 years. Any tree with morfh
~~The wire security zone is described on page 4.~~
than 25% of the crown within the wire security zone+ will be removed un-less otherwise designated on the drawings.
C Considering lin reliability, the physiological characteristics of th tree, and the densit'es of more compatible veg tation, trees ~ith less than 25~< of the crown within the wire security zone: will be triwed whenever these trees will pr ovide a direct environm ntal or aesthet c ben fit.
All growth removed shall be cut as close to the gr ound as practical, but not to exceed 6 inches above ground line.
B. Trim<. Procedures Lien trees are specified to be topped or trimed, the specified portions shall be removed in such a way to prevent ercmsb'0 broken limbs or othe<
serious damage to the por tion of the trees left in place or to adjacent or nearby trees and shrubs. After removal of limbs and branches, the expcsed cut ends of the trees, one inch in diamhter or greater, shall be lib rally painted with an approved wound paint.
All triazing shall be done in accordanc with recognized tre surgery practices. Limbs and brancnes shall be cut using the "drcp-crotch" technique.
Cuts shall'be flush at the union with the branch or limb, or with the trunk.
C. Selective Removal Procedur s Trees shall be felled in such a manner as to minimize danae to adjacent or nearby trees ard shrubs. 'nner e directed, trees shall be taken down in pieces.
D. The Wire Securi Zone So far as the removal or retention of shrub,low growing tree or tall growing tree species is concerned, the Company shall remove, or top in areas of high sensitivity, any species which ha,s the potent>al ~or,9>o>>n9 into the wire security zone under normal growing conditions. The wire security zone is defined as the air space around the conductor which must be free of all plant growth to insure reliable continuity of service. The f ollowing are the minimum conductor to vegetation clearances, or wire security zones, for various.transmission voltage classes.
115KV 15 feet over 115@1-305iiV 20 feet over 305KV-765KV 25 feet This distance is measured frcm the conductor at 257 F final sag and at the 30 blow-out position. (<.f.: the Figure 'll and N2 illustrations on the following page)
E. Definition of Slash Dis osal Techni ues
~Te A slash disposal consists of separating, tree length skidding, and yarding the m rchantable timber in designated areas along the right-of-way.
Where, in ihe opinion of the R/W Clearing Supervisor, a site may be damaged by the tree length skidding, the timber will'e bucked into logs.
The Applicant will separate and yard merchantable logs along the right-of-way whenever the following conditions are met:
A. Soil and terrain conditions will allow mechanized collection and skidding, without creating severe rutting or seriously increasing 1
the erosion potential; and B. Sufficient merchantable volume exists on a site to make economic utilization practical; and C. Adequate log-hauling access roads exist between the highway and the yarding area on the right-of-way or when yarding directly to a highway is desirable and economically feasible. The load-bearing capacity of the access road and/or potential restoraticn costs may become limiting factors on merchantability.
Wire Security Zone Grosses, Low Growi+ ~ Shrubs; Low Growing Shrubs Tr ees Figure Pl ll,
.e .. c Ver R= d&~CiTy 'ZurJC, l
COHCU TQR AT 30 SWliNGOUT
~ 20
~cc=s~s n O<O 9)GE OF PTGHT-CF - WAY Figur e 82
ANALYSIS OF TYPE A SLASH DISPOSM FACTOR EFFECT Air Quality None Aesthetics Low Noise Revegetation Low or none, due, to very low stem count of d sirable species in merchantable timber stands, few of which can survive release to full sunlight.
Soil Scarification Moderate to severe; method not selected if soil and/or slope conditions could, lead to sever e rutting and/or erosion.
Humus Disturbed, but not destroyed.
Stream Pollution Potential Low; method not selected for sites with stream polluting potentiel or for stream buffer zones.
Erosion Risk Low; application limited to non-erosible sites and/or where erosion preventative measures are implemented in conjunction with construction.
Slash Volume Potentially large, but removed frcm site.
Slash Placement Yarding areas as designated on drawir.;
or directed by Right-of-t1ay Clearing Supervisor.
Wildlife Hazard Low
~Toe E slash disposal co.aists of. collecting and pi'ir t'n slash in areas designated on the drawin~. In this case, the slash consists of all unm rchantable
><<p~ (~<<<<h<> 6 <<8 inches in diameter at the large ehd) such as tops, limb-wood and, s" plings.
'I~oe C slash disposal consists of collecting and piling all unmerchantable >o<<
la~er thaa 6 to 8 inches in diamater at the small er d, in designated areas.
Unless otherwise directed by the R/H Clearing Supervisor, the logs will be piled adjacent to the access road in such a way that piles will not interfere with construction activities.
The collect and pile methods will generally be selected whenever the following conditions are met:
A. The accumulation of slash is sufficiently removed from public view so as to minimize visual impacts; and B. Slash accumulations of the drop and lop technique would be greater than one (1) foot, ther eby hindering construction and/or future maintenance operations; and C. Soil ard terrain conditions are such that m chanical collection could occur without creating a serious erosion potential.
ANALYSIS Os TYPES B AND C SLASH DISPOSAL FACTGil EFFECT Air Quality None Aesthetics Low, due to selection of methcd for low impact sites only.
Noise Low Revegetation Hetar ds revegetation on Type B pile sites, little or no adverse effect elsewhere due to limitation of appli-cation to low-impact sites.
Soil Scarification Hoder ate; methods not selected and/or slope conditions wou if'oil d
re"ult in evere rutting and/or er osicn.
0
,ANALYS1S OF TYPI.S B AND C SLASil DISPOSAL Humus Disturbed, but not destroyed.
Str earn Pollution Potential Low; methods not selected for si c.
with stream polluting potential or for stream buffer zone.
i."osion Risk Low; application limited to non-erosible sites and/or where control measures will be adequa'rosion imple...ented in conjunction with construction.
Sla-h Volume Type B pil s mechanically crushed if necessary 10 to 12 to maintain heichts o!
feet less; if large volum:
accumulate, windrows will be avoid'e leaving frequent g ps in the pi:
to allow unimpeded wildlife movem r.
Slash Placement Type B material, along edge or right-of-way or as directed by the Right-of-Way Glar ing Supervisor; Type C material, along acce"s road for potential firewood usag .
Wildlife Hazar d Low; placement of Type B slash pilr.
concentrates potential fuel and compaction insures high moisture retention.
~Te D slash disposal consists of loppinf. nll doenr.d material so 'hat lays as close to the ground a" practical, but not to exceed 0 feet in height.
it The drop and lop method will be selected whenever cise or more. of the following four site conditions is met:
A. Brush densities are such that the drop and lop method would generate less than one (1) foot of slash accumulation over a si~if'icant area of the right-of-way and this accumulation of sla"h is sufficiently removed from public view so as to minimize visual impact.
B. Or, any mechanized at empt to collect or rcmove slash would seriously damage or destroy larg number of desirable species nd this accumulation of slash is sufficiently removed from public view so as to minimize visual impact.
C; Or, soil and terrain conditi<rn are "uch that removal of the slash would create a serious rutting and/or erosion potent'al and this accumulation of slash is sufficiently removed from public view so as to minimize visual impact.
D. Or, por tions of a coniferous plantation must be clearcut and this accumulation of sla h is sufficiently removed fro. public view so as to minimize visual impact.
ANALYSIS OF TYPL' SLASH DISPOSAL FACTOR EFFECT Air quality None Aesthetics Lo:r, due to selection of method fo:
low impact sites.
Noise Revegetation h!one to low adverse effect; method l
insures minirrr site disturbance.
Soil Scarification None Humus Non Stream Pollution From Run-Off None; application of method requires no vehicle access.
Erosion Risk None Volume of Slash One ( 1) foot or less of slash accumulation except 3 to 0 feet on sites where m thod was selecte<!
to minimiz adverse effects on desirable species, streams and soils; 3 to rI feet i;n coniferous stands where method is selected tc' minimiz wildfire hazar d.
Placement of Slash Lopped in place or moved by hand I or winch line to corduroy access roads Wildfire Hazard Low to mod rate; slash accumulatio of one foot or le"s prcscnt a low hazavd at worst; accumulations of up to 3 or 'I feet rray prcscnt a tcr.".porary r",.o 'crate fire hazard in periods of dro ~r"rt before wood decomposition has stavtcd;- however the small areas i:ihcre sucIr accumul ations are expectcrl to occuv alleviar:.FFs '.!. hazar d considr.rab)
4 T~e E slash disposal ccrisists of burning the slash within designated areas after collecting and piling. Slash larger than approximately 6 inches in dia-meter at the small end. will be stacked along the access road. for potential firewood utilization.
A. The slash accumulations of "pile and. leave" would become so large that the pile would, create an impediment to construction and/or future maintenance, thereby escalating those costs beyond the initial cost of burning, and. terrain conditions would. pexmit mechanical coU.ection without creating severe ruts or a serious erosion risk; B. The slash piles would tend. to form e continuous, 10-12 ft. wall, or windrow of brush along a considerable length of the right-of-way, becoming a potentia1 detriment to wildlife movement, and terrain conditions would. permit mechanical collection without creating severe ruts or erosion risk; C. A significant fire hazard wou1d exist as a result of selecting the "pile and leave" or 'drop and. lop" methods, and terrain conditions would permit mechanical collection without creating severe ruts or a serious erosion risk; D. When slash accumulations, adjacent to a high use recreationa1 area are such that removal for aesthetic reasons is a necessity, and, the impact of burning on potentia1 receptors can be minimized by timing the burn .to coincide with low-use or non-use periods, and terrain conditions would permit mechanical cd.ection without creating severe ruts or a serious erosion risk.
E. When slash accumulations at feuse,rows, hedge rows, and. edges of fields
~ould. require moving to another site.
AHALYSIS OF TYPE E SLASH DISPOSAL
FACTOR, Air Quality Local.y and, temporarily adversely affected by wood. s oke; potential receptors will be avoided. by care-fully selecting days with appropriate wind direction and. velocity; smoke plume will be reduced. by maintai~
a hot fire to insure complete and rapid. combustion.
Aesthetics Moderate, temporary impact in localized areas.
Noise Revegetation Burn sites will quickly revegetate with typical pioneer plant species; little or no adverse effect else-where due to limitation of amli-cation to low impact sites.
O.
At;ALYSES OF TYPE E SLASH DIS1 USAL
~
~
FACTOR I:"FECT.
Soil Scarification tloderate, method not selected if soil and/or slope conditions wculd lead to severe rutting or erosion.
Humus Destroyed at burn sites; disturbed but not destroyed elsewhere Stream Pollution Potential Low; method not selected for sites with stream polluting potential for stream buffer zones.
Erose on Risk Low; application limited to non-erosible sites and/or where adequate erosion control m asures wi)l b implem nted in conjunction with construction.
Slash Volume ~sjpe B material to be burned; Type C material to be left stacked.
(See Y;ethod 2)
Slash Placement Burn piles to be placed so as to facilitate ease of loading but away from desi. able vegetation and the right-of-way ed ; logs to be stacke" along access road for firewood utilization.
Mildfire Hazard Low; due to corcentration of fuel; combustion under controlled cond'ions.
Tyye F slash disposal consists of chipping the slash on site, in designated areas.
The Applicant will elect to chip slash on the r~t-of-way sites where one or more of the following conditions is met:
A. For aesthetics reasons,.any slash accumulation would create a negative visual impact upon residents and/or travelers.
B. The volume of slash to be disposed of is small ar.d construction, environmental or aesthetic constraints are liri.ting as to on-site disposal.
C. Chipping will cost less than hauling and disp"sal at off right-of-way locations.
ANALYSIS CP 7'PE r SLASH DISPOSAL F/ICTOH EFFECT Air Quality None Aesthetics Very low impact, especially where slash volumes ar e srell.
Noise t moderate Revegetation Low, or none, due to low slash volume.
Soil Scarification None Stream Pollution None Er osion Risk None Slash Volume Very low; less than 0" of chips spread evenly over site.
Slash Placement Scattered on-site.
Wildfire Hazard None I
TVVe G slash disposal consists of resmving slash free the site which is less than 6 inches in diameter at the large end, such as tops, limbwood and saplings.
Slash 6 inches or more in diameter may be scattered or piled on the site. In many instances, the small diameter slash will be removed to nearby site on the right-of-way where the designated slash removal method is other than Types G or H.
~Te H slash disposal consists of removing all aJash debris from the right-of-"ay In many instances, this material will be removed to a nearby site on the right-of-t'ay .
where the designated slash disposal method is other than Type G or H.
The Applicant wiU. elect to haul slash from the site whenever one or more of the foLLowing conditions is met:
A. Aesthetical considerations suggest that any slash left on the site wou1d create a negative impact.
~~3. Xf the slash were chipped, more than 4 inches of chips woulC result over much'f the site.~~
C, On-site Cisposal wou1C adversely impact existing agricultural uses.
D. Species toxic to livestock must be removed from pastures in use.
Slush'pi1ed, in stream buffer zones could. potentially wash into stream channel Curing high water flow.
ANALYSIS OP TXPZS G&H SLASH DISPOSAL FIIOTOR Air Quality None Aesthetics Positive Noise Low; mod,crate if chipped. and. hauled.
slash is Revegetation None Soi1 Scarification None
'one Humus Stream PoUution Potential None Erosion Risk None Slash Volume None Slash Placement To be removed WilCfire Hazard None
~~2) Procedures for Danger Tree Removal A danger tree is a. tree outside the clearing limits ofthe right-of-way which represents a hazarC to the normal operation of the transmission line.~~
Danger trees shall be removed as folio:r~:
(A) Trees whose branches extend into Type 1,2, or Tyo 3 clearing areas, but whose trunks are outside such areas. Danger trees whose branches extend into a Type IV .clearing area shall be trimmed or removed as necessary to insure reliability.
(B) Any tree, based on the observed conditions of disease, lean, unstable soils, weak variety, or other conditiora which may cause the tree to fall within the wire security zone.
En so far as practical, all danger trees shall be removed at the time of initial clearing and as part of the. normal clearing activities. Tne slash from these danger trees shall be disposed of in accordance with the slash disposal technique designated for the adjoining section of right-of-way.
3) Procedure for Herbicide Application; the Utilization of'Sound Vegetation Management Techniques The Company shall utilize"approved herbicides, applied in accordance with sound right-of-way management principles. The Company shall primarily apply herbicides using the stump treahnent technique during the initial clearing phase. However, where conditions warrant, eithe. the basal techniqu or the selective ground foliar technique may be utilized to more effectively control scattered or light densities of small undesirable growth. All herbi-cide applications shall be made in accordance with the h>PC Herbicide Training Manual, the procedure manual "The %PC Right-of-May Clearing Program, Chemical Vegetation Maintenance", and the rules and regulations of HYS Departm nt of Environmental Conservation, Bureau of Pesticides.
I
4) Procedure for S lectivc Retention of Shrub and Low Gro<<in- Tree Species The following is a list of typical shrub and low growing tree species which might be considered to be compatible with the operation of the line. Unless otherwise directed by the System Forester/Right-of-~Jay Henager, these species shall be retained, to the extent practicable, as they occur along the right-of-way. The appr opriate clearing and slash disposal techniques shall be selected and designated for each site on the detail drawings, so as to aaxiru.ze.the retention of these compatible species. The personnel employed for'he clearing operation shall be ful'y informed of these vegetation retention requirem nts, and directly supervised by a person(s) capable of identifying all compatible species native to the area of the right-of-way.
e TYPICAL LIST OF SMALL TREES AND SHRUBS TO BE PRESERUED S!lBUSS
/0.'ERlaGE SCTE!i7;tFTC l ttIME Cp> + (rsvp Et p El""IGEIT
~~1. Ainus ru os Speckled alder 25'1~~
2. Jtmelanchicr Bartramiana Oblong-fruited juneberry 3.'. stolonifera Hunning shadbush Buttonbush S. ~Coo tonia ~ere ring St.teetfern 15'01
~~6. Comus alternifolia do~eood'agoda (alternate leaf) 7s C. aeoaua SilE<y do~.ood~~
~~8. C. racemosa Gray do@~cod 10'5'0'5t~~
~~9. C. stolonifer a P Hcdosier dogwood I e 10.~~
11.
~Cor C.
lus amarioora cornuta American hazlenut Beaf<ed hazlenut 15t
12. Dier villa lonicera Bush honeysuckle 31 Huckleberry 31 4 >Jitch-hazel 25'5t
~~15. Ilex verticillata Common rrinterberry 16 Kalmia spp. Mountain laurel 10'51~~
~~17. Lindera benzoin Spicebush~~
~~18. Lonicera canadensis Fly hon ysuckle~~
~~19. L. tatarica Tartar ian honeysucE<le 10'0.~~
~~Hhododendron spp. Hhododendron~~
~~21. Rosa spp. l ild rose 20'0'5~~
~~22. Bonus spp. Brambles Lo>>>>tillo:r I~~
Al!I~RAGE SCU.1 T:ll'IC 1"i!MIE C"'0" NI'" ~ I!L'1GIlT Elderberry 12 2!: app. Gi e=,>~rzar Narrow-leaf m ado'i s';ieet 5l
~~26. ~Sir@ca alba~~
~~27. S. latifolia Uro d-leafe m ado'r si; et 52~~
~~28. S. tormentosa Steeplebush 15$ ~~~
~~29. Vaccinium spp. Blu berry~~
~~30. Vib mum ac..rifolium Maple-leaf vibur num~~
~~31. V. alnifolium Hitch-hobble 6'0'2'0~~
~~32. V. cassinoides With rod 1~~
~~33. II. ~lenta o Nannyberry Arrc':.";rood 34.~~
15'ALL TREES SCIENTIFIC NfPAE COIGN NlFiE Average Height~
Striped maple
~~2. Am lanchier arbor ea Shadbush 3 " ru Gray birch~~
~~~Car inua carolini-na Amer'can hornbeam~~
~~5. Comus florida F10." ring dogwood~~
~~6. Cratael~s spp. Hat~thorne~~
~~7. I!orua rubra Red tlulberry Hop hornbeam 9~~
~~Pin Cherry~~
~~10. Pvruo Value Wild apple e~~
~~4g S~ihLL THE1!8 CQ ./pla Glossy buckthorn~~
~~13. Rnua varnix Poison su, ac~~
~~'i0. Pr unus am ricana >Jild plum~~
~~15. Hhus spp. Sumac, except poison sumac Scientific noo nclature according to Gray's Yi nual of Botany, 0th Edition {H. L. Fcrnald)~~
~~Mhese trees mature at' height between 35 and 45 feet.~~
5) Procedure for Hinimizing Potential Adverse Envirornenwl or Visual Impact Due to the lineal dim nsion of a transmission line right-of-way, any given line is likely to traverse areas of significant environmental and/or visual sensitivity. Hhile the selective retention procedure previously discussed will effectively minimize envirornental and/or visual impacts in most areas of the right-of-way, dependent upon species composition, these normal clearing procedures any not be adequate in areas with potentially hig'n sensitivity and sparse densities of compatible vegetation. Therefore, specia'onsideration and greater selectivity may be necessary to maintain environmental and/or aesthetic values. Included within the techniques for minimizing impacts in these areas are the retention of screens or buffer zones, and the tapering of the edge of the right-of-way.
The concept of "tapering" the edge of the right-of-way is based on the principle that, while certain low growing tree and shrub species may grow tall enough to intrude upon the wire security zone at midspan, the same species may be retained along the edges of the right-of-way or near the structure without endangering wire security.
We selective retention of these taller shrub and small tree species near the structure, and particularly towards the edge of the right-of-way, tends to taper this edge and effectively soften the visual impact of the transmission corr idor . Figure /t3 illustrates the "box" effect of the grassed right-of-way, and Figure 84'llustrates th tapered effect which can be created when desirable species exist in the appropriate locations on the right-of-way.
h jl I 1
~ ~ ~ e
~ ~ t $e )
lcd~ . ~
il( r
~~I Ji ):.i~~
/J ~ /s 0 RIGHT CF vi~F C':.:."', 30 B I a wour
~Pcsi. icn j 'FFir ". Secvt'ity Y/i.- e cne Securicy 7.cne
~/ . /4='.i";x-:
f l .g ROU E~
fi I vH 7- CF-",I/.Y.
Small size L,Cw Qrcwing 5hg ub~ SauQ1 Size trees and trees and shrubs shrubs FiguI~ P.II
(0) Screens or Buffer 7ones Within areas with a potentially high envirorzental or visual sensitivity such as streams, hip~ use road crossing, scenic areas, etc., the dersity of compatible vegetation may be too sparse, or too small to provide
,effective screening if all the tall growing trees are removed. There-fore, to minimize the potential adverse impacts which may be associated with right-of-way clearing of these sensitive areas, the Company shall utilize Type 'XIl'r Type EV selective clearing t chniques to retain an effective screen of small or topped undesirable sp cies. Futur maintenance activities shall be directed at thinning out, and removin-these:tall growing species as compatible low growing vegetation invade the site.
1 C Dependent upon specific site conditions, slash shall be disposed of in an economical manner and in accordance with. the recognized parameters of slash disposal so as to minimize visual or environmental irripact. Large slash accumulations should not remain in areas of high visual sensitivity, and slash shall not remain in the str eambed area of'ignificant stream,
~~6) Procedures for Clearing in Harmony with Existing Land Use Activities.~~
Dependent upon the type and intensity of the land use activity en-counter ed, the Company shall designate a clearing method which is appropriately selective so as to minimize any potential impacts. All slash shall be disposed of in an econcmic manner, utilizing the approp-riate disposal techniquer .so as to prevent conflicts with such ongoing land uses as agriculture, gardening, existing multiple use activities, ctc. there necessary, slash should be removed o another portion of the right-of-way to minimize adverse impacts.
23~
7) Procedure for Utilization of the Wood Resources The Company shall designate the locations on the right-of-way where significant volumes of merchantable timber exists. On fee owned rights-of-way where the timber is reasonably accessible to logging equipment, the merchantable timber shaQ be separated and piled tree length. The Clearing Supervisor shall work with the Materials Handling Department of NMPC to coordinate a timber sale. On ease-ment rights-of-way, the merchantable timber shall be piled where appropriate and the Clearing Supervisor shall work with the property owner to insure satisfaction of NMPC's environmental commitment if the landowner wishes to utilize or market the sawlogs.
Where reasonable access exists, the Clearing Supervisor shall also coordinate the salvage of "unmerchantable" timber. Interested land-owners shall have Qrst opportunity for removal of this material in an environmentally acceptable manner. Those portions of fee owned rights-of-way where the landowner does not want the wood, or does not make a reasonable effort to remove same, shall be opened to the general public on a first come basis.
Firewood removal shall be coordinated through the revokable NMPC Firewood Permit form, with a cover letter explaining the conditions of the permit, examples of which are shown on the following pages.
NIAGARA I.tOHAtVK POt.';ED CORPORATION ttlACAllA t.10HAVtK v.'cstom ntvision P. O. Box Si7 Otc-n, tietv York i<7c,s To: All firewood permit holders Date: 6/2O/77 The attach.d permit shall bcco.". effective as of Junc 24, 1977 and shall expire August 15, 1977. The only exccp~ion to tt is per'od is location number 8, off Copper IIillI!oad, wh'ch stiall bc cpen fr"z Julj 8, to t 15, 1977.
'ill Augu The following locations ~onl shill be open fc,r the purpcse fircwcod collections:
~~1) Access off Poutc 16, approximately one half rile south. of Route 16 I orden I!cad, Delevan.~~
~~2) Bryant Hill Road access to the north.~~
~~3) Bryan Hill Road access to the south onl; as far as he fifth n w t~~
~~stwcture from thc blacktop road wh'ch is ju p st the tcp of the ithere the new line crosses the e."'sting steel tower line. Any wood ptl s this point belongs to the landowrer.~~
~~4) Holland Road access to the north.~~
~~5) Holland Road access to the south.~~
~~6) Drake Road access to the north.~~
~~7) Drake Road, access to 'he south.~~
~~8) Cooper HiU. Poad access (After July S, 1977).~~
~~The issuance of this permit shall bc subject to the following conditions at all timest~~
~~1) All vehicles must remain on the access read. Any wcod that is rot close to the sane"s road aust be h" rd eer."iad to the vehiate. lla sdnahinE af logs wiU. be alloi"ed.~~
~~2) Vehicles may be turned arcund at poie sites onlv.~~
~~3) Littering is strict'y prohibited.~~
~~4) Gates shall be kept clo"ed and secure" except when passing through.~~
p) Adecuate ime should elapse following h avy ra'n showers o fore at empting to travel on the access roads in order to avoid rutting.
Any permit'hcldcr who doesnot adhere tc all of the above restrictions or whose actions cause any embarrassment to I:iag ra Hohawk hall immediately have 'hi per@it revolced.
Enviromcntal E'orester I'.IC.P. Corp.
O.
FIRE'7'OOD PERM IT Subject to the attached conditions and conditions hercinaftcr recited, NIAQApA MOHAWKS POWER CORPORATION hereby grants permission to
(" Grantee" ) to utilize the, premises of Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation located at Dunkirk-Falconer No. 160 transmission area(s) No. formerly property of in the Town of Chautauqua County, New York,.for the sole purpose of removing designated downed wood at said location for firewood usage. Such permission is subject to revocation by Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation at any time by oral or written notice.
In consideration for the granting of this permission, Grantee agrees to utilize the subject premises at his own risk and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation from any and all claims or damages incurred by Niagara Mohawk, Power Corporation due to his utilization of the subject premises.
Said permit expires on unless terminated sooner as hereinabove provided.
Dated:
NIA,GARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATIO Grantee By Street Address Forester Town, State, Zip Code Phone:
Sl S hl)ALYSlS l)ala Pro)act 0egient Obsurvur hroa Ha, Area Hldlh t.engLh Auras Sita Charactarlstlcs)
Slopo 0-5 Soll Texture Tape Location Hater Dralnago land Usa 5-10 Sand Ridge top Stroals Frao 10-2 Slit Upper slopo Pand ls<pcZaa 20-30 Clay Hlddlo slope Suaskp Excessive
30) Huck Lover slope Harsh l'eat Qattaw Dog Other OLhor Other a~k<1 ai a~oak k*k Cover Typo Canopy Cover t 10 25 50 75 100 hgo Class DenslLy Sapling ( 5 ln.) Paletl<sbar (5-12 ln.) Sa))tie<bar lover 12 ln.) Stand Density HosL Abundant Species Danger Troos (aff Il/ll asti)sate) l.ess Abundant Species Set)skated Slash) t,lght Hedlux< lloavy Undarstor Shrub La or DcpLh Cover t 10 25 50 75 100 Herchantabla Tie<bar Yas Ho Host Abundant llecasa<konda llano)
Shrub Spoalas Cloak iio ivaa Justlf lout)on Slash Dlspasa Lypa Justl flcaLlon t.css Abundant Drush Traatekont Shrub Spaalau lies lors tlon Daslrablo Species Density Sunsltlvo Arose)
Un<laslrabla Trees ln Sl)rub Layor
~aka a. <Oaaaaa-Z~aa iaa-<aaa <aaa Host Abundant Traalekont of sanslllvo Areas)
Traa Species Loss Abundant Ii. kik I Treo Spaclos
AREA Qx tn NUMBER ZR LOCATION H
n H
ESTIMATED 0 ACREAGE LAND USE COVER V)
TYPE M AGE CLASS Z C'
UNDESIRABLE Gl SPECIES DENSITY DESIRABLE SPECIES DENSITY MERCHANTABXLITY SENSITIVE AK~
CLEARING TYPE Vl M
SLASH Ã DISPOSAL JUSTIFICATION 0 5
M 0
(CGF-3)
Exhibit lfohawk Power Corporation
'iagara PROTECTION MEASURES FOR CROSSING STREAMS
Site-bv-Site Analysis Survey During the field site analys's survey, detex~tions to cross or not to cross streams are made. Perennial and intermittent streams are surveyed. %here perennial streams are proposed to be crossed by access roads, data is entered on the "Stream Crossing Data: field forms (see p. 7)
Information includes channel characteristics, gradient and flow, bottom material, vegetation, land use, and resource value. Type of crossing de-vf.ces are determined and are indicated on field maps. Also noted on.
f eld maps are "Restricted Activities Areas", "Ho equipment Access Ar as",
and clearing and slash disposal methods. Information on field maps is later transferred to aerial mosaics and becomes part of the construction specifications. Protection measures for all perennial and intermittent streams are identified on the "Site-oy>>Site Analysis" tabular forms under "Site Recommendations" (see p.8) protection measures for high resource streams are entered on "Trout and Rater Supply Streams" forms (see p. 8) ~
1
PROTECTION i~URES Protection measuxes taken into account when streams and other bodies of water are encountered include: (1) no equipment access areas, (2) re-stricted activities areas, (3) stream crossing data, (4) clearing and slash disposal methods, (5) stream crossing devices, (6) erosion control and restoration, (7) Resouzce value of streams, (8) COnsult+ti<>> <ith the Department of Envizonmental Conservation. The following is an explanation of each.
Ecuioment Access Areas The first consideration is to avoid crossing streams or other water bodies by surveying potential alternate access. lf available and practical, alternate access is used and the stream channel or water body is designated "No Equipment Access", whereby mobilized equipment is prohibited. These areas axe delineated on aeria1 mosaics and are identified on site-by-sita analysis tabular forms.
Restricted Activities Area A buffer zone is established where the transmission line right-of-way'raverses streams and other bodies of water and is referred to as "Restricted Activities Area". These areas are delineated on aerial mosaics, and are identified on site-by-site analysis tabular forms. Restrictions are as follows:
(a) no deposition of slash within stream channel; (b) no accumulation of construction debris within restricted area; (c) hezbicide restrictions in stream area as noted on container label. instructions; (d) no degradation of stream banks; (e) no equipment ~hing or refueling within restricted area; and (f) no storage of any petroleum or chemical material.
Clearin and Slash Dis osal methods Clearing methods are chosen so as to leave a buffez xone of existing vegetation along stxeams. The objective is to protect streams by mini-mizing their disturbance. This is accomplished by choosing clearing methods that zetain certain vegetative species to provide shading and stabilization of eaeLsting soils and choosing slash disposal methods that
minimize disturbarce of stream.banks and ezisti g vegetation. Type I Z clearing is generally chosen and consists of selectively cutting only ta'I growing species presently in or having the potential of reaching the '- re security zone within five years. En areas where sufficient desirable shrub type vegetation exists to maintain an adequate screen, Type EZ clearing may be designated. This consists of removing tall growing tree species while rating woody shrub species. Depending on slash volume, terzain and/or soil stability, slash may be Lopped up on site to minimize scar'cation, or may be removed to prevent potential channel blockage or washing downstream.
Stream Crossin Data St earn charactezistics are surveyed on site as an initiaL step in protecting perennial streams that must be crossed. oxen it is decided that equipment wi11 c=oss the stxeam, the following data is collected and entered on the ield "Stream Crossing Data Porm",
(a) Channel characteristics: width, water depth, stream cross section, slope steepness, bank height; (b) stream gzadient and flow: gradient/slope, velociry', flow; (c) channel hot" om material; (d) stzeam bank vegetation; (e) surrounding Land use; and (f) resource value.
Consideration of the above data is necessary in choosing the proper stream czossing devices, methods of cleazing and slash disposal, location of access routes, and any special restoration measuxes. This data also sezves as a documentation of stx'earn characteristics which )ustifies the selection of stzeam protection measuzes.
St earn Crossin Devices Pzoper stream crossing devices aze necessary in providing protection of stzeams to be czossed. Zn choosing proper stxeam crossing devices, consideration is given to:
(a) type of equipment that will be using the device and anticipated number of crossings (intensity of use)
(b) device which wiLL give least stream disruption during installation and use; (c) permanence of the device; and ~
(d) the capability of the device to maintain the flow capacity of the existing channel. (Stream crossing data is necessary in making above judgements.)
Culvezts are generally used in streams of well contained flow channeLs and high, steep sloped banks. Under these conditions, a culvert installation usually minimizes stream bank disruption. Culverts are also used to equalixe drainage in wet areas <<here construction .roads are built up by gravel andlor gravel and cordux'oy. Culvert sizes aze arzived at through field observations, type of culverts presentLy being used in the vicinity on a particular stream, channel characteristics, containment of flow, volume of flow, velocity of stream. Fords are generally used to czoss streams whex'e there is a solid approach and ex'.t, slight grade on either side, low banks, and stable channeL bottom. Fords without sills are normally selected for stzeams of low velocity, stable channel bottom and Low resource value. Fords with sills are normally selected for streams of high velocity, stable or unstable channel bottom, and high resource value. Fords and,culvezts used by Niagara Mohawk are described in . CGF6- Exhibit -:., Access-" Roads':,:..".; on page- -22 through '
33.. Locations of fords and culverts to be installed are indicated on the aerial mosaics.
Ex'osion Control and Restoration Access routes on downgrade approaches to streams are located in a mannex to minimize erosion, thereby minix~ing potential turbidity and sedimentation effects. On long downgrade approaches slight tuzns are designed in the route to eliminate channeling of surface water towaxds the stream. Rater bazs and other water diversion devices are installed during constzuction to divert surface drainage into filter strips prior to x'caching the stream. Access routes are designed to cross stream channels perpendicularly which reduces the'mount of stzeam bank dis-tux'hence. (See Erosion Control Techniques, pages 14 to 25, <GF Exhibit ' "Acess Roads" ) .
Erosion Control and restoration measures are initiated in each phase oz construction activity which includes road construction operations, ia-stallation oz stream crossing devices, r'ght-of-way cleaz'ng ooerations, and line construction operation. E~osed soil areas are regraded, seeded, fertilized, and mulched where appropriate. Necessary erosioa control de-vices are instaLLed within eight work days of initial diszuptioa.
Resource Value of Stzeams Re ource value of st earns aze ~&tially determined by referring to the New York State Department oz Coaservat'oa Classif"cat'on of Streams.
Eigh resouzce stzeams such as tzout and water supply streams traversed by the transmission line right-of-way are identified oa "Trout and Water Supply Streams" forms (see p. 8). Listed are stream location and stream classificat'on. Pzotectioa measures are described on the forms, such as clearing rype, slash disposal type, restricted activities areas, equip-ment or no equipmeat access, type crossing instaLLation, aad other pzo-taction measures.
Consultation with Department of Environmental Conservation 4 personal contact is made with appropziate DEC personnel to review streams being traversed by the 'haasmission faciLity. The resource value of the streams aad protection measuzes to be taken are reviewed.
- SPZCA.E FORN dtrt AHALTS)d Oste Vco)ect SCOnent Observe.
rt tv.
Sate C: ~r ter stscsc Slope C-5 S i: .ctauce -Loess ion ateaer Drainage Lord l'se Ssnl la))e aop Safeen l'fee l" ". Salt tpl CC ~ )Opt
)opal'xcesstvc C;.ey Htdl<e ~ !ohio np
)0 ~ Ite a LoueC s)ope Ysc sb Vest Osaton Sod OancC Other Otliac O~EM C Cover Type Conn) y Cover t )0 )5 50 l5 )00 hlc C)ess tcrsaty -Sop)ind $ 5 ln.) Vo?et ichor )S-ll ln.) Oevtlnber lover l) )r..) Sasrx) lens)ay ta St hbtnlsnt SpeCaea DxnOor Teens lo)C R/H est)eLsact Less ht trlwna Species 5 tl l I u h LI J!:\ I'.1C 1'- llcevl Lnlirstcrv Shrub Le ec
)tccchsnteb) e Tlnbcr ycs No Cover 5 l0 )5 50 )5 l00 htundena Rernrt twixt loner tasea Shcub Spoctes C)curtn) tylv J ttiflcaaac.
S)esh'jstu ss type Justa)tention Loxx hbvnJ>na Dcush Treetucnt Sac its SVfcscs Restoret)on Dcslcsttc Sptctcs Density I I I A . ~:
g~tr4+ t en\ n Shrub teycf bar reich. LOS l OO.la00 ia05-<OOO OOOO i&st hb~n4snt L u r ILC Tccc Spcclcs
'CSS h'bur lent I I I Tccc S) ctcs
SAHPLE FOR t 9-Ash1 CR0563'Pallas 5 . A 2 CP,SS Prospect: segments Observe Date:
$ team Name:
Cross ng No. DEC Class.
s)etveen insta'ation:
-'t Approximate date of crossing e'>> 7 ~ '
r>>>>e dr >>aa>>a sara s 6>>
(~ithin 50'f either side 6 6 sta D 33m>>3e 6 6 st Aa 1 la 'Hidth ~ approxa of stream)
~~2. Mate de"pth. spptax . 6~~
~~3. .Spital a=ass sat='aa (skates) l.~~
2 Sasdxaads. apptax.
Sate%sade, tpptax.
3~ Mixeds a'pproxa
~~4. Shrubs. approx.~~
~~5. Crop farming 6 Open field~~
~~7. Zxpasalaas.~~
~~Tripes >>san l1>>>>6>> sa 5 6>>~~
~~l. E,and Use~~
'2. Water bodies I >>ea>> (both sides 3. Sensitive areas of st"earn) a slope <<w ~ >>epd>>r P c>>
r slope 3
stream) l a
~~2. Aesthetics, llsshlllt7 Ha Sa >>>>>>>> SP1 ~~~
1 Recreation:
l2. OradienelSlope Velocity: Fishingc S~immingc Hed . High Canoeingc 3~ Flo~a Small Mad ~e 2 Drinking eater C ~ a >>e '7 l Bed ock Resides 6 tahhle
~~3. Ssavel~~
~~4. Ssad 6~ Slit~~
~~6. Sall~~
SAMPLE FvltM NIagara Hohavk PoMer Corporation R
0M g~'
X vl STREAH CC f w t4 DO PROTECTION Ski OU HEASUBES 0& w4 Uw
(CGF-4)
Exhibit PROTECTION MEASURES FOR WE:TLAiIDS
Site-bv-S'e Acalvs's Survey During the f'eld s'"e aaa'vs's su=kiev, wetlands aze aaa'yzed as to Land use, vegetat've cover, age c'ass, desirable spec'es deas':y, mez-chantabilfcy of t'-ber, and type of wetland. Clearing and slash d'soosal methods are date~ed. Construct'on road types,'ayout aad drainage pro-cedures aze determined zor wetlands thac must be c assed, aad are fn-d'cated oa f"eld maps. Also showa on f'aids maps aze desfgaaced "Re-stricted Actfvft'es A"eas", designated "3o Equfpme t, Access Areas", a"d c'ea>>" ag aad slash disposal types. Pfe'd map Rior'-foa 's Lacer t"ans>>
ferzed to aezfaL mosafcs and becomes par" of construct'cn spec'"'at'ns.
The wetland analysfs fs s~rfzed oa "Sf e-ay>>Sfce Analysfs, for Nec-clearing lands" for~ (see page 3)
P otectfoa Measures Pzotect'oa measures taken fato account whea wetlands are eacouatezed fnclude: (l) ao equipment access areas; (2) zestric ed act"ves areas; (3) aad slash disposal methods; (4) type of access thzough weclaads; and (5) consultation with the Deponent of Environmental Coasezvacf on. The following is an explanation oi each.
(l)'o Eoufomeat Access Areas The first consfdezatfoa fs to avoid crossing wetlands by su~eyfag potenc" al altezaate access. Zf available aad practical, alter~ca access fs used aad the wetland fs desfgnaced "Ho Equfpmenc Access". ~ des-fgaatfoa prohibits motor'-ed equipment from catering these areas. These areas are delineated on aerial mosafcs aad are identfffed on site-by-sfte analysis tabulaz forms.
(2) Restricted Activities Areas Q'etlands c avezsed by the zfght-of-way are identified and protection measuzes are initiated. Wetlands designated as "Restricted Activities Areas" are noted on aerial mosaics, and are identified oa site-by-sita analysis foams. Restrictions are as follows:
(a) no deposition of slash wfchin identifiable sczeam chana~~
(b) no accumulation of construction debris within resczicted area; (c) herbicide res~ctfoas at scream crossings as noted oa container label instructions;
(d) no degradat'on of stream banks; (e) oo equ'pment washing or refueling within the restricted area; anc (f) no storage of any petroleum or chemical materia s.
(3) Clearing and Slash Disposal Type II clearing is normally chosen 'n wetlands. Th's clearing type consists of selectively removing tall growing tree species while retain'ng woody shrub species.'ype D slash disposal is generally recommended, which consists of manually lopping al'owned mater al so it lays as close to the ground as possible. These procedures min~ac disruption to the wet'and and to numerous wetland shruo spec'es.
Occasionally, Type 3, C slash disposal, consisting of collecting and piling is utilized. This method is used when soil and terrain condit ons are such that mechanical collect"on could occur without creating serious "
erosion and rutting and when slash accumulat" ons of drop and lop technique would be greater than one foot.
(4) Access Through Wetlands The means of avoiding or 'crossing each wetland is noted in the re-marks column oi the "Site-by-Site Analysis for Wetlands" tabular forms.
If access to a structure from off right-of-way or from the other direction along the right-of-way is not practical or available, the wetland is thoroughly checked for the best possible access layout. Skirting around edges, utilizing highest ground, and crossing the most nar ow port'on of wetland is considered. Use of corduroy and/or gravel is recommended where needed to stabilize the road surface (see CGp Exhibit "Access Rc)>ds") . Where the roadway is built up and impoundment of water is likely, equalization culverts are recommended to maintain the natural water levels on each side.
Access road layout and drainage structures are located and identified on the enclosed aerial mosaics.
(5) Consultation with the Department of Environmental Conservation A personal contact is made with appropriate DEC personnel to review wetlands being traversed by the transmission facility. It is determined if the facility crosses or is near any designated. freshwater wetlands.
If so, construction measures are reviewed and protection measures are discussed.
Sh hlPl '1~ l~ AIRM Tb LILILhfLXQBtl S -A "SITE Atth .YSIS OA Sl'IE lB ffKLLTl& Q JJ~~$ fg~S I gcc>L<KIIDATI~o r,
X 0
~ 4 I~
O 0
f "Qt:
M M mls V Ot l.
IQU N Age li U H
Q
Ã0 M I~
nap ul I 1 C ~It Ill ) Ill 0
a+atl Bloa II& 8EIIJ IIV5
(CGF 5)
,Exhibit NIAGARA MOH'AWK POWER CORPORATION PROTECTION MEASURES FOR AGRICULTURALLANDS
43-o9 Duz'ng the field site analysis su zey (see for= page 5),, Land use is noted, of which agriculture is a major land use category. The status oi the agriculture 1and, either active or aoandoned, is noted. A'so noted are features such as streams, ponds, spr'ngs, drainage ditches, drain tile, fences, dweLLings, type oi crops, zestorat'on measures. etc.
Field maps are an integral part of the site analysis survey. L"dicatad on these maps aze area boundazy ~es. clearing and s~~h ~deposal types'truc ure laydown areas; access road layout; placement oi stone,, g avel, and corduroy; culvert and iozd placement; oi= right-of-my access routes; zestz'ctad act'vities areas; no equipment access areas; and other pertinent information. This information is later tzansiezzed to aer'al mosaics and becomes a part of the construe ion specifications.
Measures to Yw~ ~~~=e Construction Sf=acts measures to ~~re ~4 e construct'on e"fac s on agr'cul u=a land traversed by the transmission facility include: (1) clearing and slash.
disposal methods; (2) locat"on oz access routes; (3) installat'on oi fences and gates; (4) Location oi tower construction and wire st~mgmg sites; (5) restricted activit es areas and no equipment access areas; (6) restozat" oa measures; and (7) consuLtat'on wit" the Agriculture Z=
tension Service and the Soil Conservation Service. The foLLoM~g ~ an explanat'on oz each (L) Clear~ and Slash Disposal Methods During the site>>by>>site analysis, c'earing and slash. disposal methods aze determined. Azeas generally zequiz~~g cLeaz~~g ~~ agricultural 'ands include: (a) hadgezows, (b) wooded areas at the edge oz i'aids, and (c) farm wood loca. Disposal oz slash from the clearing operac'on ~m performed in such a manner so as to minimize intazference Wth. no.~
farming activities. The foLLowing is a description oi slash. disposal
,methods for various wooded areas where clear"ng 's required.
(a) ~~dgerows: the oh)ective is to clean up sLasb. result'=g izom clearing the hedge ow. Type E - burning, or Type K - haul'ng, is normally recommended. At wide hedgezows where pilw~ g would not inteziere with farm operations or where slash volumes are
4B-70 low, Types B and C (collect and pile) may be recommended.
(b) Wooded areas at the edge of fields: the objective is to dis-pose of slash in a manner that wou1d not hinder potential ex-pansion of fields and to utilize any usable wood mater'al.
Type B - collect and pile slash less than 6 inches in diameter, Type C - collect and pile logs over 6 inches in diameter, and/
or Type E - burning, may be recommended. Iz merchantable logs are apparent, Type A - separating merchantable logs, would a3.-
so be recommended.
(c) Farm wood lots: the ob]ective is to handle the slash in a manner that provides for the utilization of merchantable or usable wood. Type A separating merchantable logs, Type B collect and pile slash under 6 inches in diameter, Type C-collect and pile unmerchantable logs over 6 incnes in diameter, aze normally recommended.
(2) Location of Access Routes In agricultural areas, the roadway is routed to minimi"e impact on active farm fields. This is accomplished by routing the access road along eMsting farm roads, edges of fields, or along hedgerows where reasonably practical. '~hen'rossing farm fields, the existing sur"ace may or may not support the construction equipment. This would depend on soil stability, seasonal conditions and the type oi equipment required.
If the surzace does not or will not support equipment and rutting be-comes excessive, it may become necessary to remove the topsoil and con-struct an earthen road on the subsoil. The unstable topsoil is then piled at the sides of the road for replacement once construe ion 's complete.
When the subsoils aze unable to support equipment or are poorly drained, it may become necessazy to construct gravel roads which will remain fol-lowing construct'on. Again, careful consideration is given to the lo-cation of the zoad so as to minimize the impact upon the agricultural lands.
(3) Installation of Fences and Gates Fences and their condition are noted during the site-by-s'e analysis.
During construction, when i" becomes necessary to rmove or alter por 'ons
43-71 3
oi a&sting ienca, new ience fs ~wstalled. Gates are installed ..here movement oi equipment is requ'red through ac'sting fences, (4) Location oi Tower Construction and Vite Strings Sites During the site-by-site analysis, tower construct'on areas and wire string~kg sf.tes are selected g'~g considerat'on to construct'on needs along with site protection measuzes. Active agz cultuzaL i'aids are avoided to the extent pract'cal by ut&~iz~mg adfacent woodlands or brushlands when available. Streams and water sensitive areas such as springs, seeps, swales, etc., aze also avoided when poss'bla. Some sens'-
t've areas can be avoided by shiitwg the construct"on s'e or by ad)us~
the conziguration oi the construct'on boundaries. ii sensitive areas can-not be ent're'y avoided, measuzes to protect chef," integrity are evaluated on a site-oy-sita basis and protect'on measures are recommended.,
(5) Restric ed Activ ties Areas and 'lo equipment Access Areas ZnvizonmentaLLy sensit've areas such as streams, d"ainage d'tches, springs, ponds, etc., are noted dung the site-oy-sf.te analysis. Tease sensit ve areas are procectad in various manners, one of which is designating the a"ea '".to Equipment Access", whereby motorized equ'pment 's prohibited.
Another method is designat~~g the area as a "Restricted Act'v 'es Area."
include: (1) ao deposit" on oi slash wizen stream channels; 'estrictions Q) no accumulai'on oi construction debr's within restricted areas; (3) herbicide rastric 'ons as noted on container label instructions; (4) no degzadation oi stream banks; (5) no equipment washwg or zeiueling wit."m restricted azeas; and (6) no storage oi any petroleum or chemicaL materiaL.
%acre streams are to be crossed, <mtallation oi cu'ver s or iords are pzo-posed. Culverts aze generalLy used in streams oi welL contaf.ned i'ow channels and high, steeply sLoped banks. Fords are genera'~y used across streams where there ~s a solid approach and eMt, a sl'ght g ade on either side, low banks and stable channel bottom.
(6) Restoration Measu es D&wg the site-by-site analysis, any speciaL zestorat'on measu as that ara not covered by normal restoration procedures aze noted. lfo.~~
zestorat'on procedures on constzuctfon s" tes are as follows:
43-72 "exposed mineral soil resulting from construction activ'ties wiLL be graded, seeded, and fertilized. Necessary erosion control de-vices will be instaLLed during time of construction, not to exceed eight work days after initial disruption. @acre initiaL disturbance occurs in snow or frozen soil conditions, temporary erosion con-trol measuz'es will be installed, such as cross ditches and mulching as necessary. Seeding will be initiated as soon as soi3. conditions are conducive to seeding and germination."
En agriculture fields where the topsoil is stable and supports the construction equipment, the areas are backbladed and reseeded if necessary.
En agriculture fields where excavation to subsoi3. is necessa~, the ex-cavated topsoil is- rep3.aced, regraded and seeded. En f'elds where a gravel road is necessary, because oi unstab3.e subsoil conditions, the gravel road will remain in p3.ace. Careful consideration is original3.y given to the road location, so the impact of the gravel road is minimized. Tower con-struct" on sites located in agriculture fields are regraded and seeded. Aziy excavated material is also replaced, graded and seeded. The seed mixture is made up of grasses and/or legumes that are suitable for hayland and pastureland uses.
(Z) Consultation with Agriculture "=xtension Service and Soil Conservation Service The local Agriculture Extension Service and/or the Soil Conservation Serif.ce 's consulted during the development of the Environmental <magement and Construction Plan for the proposed facility. Soils and agricultural uses are discussed as they relate to construction of access roads, c3.earing of vegetation, construction of the transmission l'ne, erosion contro1., and restoration. Genera1 concepts regarding transmission line impacts on the particular soils and agr'cultural types are discussed, as well as particular mitigating actions which might be taken to minimize construct'on operation and maintenance impacts.
S I'I'C AHAI.YS IS Da la!
Project Sued!Ra!IL Obsurvur Area I!o.
Are.l Ulalt la I.anal I h Aca os Sita Claaractortsticua Slope 0 5 Soil Taxia!ru Tulao-laca t. lon Hater Dra lnago Land Usa:
5-10 Sand )!taiga Lop Sir>>ac!a Pruo 10-20 Silt Uppua'lopo Pond 1 sap<!el~ca 20-)0 Clay Hldd 1 u slope Sacaccala Excessive
)na Huck Iwacur slopu Hara)a Pea L Oat to!ca Oug Othur Other Other V~a!'la t!u!1!
Cover Typo Canolcy Cover 1 10 25 50 75 100 Ago Class DunslLy--S.!pllng 1 5 In.) Pulutlcxbur 15-12 ln.) Saaaticcabor luvur 12 ln.) SLa>>d Dunslty IV!sl Ab>>ndlnl Spucius Dane)ar Troos iof f 0/II ast lac!ate)
I.a:ss Ah>>naia>>t Spoclos v lc t'c al. I Llal t kl al Ilua v y Undersa.or Shrub lw or Ud!ah I
Cove!r 1 10 25 50 75 100 Ha:rchanlabl u Tl~l>ar Yas Ilo a
Is!st AbunclanL lIlldcoacccaaucul a a. l a>>s!
Shr>>b S I cue)us Clearing typo Just. 1 f ical. lon f r a
Slasl! I!lac)!coal typa! Jaaxll f Ia:.ilia>> ~ ~
Abaandant Oruuh Troatuucat
'ass Sl!!uh Speci as Bast>>ra lion Dusirablu Spec)us Density Su>>sit.lvu Areas Uculasiralalu Tree.s ln Shrub leyur Sac!cas/A. fc00 ) 200-2l00 2)00-(000 4800 IVaat Alcu>>ch!>>l Tron! cuuna. uf Sa!>>sit! va Aa a!wsa Tra!a Slca!C )us I.uss Alcunclan!. Icccaaaa ks a Trua. Si>adios
(CGF-6)
E:chibit Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation ACCESS ROADS
L. CO'.1S TDERATiO'.fS
~ne primar/ goal of access road construct'on 's to provide environmental'y acceptable access to each structure oz tower along the project. The access road must be capable of support"ng t'e various types of equ'pment needed to construct the ~'ne. Therefore, the degree of sophistication needed ~m the road construction efxoz" will in part be a factor of the type of equipment being used to construe" the line, i.e., tracked equipment zequ" ~ng less sophisti-cation than equ'pment mounted on rubber t'zes.
Other consideraticns which ~mfluence the type of " ac cons" acted and the location of the access road include:
~~1. Grade Z. Land use pazterns~~
~~3. Soil conditions~~
~~4. Vegetative condition~~
~~5. The locat"on of stx'earns, wetlands, and other water bodies.~~
~~6. The type of construction act'vity which will take place within an area, etc.~~
~~2. Road Grade The ~um grade of the access zoad may vazy gzeazly from pro]ect to~~
~
pro$ ect, depencLag upon te~ and soil conditions, the credability of the soils encountered and the type of equipment necessary to constant the ~~ e.
As a zule of thumb, the zoad grade should be kept to 20K or less wherevex practicable. However, when alternate access oz orf r ght-of-way access are unavailable, it may be necessary to exceed the ZOX guidel~~ e in order to gain access. Those grades in excess oz ZOX should be kept as short as practicable so as to minimi e the added stabilization and erosion cont ol costso
3. Envircnuaental Sensitivity and Road Location Priority must be given to construction needs and routing the road so as to provide adequate access to each work ax'ea. Unless there are over-riding environmental considerations (wetlands, stx'earns, desirable plant communities, etc.), or zoad construction/restoration problems (g adient, rock outcrops, steep slopes, stumps, which would require grubbing, etc.),
~~the access road should stay as close to centerline as practicable so as to facilitate wire stringing activit'es and future maintenance programs.~~
4. Stream Crossincs When it is reasonably practicable to avoid crossing a significant stream by either utilizing access bac'c, along the right-of-way from the next highway crossing or by using existing off right-of-way side access, the alternate access should be selected and the stream area shall be designated "No Equipment Access". A si~ icant stream is defined as one wh'ch carries a year round flow and/or supports aquat'c life.
In crossing an intermittent stream, or a significant stream where al-ternate access is not available, the road crossing should be made perpen-dicular to the stream channel, at a point which will cause minimum disturbance to the stream bottom, banks, and stream bank vegetation. The appropriate c ossing device shall be installed prior to moving equipment across the stream.
All access through the stzeam and its associated stream buffer.zone shall be restricted to the designated roadway.
5. Wetlands When it is reasonably practicable, access through a wetland should be avoided by routing the road to higher ground around the wetland, or termin-ating access on one side of the wetland and coming back along the right-of-way from the net highway to the other side of the wetland. Access into or thxough a wetland generally entails mora sophisticated road construction techniques than are required in drier soils, including the use of corduroy and gravel if appropriate material is available, or a floatation fiber such as mirafi and gravel if corduroy is not available. A. corduroy xoad without gravel topping may serve as an adequate road on certain lines if tracked equipment is used for construction.
When access is zequired to reach a structure within the wetland, the route should enter from the edge of the wetland closest to the structure, to provide the shortest distance to structure, thereby minimizing impact on the wetland and the distance of the more sophiticated, more expensive road.
If corduroy is to be used, the road should be as close to centerline as
~ ~
~ a t \ ~ 57uvc Toc8-
~ t ~
~ '
~
~ t ~
a
~ ~
~~
~ ~
~ a t ~
~
\ ~
~a a'
~ \
a
~
~ ~
\~ ~
1
~ ~ aa ~
'l~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~
~
a
~
~ ~ ~ r. ta at ~
0 a ~ ~
~ t~ I
~ ~
'~, ~
' 4 ~
a
~
~ I t ~ ~
~ ~
ta aatat y
~ ~~ ~ ~
~ ~
~
zo~
~
~ 0 ~ ~ ~aT=
~ t ~ ~
... < .%@Cud~ CLVMQ5
'..8 cL 0 g pi ~ ~
~
~
~
~
~
~
a a gO ~
lQ ~
~
~
t ~ ~
t ~ ) aaaj '
~ ~
0 2 ~ ~ ~
~ p 0 ~
4 e ~ ~
V% iQ aa,'
t 'N ~
~ ~
~ ~ 0 ~
~ ~
~ I ~
~
~ ~
~
C ~OSluf
~ ~
~~ C
~
~
~ ~
~ ~
~
~ ~
~ ~
lpga(CA~
~
t ~ ~
~ ~
~
a
~'
R~c~wAg
'0 ..... 6KCTIQH 2 S SROLL7l!QQ ACCl-Ch 74)VT1&Cq Uo
practicable so as to minimize the winching distance required to get corduroy material from the edges oz the right-oi-way to the roadbed.
6. Desirable Plant Communities Given a condition of scattered or light brush along the right-of-way, and within the constraints oz acceptable soil and terrain conditions, the access road should be routed around the edges of desirable plant communities as much as practicable. When the right-of-way contains moderately dense species over much oi the area, the road should be routed through those port"ons of the right-o -way where the aesizable growth 's somewhat 1'ghter, attempt"ng to maintain the denser growth areas.
~~7. Slope~~
l. Tdeally, given the alternative of routing the access road on flat terrain, ( 0>>5Z), or a side slope, when both conditions exist along a given segment of z ght-of-way, and assuming comparable soil conditions with each capable of supporting constzuction equipment, the access road should be routed on the flatter terrain to minimize zoad construe ion costs.
~~2. In gentle tez ain (5-10Z slopes) the access road can be constructed as close to centerline as practicable after considering any environmental factors, such as those discussed above.~~
3. Under moderate terrain conditions (10-20Z), it may be necessary to sweep the access road gradually from one edge oz the right-of-way to another in order to minizd.ze the road grade, cutting diagonally ac oss the slope rather than traveling straight up the slope.
Xn steep terrain, whe"e the sLope exceeds 20K, it nay be necessary to sweep ozf right-of ay for short distances in order to utQize gentLer terrM and pro-vide viable access. %hen laying out and construct ng roads in such curves shouLd be aade on natu=ally occuWwg taz=aces, te~
whenever such tez=ace condit ons ~t. The turning radius oz aL1 en~as M the access road, should oe gradual enougn to enable hang or she,d~~g poles ~mto the designated worlc areas.
The ~gonaI crossing of slopes, as described above, wiLL facilitate the erosion control effort by enabling easy cross ditching or waterbarring. The grade created by this diagonal cossing, wiLL aLso require fewer water 'entler Gars tban would the steeper route of traversing straight up the slope.
8. Sttmas Grubbing stumos from the roadway can be a costly, time consigning job which causes major disruption of existing soils. Therefore, when laying out and constructing eazthen roads, the toad should be routed so as to minizd.ze the amount oz stump grubbing required. This can be accomplished by staying along the edges of fields when they aze present, oz routing the zoad along the edge of the existing zignt-of-way, if the line is being b~~
para31el to another line.
Where it is necessary to grub stumps, they may be turned ups'de cown and used to stabili"e the low side oz a sidehill cut.
When constructing a gravel road into a wetland or similar soft soi3.
condition, the flushed cut stumps should not be grubbed. Left in p3.ace and filled over, the root systems of larger stumps wi3.1 tend to provide "flota-tion" for the road.
~~9. Land Use Patterns The 3.ocation of the access road, and the type of access road constructed should take land use activities into consideration.~~
Zn agricultural areas, the roadway should be routed so as to mid+ d.ze the impact on act"ve fields. This can be accomplished by rout"ng the road along existing farm roads, or the edges of fields, or along hedgerows where reasonably practicable. When czossing farm fields, depending on soil sta-bility, seasonal conditions, type of equipment requiring access, the type of agriculturaL use, etc., the existing surfaces may or may not support the construction equipment. Zf the surface does not, or will not support equip-ment and rutting becomes excessive, the unstabLe topsoil should be "windrowed" oz pile at the sides of the road for replacement once constzuction is complete.
This assumes a stable subsoil, with adequate dzainage, (i.e., earthen road),
which is capable of suppozting the construction equipment.
When the subsoils are unstable or poorly drained, it may be necessary to construct a gravel road which will remain following construction. Care-ful consideration should be given to the location of the road if this is the case, so that the impact on agricultural uses might be minimized to the extent practicable.
Other land uses requiring considerat'on ~'zen rout'"g the access road inc>> de, residential development, reczeat'onal use, forestry or 'ogg ng operations, etc.
10. Road Construction: Types oz Access Roads Width of Road: For. most clearing and construction activit es, the traveled portion oi the road shall be a ~4 Iza oi 12 feet wide, with greater widths at curves and turnouts. Eowever, dependent upon the equip-
=ent to be used by the construction forces it may be necessary =o provide 14 feet nominal width for the access road.
10.1 The Undeveloped Roadway Terrain Cond'ions: ReLat'vely flat to gently sloping SoiL Conditionsl Shallow to moderate top soil with stable subsoiL If access is requi=ed d&~g winter or summe w~e construct on periods, no road improvement should be required M most cases. Under wette as might be experienced dung sp&~g and fa'L const~zion soi'onditions, seasons, it may be necessary to excavate the sorter topsoil, enabMIg traffic to tzavel on the more stable subsoil. Dote chat, the topsoil should not be excavated if proper road dzainage cannot be provided. Such excavation with-out adequate d=~~ge can only resuLt in Moun~ water in the road. In this situat'on oi wec or satuzated topsoiL with stable subsoiL, minor rut-ting is considered acceptable proved a contin'zfort w made to pre-vent water farm pocketing in the rats and causi"g fuzther brea'z the roadway.
Dependent upon seasonal subsoiL conditions and the type of const Jction equipment, to be used, it may be possible to excavate the wet, unstable top-soil in actively cultivated fields, stochp~I oz "wind zowing" the spoil beside the access route. This wiLL enable t affic to traveL on the stable subsoil for constzuction. At the time of final zestoration, the topsoil would be replaced, returning the roadway to active agriculture. Nhen un-stable subsoils aze encountered, which wiII. not support construction equip-ment, it may be necessary to constzuct a gravel zoad across an active field.
Shen this is necessary, the road shall remain as a permanent featuze following construction+
In 'other areas, when due to seasonal conditions, the native soil wi'1 not support traffic and the topsoil must be ezcavated to subsoil, the soil should be spread beside the road and bladed to blend with surrounding contours. (Por more detail, see this page, Earthen Roads.)
The appropriate erosion control measures shall also be initiated as the road is constructed. (See page 14,. Erosion Control Techniques.)
Note that in flat ter ain, excepting wetlands, it is ozten difficult, if not impractical to provide adequate drainage by ditching the access road. In this situat'on, 't is recommended that a min~al road construction ei=ort be made, simply smoothing out rough spots. The use of tracked equipment to clear and construct might be advisable to avoid the cost oz gravel road in marginal stable soils or wet construction season.s 10.2 Earthen Roads Terrain Conditions: Pzedominantly used in moderate to steep sidehill; during wetter seasons may also be used in gentle terrain.
Soil Conditions: Shallow to moderate top soil with stable subsoil.
10.2.1 Perpendicular to the Contours: 'In gently sloping terrain the access road may frequently be oriented perpendicular to the slope to facilitate construction. In woodland situations, where stumps must be grubbed, when the ground is zough to broken with numerous sma3.1 "mounds and pockets",
and under seasonably unstable surzace conditions it wi13. be necessary to remove the surface layer of topsoiL, spoiling and dressing of this mate&~
at the sides of the road. In this way the more stable subsoil can be crowned to provide a firm driving surface. The necessary ditching and waterbars should be installed at the time of initial zoad construction, if seasonably practical, so as to provide 3.ong term stability. (See illustration nezt page). If, due to seasonal conditions ditching and waterbar installa-tion are impracticable, temporary stabaliaation measures, as discussed under Erosion Control Techniques, sha13. be initiated so as to prevent erosion of the zoad surface and spoil.
The following diagram is a simplified illustration of how a crowned and ditched earthen road, constructed perpendicular to the slope, would
appear in cross sect'on.
+F~s~i P cng ~Q l %~i >4~
d QQ~~ CP ~sclAct t Qc~~+~~
o~
I rM u.c.q t w 4 ~ C Crsa~n~d e'c~
fAtntrn c L0.2.2 Side-slooes, /chere the road crosses che slope on a diagonaL): Zn moderate to steep terrain, where it is necessary to cross the slope on a diagonal, thereby reducing the grade to improve accessabi" ty, it wi'1 be necessary to create a side ~~ cut. h, sidehILL cut may ~o be necessa~ In gently sloping ter ain when due to an or'entation of the right-of-way, the road may need to cross the slope paraLLeL to the countours.
A11 stumps shall be gz&bed from sidehiLL cuts, and the topsoi'haLL be excavated to the subsoil, czea~g a fi~, stable road sur ace caoable of supporzing the construction equipment. AIJ. spoil shaLL be placed on the embazdcnent at the Low side of the road, and spoIL shaLL not, be used as f'"
material for the low side oz the road sur ac unless bank similar subsoiLs are encountered. Subsoils ox high clay contents, as found
~ gzavel or in clay/shale hard pan zegions, may take a Long time to settle mto a dzivable sur ace. PollowIng a rain, robber tired vehicLes may sink into this matezial when it is used as fiLL, possibly Leading to serious accidents should a vehicle sink In enough on the low side of the road to begin zoLLIng ovez. Topsoil spoiL. shall not be used as fill in any port'on of the drivtng surxace.
The cut embmdctent shall be backbladed to a m;~aa 45 slope in soils, ua1ass a retaining wall is coast~ted to stabili=e this embankment.
10 ln rock, the cut embankment may be Left vertical, provided the rock 's not easily erodable as '"crumbly sh~>g would be. A toe ditch should be instaLLed on the cut embankment side of the road unless the road is outsloped, with frequent ditch zelief through waterbars, broad base dips, etc.
The fillembankment shall be bladed to a ma~urn slope of 45 . A toe 0
ditch may also be created below the fill sLope when this slope is extensive or unstable, to trap silt until vegetation can become established. Other techn'ques should inc'ude L~<< g the base of the slope with stumps, hayba1,es or logs, mulching the slope, and/or zip rapping the slooe with slash.
Cross section oz sice hill cut in gentle terrain.
~~Note: Pill in the low side or Ot l(leal Mtov.r road may be acceptable if tzac!ce or light equipment is used; ~-~~
Ch.P 8mb~~ y acceptable if heavy rubber t'red fflcLAJ~~ equipment is used.
Doc. DWcg '~ban'r PL4A4&w.L'~ +$
~ a4 hill cut
'fda in moderate to steep terrain
~~Note: Road surface may be in-Co <+du.r sloped or crowned depending on equipment used, degree or slope, etc. (See following text.)~~
0 N<Yl~~ As+
Toz. d6~k
.11.
L0.2.2.1 Outslooin Side hiLL Cuts: '.veen tracked vehicles and/oz 'ght z'o-ber t'=re vehicles wilL be used to construct the ~'ne, the road su"face nay be gent3.y outsloped to provide cross drainage, rather than installing a toe ditch.
This technique, comb~ed with aooropz'ate vaterbax spac'ng v~&1 helo tc ~~
nize sheet and riLL erosion of the road sur ace during const~tion and be-fore it can be vegetated. However, vhen large rubbe t'zed vehicles aza used, such as the abber tired cranes, out sloping canrot be used. :ollowi g a ra'"
there ~y be a cendency for these 'ar"ez pieces or equipment to sl'e s'ceways oi=
oi the road '= the road is outslooed. If the c=ane vere to sl'de oif the road, into the, soit spoi3. oi the fZL embankment, it wight sett3.e in this soxt materiaL and zo13. over. c ~c.'
'4 6=--'=
ti'sh: bc)o~ l'use\ ora c4 Cp+>cavd C-.-..~ cf re=4 d~+-~
~
T". ~ gl't c,g
&~ilc. c~4 QOAQ
10. 2 2.2 Inslooin Side HiLL Cuts: In the steeper sidehiLL situations, and vhen lax'ger, rubber tired construct'on equipnent is used, the zoad shou1.d be gently mloped, toward the cut enbanhmt. This tends to ninixd=e sheet and ziLL erosion by'onf~4g rcnoif vaters to the toe ditch at the base of the cut bank. Frequent ditch reliex vill be needed, as water bars or broad base dips, to provide cross drainage and diver water ac oss the road and out ox xhe ditches. Flow b~ers wi11. be required in, the Longer ditches, whe e czoss drainage cannot be provided, to slow the force of run oi waters and prevent ditch erosion. (See Erosion Control Techniques, page 1.4. Zn this case, if the czane vere to slide off the road, it vould slide into the cut enbanhaent, without the danger of rolling.
Ic d~gQi
10.3. Gravel Roads Corduroy Roads. Corduroy and Gravel Roads >Arafi and Gravel Roads Soil and Ter"ain Condons: predominantly used in flat to gentle ter-rain with poorly drained and/or unstable subsoil; during wetter seasons grave'ay also be requ'red in steeper terrain where unstable soils result from poor drainase.
10.3.1 Corduroy Roads: Under wetter, unstable soil conditions where clearing.
is necessary and tracked vehicles will be used for construction, a corduroy road may be sufficient for access. The corduroy material shall include what-ever material is made available by the clearing operation, including the small diameter slash. -Logs, over 4 inches in diameter wh'ch are used for corduroy shall be oriented parallel to each other and across the access road, as illustrated belo~.
~o~ le~t4 logs PM acme'o~
Shen necessary, small diameter slash may also be used as corduroy by randomly placing thrall material in the roadway and crushing it with' D-6 bulldoxer, or equivalent, so as to create a "dense mat" of slash..
All corduroy shall be placed on the undisturbed soil sur ace, as illus-trated below. Hhere stumps est within a section requiring corduroy road shall remain beneath the corduroy surface to provide additional road they floatation.
Qo
13 10.3.2 Corduroy and Gravel Road linen access is required by @abber t"red vehic's which cannot oe oner-aced on the corduroy road su=face, the corcuroy road shall be overL~< by a a~urn of L2 to LS inches of gravel, depen~g upon the type and site oi equipment zequfM~g access.
10.3.3 P1otation Piber and travel Roads
~hen cozduroy materiaL is not available, or when soi'onditions do cot wa=ant the f'otat"on provided by corduroy, either a gravel road, or a flotation f'ber and gzavel road may be constructed.
The purpose oi the fiber is to provide gravel road f'otation under slight to moderate soil moisture conditions, and prevent the miming of fine soQ.
pazAcles of the native soil with the gravel. A minima of '" to LS inches oi gravel shall be spread over the f~Der, so as to provide stable access for the type of const~cion equipment to be used.
The fiber should not be used under condit'ons oi high so& moisture and/
or highly unstabLe soQ. since this mate~~ tends to "sink" under these con-ditions. Puzther~re, che flotation sheet should cot be used where clea&~g has resulted in numerous small stubs, since these tend to puncture the fiber, thereby decreasing its flotacion propez=ies and allowing f~~e soil paz""cles to mfa with the gravel.
10. 3.4 Gravel Roads Gzavel roads shouLd be used in slight to moderately wet conditions where gravel a1ona can provide stability. L~ soil condit'ons permit, the softer, surface soils should be excavated and replaced with gzavel. Genara11y, 12 to IS inches of gravel wiLL be required depending on subsoil condit"ons and the type of cons~~cion equi.pment to be used.
Zn severe wetland conditions, where the flotation fiber would faiL and cozduroy is unavailabla, it may be necessary to pLace g eat quantities of gravel in the road,'o a depth of 2 to 3 feet oz more, in order to provide a stable road surface. AdditionaL stabiLicy may be achieved with Less material by using specially ordered gravel with a high content of Large cobbles. As much as pzact" cable, the access road should be routed to avoid these severe wetlands. When these severe wetlands must be entered or
crossed, the road should be kept to shortest distance practicable to mini-mize gravel costs. Et may be necessary to instal'qual'zation culverts to maintain similar water 3.evels on each side of the road.
11 Erosion Control Techniaues 33..1 Waterbars: awhile the placement oi waterbars is a high3.y variable factor, inf3.uenced by such factors as height of surrounding embanhaents, natural topography, the presence of desi able vegetation, the road surface material and its tendency to erode, man-made features such as structure or tower locations, etc., the following tab3.e should serve as a guide to waterbar SPACING placement on various s3.opes.
rPAT ERBAR Road Grade ~Soaain (percent) (feet) 2X 250 'X 1351 lOX 80'5K 60'0Z waterbars should be placed on a diagonal, across the road at 45'eally, about 30 to 45 o , in order to gradually turn the water out of the ditch and o
across the road. However, this may vary due to terrain conditions, and drainage requirements. The water bars should be excavated be3.ow the origi-nal road grade, blading the spoil to blend with surroun~g contours beside the road.
+1T~
Bp~ o%
lu Vc wm sue%~
g&lh47
/zz / g Bl~ ck(+ck cd a~i. 4q
15-The vaterbaz'hou1d be excavated deca enough to pravide crai age, and yet shallow enough to pe~" t access, genera3.' 6 to l aches. 'Veen ac-cess through the deepez'aterbars is a problem, or break up az the vaterba" is occu~mg, a few 3 ta 6 inch logs nay oe laid ~i the waterbar to rem~
orce it and permit smother access. As noted in the illust at'an below, the tap of the logs should renain a few inches belov the top oz the vater-bar to prevent overzlov and failure. This tee~qua can a1so be used to help stabi3'ze waterbazs, vhich tend to break ua under canstzuct" an tra fic.
dw<aiiod 5uvg'o~
wu'i//@itis"ir D~>~8L' uy<~III'Ouiriii~~-"
~
RyaQ
'ii' N ~
i cw mora.) /
M
/I//(g'jji ~ ~i(li"'l~
CS mar lL 0 I ches'n lcgi a.p to steeper slopes, or <<here the access r~uiremts of the equipnent used for construction necessitate gentler waterba, the "nor~" waterbar can be excavated further, craig a broad base dip effect.
Po~ ~WirM
~8~-b~ ~
Oz~~c ~
alumni~~ g InoA~
The aut"lav end of the vaterbar should be car ed i"to a vegetated area, vhez'e runozf can be f&tered thzough estabMhed grasses vhere practica3..
Shen chis cannot be done, ane of the following techniques ad.ght be enp3.oyed.
~~1. The waterbar can ba directed so that it, empties into a slash pile or an ax'ea of heavy dray and lop slash.~~
~~2. The end of the waterbar may be rip>>rapped with slash, logs, or stane as illustrated below, when the soil oz'oad. eabanhnent is crodable.~~
M.p Rap
~ ~ --:-v".
Racks o~ '
. Laqz
16 settleling basin may be ezcavated at the end oz the waterbar, to trav sediment caz=ied by runozf bezore the runoz can enter sensitive stream areas.
These may be particular'y effective prior to the revegetation oz the em-bankments, ditches, waterbars, etc. The low side of these setting basins may be lined with hay bales to zurther trap and filter out sediments.
The use of haybales as illustrated below may be sufficient to filter out silt when near sensitive stream areas.
wevel spreaders nay 'oe 'nstalled at the enc of the waterbar, as i'lustratec oelov, to capture silt and spread the runo = eaters ove a lar"er area. Kae t
level spreader 's instal'ed by ditching parallel to the natura'ontour z c the spoil should be spread on the uphill s'de of the level spread so as to create an undisturbed outflow area.
Level Sgreader
~V 0~
r "r(r:~~~i>j- .,
+~ o~ UiYOlSTgR> =g qV S Ol4
(~
4~
c VARY Fg0ag ANC= ~
0(TC~ OCPWL 70 S I
'1N
~~-~~
t e ROAOVEAY
>~~i2.e View Tca View the length of a level spreader vtLL vary vtth ter ain conditions,
'awhile a-e vegetat"ve conditions, soi1 erodaoiL'.cy, etc., the follcnring lengths presented as a guide.
Length of Drainage Area Spreader feet) acres) 15 15 2Q 1.5 to 4 26 4 to 6 34 6 to 9 44 9 to 14
18 11.2 Temporary Water Diversion At certain times of the year, such as per'ods of deep frost, duzing spr'ng break up and during periods of prolonged rain, it may be i possible or practi-
~~
cal to constzuct waterbars as the road is constructed or once 't is completed.
In order to maintain e "fective zunofz control and prevent signif" cant erosion, the following temporary techniques might be employed until such t~e as ef-fective, stable waterbars might be installed.
l. Hay bales and/or logs can be placed diagonally across the road to divert runoff. When logs a'one are used, the upper side oz the'og shou'd be backfilled with a ew inches oz soil to ozevent undew~ning and fa" ure.
When bales of hay aze used in combination with a log across the road, the hay bales should be placed end to end on the uphill side of the log to act as a trap for sediments as well as a water diversion. (See iMustration). Zf regular access is required along the road, the log can be omit ed, and the haybale diversion used by itself. The bales of hay can be set oz to the side to permit traffic to pass, and returned as the vehicle goes through. or at the end of each dav, as zequired by conditions.
pter~~ ~ iD ~
2. When regular use is not required along a section of road, particulars.y duzing the spring break up period oz prolonged rainy periods, the softer sur-face soil can be pushed up into small berms in the road. While such soil may not be stable enough to support. traffic, it will provide an adequate diversion which can be quickly installed with a small bulldozer.
ba Ill S ll p~ g g+t C~LVeiiaO~
Ch wc'~per~
I a H + 8'o(
/'rg
+ad~ o an+g ~~ a d roo.d .SkoAla
~( los n 4 I
~
5 ~ CP b pop Q)$ c,Q o,nk h~~<tN
/~pcs
~m P<-" ~
gaMrmsns~ ~
Due to terrain conditions it C may noc be possible to ~mcaLL wacezbars for ditch relief at the recommended intervals. As a result, runozf wate s may travel long, inter mead stances in che roadside d'tches bezore b~~g turned ozf the road, resul~g in accelerated ditch erosion. Zn ozder to int~c chis flow and mi~e d'tch erosion, smaLL, 4" to 8" diameter Logs, 2 to 3 feet long may be placed ac"oss the ditch to ac as flow restrictions. (See iLLus~cion). The short pieces should be anchored .by burying the ends in the embaahnanc and the shoulder oi the road. The bottom oi the log must set into the bat~ of the ditch, and an inch or so of soil should be pa~ed a-gainst the base oz che upstream side oz the log to prevent undezmi:~g and, ailure. A. small 'V'haped notch should be cut into the top of the log to pzovide overflow relief. The emooundmenc oz water behind the log "dam" slows runoff waters, thereby miniz~ing ditch erosion until grasses can ge~ce and pezmanencly scabiLi"e the ditch.
ll 3 Embankment Stabili ation'o Retainina W~~s A log recaining wall may be constructed, using available mater'al, to stabilize excensive sidehill cuc embanto:~cs, where backblading che embank-ment to a 45 0 slope wouId cause extensive scar&ication and/or loss of de-si-able vegetat" on. Vertical posts, 12" or more in diameter and preferably of hemLock, should'be set 3 to 4 feet into che ground ac appro~tely 8 to 12 foot intervals, at the base of the cut embankment. Once the verticals have been set, available logs aze placed between the posts and the embanknent',
fiLLing che retaining waLL to a height even with the top of the embanhnent.
20
~ g ~
'5
~ ~ 4 mt+7 1'N4
~ ~
~ ~
~
~
~
~ ~
~ ~ ~
12 Stream Crossia and E ualization Devices 12.1 French Drains: French drains can be successfully used Eor equalization of standing water levels across the access road when the road way is built up and extends into a wetland, or for the relief of moderate spring seepage across the access road in hilly terrain. To construct a french drain, a v'~
trench is excavated across the access road to a depth matching the existing ground sur ace on each side of the roadway. This deep trench is then filled with gabion stone (6" to 12" stone), leaving a gentle swail or depression across the road so as to contain possible overflow relier across the center of the stoned area. (See i1lustration)
/g~'~tlm
~ ~~~
he~
Qcc&.'w~
~p 50th P
~terbas. or+~nW - a m ~ 0+ d=~,
3 Wee ~5 ~inc
~~12. Log Culverts ~~~
he open too log c lvert can be util'xed ior equal'"at" on oi moderate flow, as well as ior d'tch reliei "hen higher or contwuous ditch ilows might be effected. Log culverts should be mstalled across the road on an obl'que angle, utilizing ava~~able 10" to 14:" d'ameter logs. ~ "e logs should be set ~mto the road so that, the top oi the log is even with or slightly below the road su" ace. The logs should be set about 8 to 10 aches apaz", so as to pzovide easy traiiic flow over the surface and yet allow for per'od'c clang Wth a shove'. ~ae logs shou'd be held apex't by spacers oi 2 z 4 Mension lube or s'-"ar arterial (use pieces oi sea'1 dianetar 3 to 4 ~mch slash '= av~ble.) The Logs should be notched so that the space mataxia1 sets appro~taly even with the top of the log culvert.
The spacexs should be anchored to xhe 1ogs using large spies, such as Jo. 20D
<<i t) i<<i% i 4 cR T
jw Lan OL4Tu.agP Q gdi 4a After the log culvert has been constructed, nat"ve soil and/or stone can be used to bacM~~ around the outside of the cnlver .
The log culvert may work best for construction during dry periods. Du~~g of the year theroad sur ace appxoaches to tha installation may 'etter' xnt and break up. Shen this road failure occu s the culvert may end up higher than the driving sur aca (i.e., the bottom of the ruts) becoming a ba~er to access. A problem with this technique, for tzansmi>sion construction puzposes, is often the use of bacRHI3. soils which, once excavated, will not easily com-pact and support heavy construction equipment. This problem becomes readily apparent in clay soils whex'e all season access is required. The log culvert nd.ght pzove more successxul in gravelled type soils.
22 12.3 Cor coated Steel Culver s Corzegated, galvanized steel pipes may be used to cross intermittent creeks and significant streams where through ac=ess is required and pz"or field review has dete~ned that a culvert 's the appropriate crossing technique.
(See Illustration, p. 25)
The czossing shall be made at a point where satisfactory approaches to the st earn can be constructed so as to cause mi~~ um stream and stream bank dis-turbance. The road shall cross the stream at a r'ght ang'e to the direction oz stream flow, where pract'cable, and the pipe shall be aligned so that water enters and eats the existing stream channel.
In hard. bottom streams, the bottom of the culvert shall be set flush with the bottom of the stream with a minimum of excavation, so as to have no water impoundment above the culvert and no 'waterfall" effect as. the water exits the culvert. Xn soft bottom channels, the soft material shalL be excavated and re-placed with stone to the extent necessary to provide a firm bed for the cul-vert and stable access once constzucted. The bottom of the culvert shall be set as noted above, so as to maintain material stream elevation at the inlet and outlet of the culvert.
The culvert shall be bac&illed with select bor ow, approved by the Corporation, which is free of large rocks, hard Lumps, frozen paztic'es, sod, cinders, or earth with a high percentage of organic materials. Culverts 12" or less in diameter shall be filled to a depth of 12 inches, 18" to 24" culverts to a depth of 18 inches, and culverts 30" and greater to a depth of 24" of fiLL over the pipe.
At the intake and out'let sides of the culvert, the stream bed shall be lined with stone for a distance of up to 5 feet above and below the culvert, as re-quired to maintain a stable channel. Additionally the soils around the intake and outlet of the pipe shall be Lined with a protective layer of stone, stable head walls and minimize the potential of erosion at peak flow to'reate periods. Cobblestone, or Large flat stones which are available on site should be used, wherever practicable to minimize these costs.
r Except where protected by stone, all embankments associated with the stream crossing and culvert installation shall be seeded and mulched at the
23 e~=e oz inseallatian.
A copy oz Niagara mohawk's "Typical Stream Cross'ng with Culvert" sketch
's attached.
Culverts twenty feee long aze nozmally installed, as noted in the specification drawings. Due to the depth of fiIL associated with culver s af 30 inches and laz'ger, it w~
often difficult to maine~ stable road shoulders ac an acceptable embankment grade and seiLL'maine~.ehe a~urn driving su"face oi 12 feet. n ozder ro pzovide ehe necessary road width, without great'y escalat'ng culvert casts, a lag may be placec ove each end oz the pipe, ~ the shaulder of the road, eo ret~ the embankment.
These Logs should be oriented parallel ta ehe raad, and they should be Lang enough that they can be anchored inta ehe stream bank at each end.
12.4 Se earn =ords Stream fards shall be used. eo c"oss ~wtarmittant c"eeks and significant streams where through access is required <or cansczuc 'on and prior i'eld review has determined chat a st=asm foz'd M aaprapriate.
The crossing shaL1 be made at a point where satm~iac azy approaches to the stream can be consented sa as to a~aine stream and st eambank diseuzbances.
Where practicable, ~t~ crossings should be ~raved and u~
Dependenc upan scream bottom conditions, ane of the foILowi g types oi st=eamiords shall be inscaLLed. (<<e ILLust=actions~ P- 27 to p. 33}.
12.4.1 Stream Bottam az Bedrock When the stzeambattam ac ehe point oi the road crassing cansists ai bed-rock, impravement of the streambotcam ta support canst~tmn equipment ~m not necessary. The only required impravement wi11 involve stzeambank stabili-zation. (See Illustration, page 27).
- The streambanks shall be excavated to an acceptable ~e, pushing the spoil up aud away fram ehe stream and blending it beside the access ruad, outside the immediate stream area. Special accencian should be given to the maintenance of screambank vegetation outside the zoad area, so as not to dis-turb vegetation compatible with construe&on activity. Depending upon soiL stability, the approaches shall then be covered with 4 to 6 inches of No. 3 or 4 shed stone or wire mash and 4 to 6 inches of stone. This stone
24 apozoach should continue far enough to provide an effective "filte'r strip",
to tzap sediments. As a minimu~ the fi3.tez str'p shou3.d extend 25 =act on either side of the stxeam.
A, watexbar may be installed upslope of the st earn crossing to additiona13y divert zoad runozz before it reaches the stxeam. The waterbar may emoty into a settling pond or haybale si3.t trap if needed. Undisturbed vegetation between the outlet of the waterbar and the stxeam may be sufficient to trap sediments carried by runozf.
12.4 ' Stzeambottom oz firm Native Soil When the stzeambottom consists oi relat"vely firm, stable nat've soil, and/or cobble size rock, it will not be necessary to excavate the stxeam bottom material, however, a sill shall be insta3~ed and filled behind with No. 3 or 4 czushed stone. (See illustration, p. 28}.
The sill shall consist of a log, preferably hemlock, which is set into the stzeambed and anchored by burying the ends in either bank. The si3'hould be recessed into the st earn bottom so as not to change the bottom elevation more than 6 inches, where practicable. After buzying the ends oz the sf'n each embankment, the sill shall be further reinforced by driving 6'ong, 5/8" steel reinforcing rods thxough the sill, into the stxeam bed at 2 foot izxtervals. The ends of the reinforcing rods shall be bent over towards the downstream side of the sill. When the back&~, which is placed over the buried ends of the sill may be subject to erosion during flood conditions, this material should be further stabilized by xip-rapping with a foot or more of gabion stone.
A, wire mesh, approved by the Corporat'on, shall then be securely fastened to the sill as shown in the drawings. When more than one section of wire mesh is required, it shall be placed so as to overlap other sections appzoM-mately 12 to 18 inches. Zf required for approach stabilization the wire mesh should be xun continously across the stzeam and up the embankments.
No. 3 or 4 crushed stone is then spread 4 to 6 inches thick through the stream ford and up the access approaches.
The approach filter .strip should be long, enough to effectively separate silt from runoff waters.
25
<nere ava'lable, native stone may be subsr'tuned ior No. 3 or Ho. 4 c=mh stone 'n iords with gravel or stony bottoms. Rais native stone should be placed so as to c cate a cont'nuous laye of stone 4 to 6 inches deep in the trave'd portion oz the zoad.
The embmdanents outside the traveled portion shall be seeded and mulched at the time of ford construction.
12.4.3 St=eambottom with Soi" Unstable SoiLs 7nere the stresmbottom cons'sts of soir, stable soi's, th's useable soiL shalL be excavated to fi~ subsos or co such a depth as to provide a stable bed once i~~ed with stone. The spoil from th~m ezcavat on snail be removed from the immediate stream area and spread bes'de the road. Once excavated, the stresmbottom shall be brought bach to contour by fi~~ ng 'Wth gabion stone (6 to LZ" stone) . The sill shaLL then be set and the eire mesh attached to the si11. A floatat'on or filter fiber shall then be spread through. the stream and up zhe embaahaents, and che Zo. 3 and 4 c~hed stone sha11 be spread through the stream and over the approaches. As dis-cussed earlier (page 23. and, 24), ~
the i~~ter st p in the aporoach should be long enough to provide effect've separation of silt from zunoz craters. (See iLLustrations 3g through 33) .
~~
(5l=E I907E5 Sl(-8 LI) 26 SillJCI Zn'/I /Ckr 6 I 'O. FL; ~~ - 3
>~P-C. I'1G id t Q I I g)
>J/=Iu ~ ~4 vi)c" I~( y llr!!
(
~l I J
I GQP4U. ~!iI:- ! Q P1PP C1 il VK+~1 5 IOEJB. C I 1V o)
Q/<~5'=-,
c..
~P,O~& St= C1 lQ)q
~T~EA CP,C S~~ t~IC Wi-1H Cut gt= P,.
ROAD CRovzu 5'J,1!1.
~
~!'~ +I e&i'I Cv
+1!! ImI;<-
~
4 741C1~ Q$ Q$ JQ~ I 71V. L.~q 6 ~
CHEtii! ma c.) roc. vm-,~
~BC7$ OW
(+micr ga-I]g t-gag ')
SQLQC'7 BOO,Q. QWU CGA'Ig W C-Q 04 Co".L/i f 1=5~~
~
~+ ~ g /I !i ~
f
"!~DU'Q Q "Q- TYPtCAL CULYEF"T tr~STP.LL L 9" C~1
!1I-'1=
NtAGlj'RA MOf<AVB<
I ji~
ii ti III POWER CORP.
V,1': }J.OY1'- UP 1GI i
'l'(I." 01'.Q 11'i(/~'V 1'.1'll /~ L
27 y~ty ~~ Grm~-
LLU~ P~
'~5 V-. 5 b) Dk'. - 5v
~ 28 iO 4 CP U~~4iO zTO.'!2 O~lC l~~L G~Ui4D
,l .;. ~
lo ~
lj bib'7U&bL- hYP'SbM 8" Q Ct K+'2 tNS LlV.)7
(-<gP>c gtWl-, QP 1 ~. P cPUGQ=-0 570<=
Le 5vP au,+ +r
~ JI
~ ~
I5KD l (
Ih (TYP.~
PLAN TY't:tICb,L OTPCAM
%VEEP'E LF 5 YUb.Q 6" OEE "Dlc- 9 b Fo'%o'TP 5 OOFY'JOTE:
NIAGARA'og QOHAWK M.cY NIACAhA WO77*Ce X tOWCh COhFOhAT7ON QI GAL'J. 5 FEEI, I4 GALIGE 'IrI561 ' IY7, IrM,A. $ 77~@ NT O'PEU$ Q &
Q2 OttLL- CU7 OhCY thliQ DTPi+4)h Oh<K Kh.C"~ KklO /5 XVViOHW OP a .'7iKA.M bPV QTKEA44 Fogy-TYpE <
SHEKT1 D4, r
29 QF PiOAQ - Iw
~
)(
ll
~~>>
~g
'~ XV>OY>>
w Q~>C~~
Q
'/pe~ Uq!~ >~>> ) vip
~
KV'T= 5 OF %%P=- '7='
5; 214~ >
~-I . 4 ~M>LMI>> >I
~l.lL;.Llt2 /~i ~>)P,gh,M, S~g 5ECTiO>i> 2>-2> ("Y-5g)
MOTE:
Sill to be 12 x 12 t~ Der or equally substanc~m3. pole,
~ - Prior Corporat~~n appzoval required f'oz aII sill naterisl.
24 Hazs ta be new steel., 3/4"5 driven ta refusal. or 6 ft. max. on 2 ft.
cd., wi"'x taps bent dawnstzean snd offering positive suppaz to sill
3. Wire nesh aust be securely f'astened ta si>>. %here more chan one section of wire mh a required, ind9.vidual sections shall be secured with a cant~~ us 12 ga gal~, sPir'al wire.
~~4. Stone ta be ASSN C-33, 3-1/2" ta 'l-1/2", fwm sauzce approved by Corporation.~~
Filter sheet shall be cloth woven palyprapylene monofilss>ent yarn, not less than 1S sdls thick, weighing nat less than 7.35 ounces per square yd., posirively secured with pins, staples, snd/or zads, as obtainable f~ Cazthaga MilLs, Xnc., Cleveland, Ohio. Filter sheet not required where subso'il is coarse granulaz az rock.
HlAGARA ~
>Cl*CAll* WOIC J~C PO~Lll MOHAWK CC>>>FO>>*TiOlt
$ 7taCug, ~ v SHEETZ ot C,
5k-&a'30 Cc V~g=g 9 iogP .. K~latwt C ~~OU',QQ Et . OF WhiU~/-'Ll ~1PrMM > 0 l /
!/ "i// I
~ >>
- rhPE PRA>aileen;-lu DEC'TIQNi P,-w Gt ~At" tlJ6 Ltd'!T C~cUM;< ~
IC" Lj rid
- 1.1&1T Qc-C~U9gEP oYOr45,
'y 9i%Ks'i ~.<
F~
~ ~ ~~
I W'
gr g
~
~
~
~ ~
~ ~r <<L1 1>> ~
, ~
(kayo')
~ II,
'>>Ql Qz Q>>r v C' << ~ L<<
~ ~
V' ~
r~ ~
0 P 0 gO~: SEC +M"0 'o FOrh NOT=/~ NV GARA ~~ uQH>'ax gE'< Sl AO AIL* MOHAWK tOW RA COlttOA
$ 7tAC~o l4 T ATION Ql MERCI-. (PE'K Sly" Ba) r Qz DILL (5>E 6I(-<<zip STD.ELM MK9- l YPt= 2 SHEa~ol (
I 1~'QAG<<-"~ 31 I
'i ' ~
f
~
C
'~
C,'
~ ~ I lf. P\LL', ( t lLI i
'li a f NOT&
Sill - see Note 1. SK-5b
~~2. 3azs see Note 2. SK-5b~~
~~3. P~h - see Note 3.~~
~~4 Stoae - see Note 4. SK-5b~~
~~5. Free dr~g stoae haviag f~l lass to be any sand, sand-g avel nixtuze oz ~shed than seven percent passing 200 utah sieve, f~~~
~~source approved by Corporation~~
~~6. Roadway stone in riverbank cut shall be uaderlain by filter sheet if subsoil ~m soft For filter sheet see Note 5-SZ. 5b.~~
~~7. Dispose of excavated soft natarial away from stzean bed aad beyond limits of protected slopes with niaimns environmental disturbaace aad Cozpozatioa approval.~~
HtAGAR4 ~~ LloHAWK IIIAOAA* iNOIEAWX FO>Z!l CORtOll AT\OH
$ 10 JCllM, NJ 1
~ P '
LIMNI OI=<
t tr}USQF7} wYC'I 0 iP ~AIM I 5 %J I ~M o'@ 0 F~l=c ~tZ@lhlLMC LL ~ El LL PZZV TYPIC.Z C at@,V<M Fpt" D WVPe ~ XVQBQE MOAK THAM 5'OI='T MATEQQ.I Okf QKU hJOTE: EKE 5X- "t4 roQ hlO }=4 HtAGARA 'i8~ MOHAWK IcY NI *LlliA }iO}lh W X tO Ã C X CO litDllAT10 N 5}tI}CMQ,H 7 QI MALI (55K 5'tC - 5 a) QZ BILL 'OBK OIC" 5II) STR.ELM Fogo -mi~E. ~ SHF Tycho~/
~~~ ' ~ ~~~
~~I ~ ~ ~~~
~~~ ~ ~ \~~
~~e ~ 0 ~~~
~~~ ~ ~ ~~~
~ ~ ~ ~
THOMAS J. F, ORDON
~~g. Please state your name and business address.~~
A. My name is Thomas J. F. Ordon and my business address is 300 Erie Boulevard West, Syracuse, New York 13202. Q. By whom are you employed and in what capacity? A. I am employed by the Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation. My title is Senior Electrical Engineer System Engineering in the Design Engineering Department.
~~g. What is your educational background and professional experience?~~
A. I am a Graduate Electrical Engineer. I received a Bachelor of 10 Electrical Engineering Degree from Union College, Schenectady, New York, in June, 1958. I am a Licensed Professional Engineer, currently registered 12 in the State of New York, and am a member of the Power Engineering Society 13 of the Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers. I am a member of the 14 Towers, Poles and Conductors Subcommittee of the IEEE. I ]oined Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation following my graduation from college and I was assigned to the Civil and Structural Engineering Group in the Eastern Division 17 Engineering Department in Albany. There, I served as an Overhead Electric 18 Transmission Project Engineer on projects of varying but generally increasing 19 complexity until December 1970, at which time I was appointed Supervisor, 20 Transmission Design, in the Electric Engineering Group of the Eastern 21 Division Engineering Department, Albany. At that time, I assumed overall
THOMAS 7. F. ORDON responsibility for supervising the engineering design of all overhead electric transmission line projects in the Eastern Division. On December 1, 1973, I was appointed to the position of Supervisor, Transmission Design, in the Central Engineering Department, Syracuse, where I had overall responsibility for supervising the design of major transmission line projects in the company (115 kV and above, including all Article VII projects). In my current position as Senior Electrical Engineer System Engineering in the Design Engineering Department, I continue to have overall responsibility for major capital transmission projects during various engineering phases, 10 from conceptual planning to the verification of final project compliance and
~~'cceptance.~~
12 Q. In general terms, would you explain your duties as they pertain to 13 the design and construction of electric overhead transmission lines? 14 A. Under my supervision, Design Engineering Department personnel 1S prepare feasibility studies, preliminary budgets and schedules, determinedesign objectives and criteria, a'nd pr'epare functional specifications and drawings 17 In addition, I am responsible for the overall schedule, cost and quality 18 compliance for projects and coordinate engineering interface with other 19 Niagara Mohawk departments for the Design Engineering Department. 20 Q. Have. you previously testified in other Article VII proceedings on 21 behalf of Niagara Mohawk? T7FO-2
THOMAS J. F. ORDON A. I have previously rendered cost, engineering and scheduling testimony in Case 70073, Coffeen Street West Adams 115 kV transmission facility; Case 26423, New Scotland - Reynolds Road 345 kV transmission facility; Case 26729, the Wellsville - Andover 115 kV transmission facility and Case 26923, the Adirondack 115 kV transmission facility. Q. Have you previously testified in this proceeding? A. No. Q. What is the purpose of your testimony'? A. The purpose of my testimony is to substantiate Niagara Mohawk's case 10 for the proposed overhead construction of the subject 345 kV transmission line and associated facilities by outlining and describing those engineering 12 studies, cost evaluations, construction plans and schedules and other 13 pertinent matters which constitute part of Niagara Mohawk's application. 14 As such, I am responsible for all of the following Amended Exhibits: 15 5 (Exhibit ~; 9 (Exhibit ~; E-1 (Exhibit ~; E-2 (Exhibit ~: 16 E-3 (Exhibit ); E-S (Exhibit ~. 17 Q. Are you familiar with the planning and design of the Nine Mile 2-18 Volney 345 kV transmission line and associated equipment? 19 A. Yes. 20 Q. Please give a brief description of the scope of the 345 kV transmission 21 line which is the subject of this amended Article VII application. T JPO-3
THOMAS J. F. ORDON A. In this application, certification is requested for the installation and operation of 9.4 circuit miles of 345 kV overhead transmission line. The transmission facility will consist of two segments:
l. a 345 kV single circuit transmission line (0.5 miles) having its northern terminus at the Nine Mile 2 Nuclear Generating Station and its southern terminus at the proposed Scriba Station.

2. a 345 kV single circuit transmission line (8.9 miles) having its northern terminus at the proposed Scriba Station and its southern terminus at the existing Volney Station.
10 The construction, as contemplated, will utilize two wood pole H frame structures. Lattice steel towers will be utilized at angle locations. The 12 transmission line will have typical spans of 700 feet. 13 Power conductors will consist of two (2) 1192.5 kcmil ACSR (aluminum 14 cable steel reinforced) in each of the three phases of the 'proposed t 15 transmission line. This size satisfies the requirements outlined in Amended Exhibit E-4, Exhibit of this application. Furthermore, it is the 17 standard conductor size for use in Niagara Mohawk's 345 kV system and 18 enables one to benefit from the advantages inherent in standard stocking of 19 replacement hardware and fittings. 20 Two overhead 7/16 inch 7 strand, extra high strength galvanized steel 21 overhead groundwires will be employed. T JFO-4
THOMAS J. P. ORDON Projected total project costs, as is indicated in Amended Exhibit 9, Exhibit are approximately $ 4, 683, 000. Q. Is there equipment associated with the Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission line? A. Yes. 6 Q. Please give a brief description of the equipment associated with the Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission line. A. The equipment associated with the Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission line consists of the following: 10 1. Scriba Station: Scriba Station,is a new major electric switching and transformation station facility constructed at a site just south of the Nine 12 Mile Unit 42 Station. The station will include five (5) 345 kV line termination 13 structures and associated equipment, eight (8) 345 kV breakers and all 14 necessary and associated control devices and protective equipment. The arrangement of these units is shown on the drawings found in Amended 16 Exhibit E-2, Exhibit of this application. 17 2. Volney Station 345 kV Line Position: An existing 345 kV line 18 position at the Volney Station will be used as the southern t'erminus for the 19 proposed transmission line. The new facilities installed at the station will 20 include one (1) 345 kV breaker and associated control devices and protective 21 equipment. The existing and proposed facilities are shown on the drawing
4 THOMAS J, F, ORDON found in Amended Exhibit E-2, Exhibit of this application.
3. The proposed Nine Mile Scriba 345 kV segment of the Nine Mile-Volney 345 kV transmission line will connect to the generator output at Nine Mile 2 through appropriate transformation and other facilities.
Q. Please give a brief description of other transmission lines, if any, associated with the Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission line. A. The other transmission facility associated with the proposed Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission line is the relocation and reconnection of Nine Mile 2-Volney 49 345 kV line into Scriba Station. The existing Nine 10 Mile 2-Volney I9 345 kV transmission line will be looped into the proposed Scriba Station. The construction will be approximately 0.2 miles long. 12 The supporting structures, power conductors and overhead groundwire 13 used on the line relocation and reconnection will be the same as that proposed 14 for the Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission line which is the subject of this application. 16 Q. What right-of-way configuration is proposed? 17 A The subject Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV transmission line will occupy 18 an existing right-of-way owned by Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation. For 19 most of its length the transmission line will be located 100 feet easterly of 20 and parallel to the existing Nine Mile 2-Volney 49 345 kV transmission line. 21 The edge of the existing transmission right-of-way corridor is located 80 feet
~~'I TJFO-6~~
THOMSA J. F. ORDON easterly and parallel to the proposed transmission centerline for the majority of its length. Q. How were the separation distances referred to in your previous answers determined? A. The separation distances referred to have been developed through Niagara Mohawk's engineering and operating experience for 345 kV transmission. Q. What maximum design conductor operating temperature was utilized in your code clearance calculations? A. Niagara Mohawk proposes to design the subjec't transmission lines 10 to meet or exceed the clearances required by the National Electric Safety Code at a line operating temperature of 257'F (NYPP short-time). 12 Q. From engineering, cost and design perspectives, how did Scriba 13 Station come to be located just south of the railroad spur? 14 A. Niagara Mohawk reviewed three (3) alternate locations for the 15 proposed Scriba Station. One site was located north of Lake Road, between Lake Road and 17 the Nine Mile 2 complex. The major disadvantage of this site was that 18 its close proximity to the plant would hamper any future plant expansion. 19 The site is used as a storage and supply area for the present plant facility. 20 This fact would preclude occupying the site in time to meet the schedule 21 for substation construction. Existing distribution lines used for construction TJFO-7
THOMAS J. F. ORDON, power are routed through the area. Their relocation might result in some construction delays. In addition, the site does not have good accessibility via railroad and placement of the substation at this site would involve disturbance to the existing Nine Mile 2-Volney 49 345 kV line, necessitating some revamping or rerouting of this line. Finally, the rocks and boulders at this site make it least desirable from a grounding standpoint. Another site that was considered was situated south of Lake Road, 8 between Lake Road and the Fitzpatrick railroad. This site was the least desirable. The site is located adjacent to an existing marshland and 10 construction in this area could pose potential drainage problems. In addition, this site is in an area which functions as a retention pond with 12 the capability of storing the entire storm in event that the existing 36 inch 13 culvert south of Lake Road becomes inoperable. Locating the substation in 14 this area would eliminate significant storage volume, resulting in changes to the entire drainage system. Any solution would probably involve the reconstruction of Lake Road at a higher elevation. 17 The third location evaluated was the most desirable and was finally 18 selected as the site for the station. This site is 300. feet south of the 19 railroad. The presence of less tree cover than at the site just south of 20 Lake Road and the increased distance from the marshland are factors which 21 would facilitate clearing and construction activities. Also, the site is T JFO-8
THOMAS J, F. ORDON slightly higher in elevation than the other two, providing somewhat better draining conditions. The ground cover at this site is less rocky, thereby resulting in lower soil resistivity for electrical grounding purposes. The site is accessible from both the existing PitzPatrick Railroad and existing roadways. Transmission line connections to the station could be planned I 6 and located more strategically. Construction would interfere less with the existing marshalling yards and storage and work areas adjacent to the Nine Mile 2 facility. Construction of the substation at this location poses the least constraints with regard to the construction schedule for the Nine 10 Mile 2 project.
~~g. Must new right-of-way be acquired for the Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV 12 facility or associated equipment?~~
~~13 A. No new right-of-way will be required by the Applicant for construction 14 of the Nine Mile 2-Volney 345 kV facility or associated equipment.~~
~~g. What routing and design alternatives were investigated in the area of the Strano .muck farm?:~~
17 A. Niagara Mohawk investigated several routing and design alternatives 18 in the vicinity of the Strano .muck farm Alternative 1 consisted of continuing 19 the use of two pole wood H frame structures through the farm area along a 20 centerline parallel to and adjacent to the existing 345 kV transmission lines. 21 Both structures will be located in the muck farm area at locations either TJPO-9
THOMAS J. F. ORDON adjacent to the existing structures or at sites mutually agreed to by Niagara Mohawk and the adjacent property owner. Another plan (Alternate 2) called for using tall steel structures on either side of the farm and spanning the farmed area. Both of these plans would involve no new right-of-way. Other plans considered (Alternatives 3, 4 and 5) involved rerouting the proposed new line around the muck farm area. New right-of-way would be required. Depending on which side of the existing alignment the new routing would be located, the existing 345 kV facilities would be involved and relocation would be required. 10 Q. What routing and design alternative was selected in the area of the Strano:muck .farm? 12 A. The company proposes to construct on its property, which property is 13 also used by the Strano 'muck 'farm, using the first alternative described in the 14 previous answer, namely the use of twin wood pole H frame structures I 15 strategically located along the proposed centerline. The total cost for this scenario is included in Amended Exhibit 9, Exhibit and amounts 17 to $ 371,000.00 in 1982 dollars. 18 Because of greater total costs associated with all of the other alternatives, 19 i.e. $ 1,333,333.00, $ 1,129,000.00, $ 2,304,000.00 and $ 1,761,000.00 20 respectively for Alternatives 2 5, the other plans were discarded. 21 Q. Do you forsee any particular or unique soil erosion areas associated TjFO-10
h THOMAS J. P, ORDON with the route and line design proposed? A. I have examined the proposed route and the existing line in the field and I do not foresee any particular or unique soil erosion areas which would effect the plan the company is proposing. Q. Is there a practical or feasible undergrounding alternative to the overhead construction proposed? A. An underground scenario for the proposed line was prepared and evaluated, as described in Amended Exhibit E-3, Exhibit Also included in this exhibit is the cost for undergrounding, i.e. $ 45,503,700.00. 10 Because the cost for undergrounding the proposed facility will be prohibitive and because undergrounding the facilities would not appear to 12 be practical in light of the cost penalty associated with that method of 13 construction, undergrounding was discarded. 14 Q. What vegetative clearing limits relative to the conductors will be imposed and how are they derived? A. The vegetative clearing limits relative to the conductors will be 17 established to protect the integrity of the wire security zone associated 18 with the configuration proposed for this project. 19 I should first explain that the wire security zone is that region 20 surrounding the line conductor which should be kept completely free at all 21 times from any vegetation or other grounded objects. It must be dimensioned TJPO-11
'~ THOMAS J. F. ORDON as to take into account conductor position under conditions of blowout due to transverse wind and also increased sag due to high temperature conditions per line operation. For the subject line, a blowout angle of 30 degrees in either direction should be assumed. For the two pole H frame configuration, incorporating 700 foot typical spans, the sag resulting from line operation at 60'F is approximately 18.3 feet. The sag increase from line operation at 257'F (NYPP short time emergency loading criteria) is approximately 8 feet. The total sag, therefore, at 257'F is 26.3 feet. The additional distance 9 between the conductor and its extreme position of this placement relative 10 to static conditions as caused by wind swing and/or elevated temperature and the edge of the wire security zone should be 20 feet. 12 Q. Please discuss the project schedule, including the most critical path 13 facility, and indicate the time allotted in that schedule for Public Service 14 Commission, Article VII certification? 15 A. The project schedule is attached hereto as TJFO-1, Exhibit In order to provide sufficient time to construct all phases of the project the 17 approval of the EM and CP should take place no later than August, 1983 for 18 the Scriba Station and no later than January, 1984 for, the proposed trans-19 mission line and other facilities. 20 g. Which former witness do you succeed in this proceeding? 21 A. I succeed Niagara Mohawk witness Peter A. Benson. TJFO-12
a. q (,)~~I, THOMAS J. P. ORDON Q. Will Niagara Mohawk comply with the "Health and Safety" Orders of the Commission, i.e. Opinions 76-12 and 78-13 from the Case 26529 and 26559 Common Record Hearings insofar as they are applicable to the instant 345 kV transmission facility?
A. Yes. Q. Does this conclude your direct testimony? A. Yes. 10 12 13 14 17 18 19 20 21 T JFO-13
jÃ~'<Q!;.>> <AH f $
~~"g'%~~
~~gf) q( s a,~g' 1I~~
~~~~ ~J '"'Rf")Jcp".><4 Bnip '~).}>~ ll>4 ~ <93 igfjg f )All .~~
~~',g'r>~q'tUiC,f jlt,e 4'~8,8 s.'r< ~ <<<.) C.(.<<pg>~f'lt~]; s~~
~~~~~>< g ~r:.j'~ r:~pp!s. +ggf$ wg: a~= 'yp~~
-"N>>9 (ijpvl,i :i Q ) ~l
TYPO-1 Exhibit SCHEDULE New Construction Relocation Temporary Nine Mile-345 kV Tap Scriba 49 To 345/115 Nine Mile- Scriba- Scriba- Scriba Volney kV Bank Scriba Volne Volne 20 Station ~tauon Approve EM & CP 1/84 1/84 1/84 8/83 1/84 Start Clearing 6/83 3/84 3/84 3/84 8/83 Start Grading and 9/83 Site Preparation Stag Foundations 5/84 5/84 5/84 12/83- 10/85 Start Structure 8/83 6/84 6/84 3/85 4/84 Installation Start Stringing 9/83 10/84 6/85 6/85 Start Electrical Equip- 6/84 4/86 ment Installation .. In Service 1/84 10/85 6/86 10/85 10/85 6/86 Restoration= 12/85 12/85 12/86 12/85 12/85 12/86
0
~~,Wl, '* f p>" y ,~~
Q/ $ 4 %gp,'l.gf~ t' p 1 h
W P 4h I I I I I V.EF E } SYSTEM RELATIONSHIP I I I I I I I I-I
~~~ OYLSTON I I~~
~~I I I~~
~~~ SA OY NCC I I-I I I 0)~~
I I I 40 I I I I I I 0 COTICLO I 10 I 3.'3 WC LI I' I CIILANO O
@IV I JAMES A. FITZPATRICK I I POWER PLANT I IC'z NINE IIILE POINT POWER PLANT KV NE UNITS 1 S2 2 115 C I
~~I NFJ7 Al 10N I I I o I I AVCN I~~
/ .115K 0 W LLIA 3 OWN II LINE 503& CO ~
~~12 SK I OSW ~0 50 AN N~~
~~~3 ~~~
~~003 V E~~
/0 'o Tl S I TaTe(-
~~ly I I LEGEND APERTURE~~
,O= ~ LCNIIO Oh '1 0 /Q 345 KV.L IN E CARD <<0 I 4 I a I VO IEI I I I I
115 KV LINE I c NAN I~ Al I r AS'1 NO I I PROPOSED ~8> Avax1abfe g~ FACILITIES
~
I 10 I WCST ONNO Aperture Card I I GAS LINE Al I IO I I 0 0 N 3 TA N T I A
4) I I O I I AN 0 I C Cecal I E I I I I
~
~~C NOC ~ AC I IC LO 0 0 0 f~~~
~ 04 ONONOAGA to I I I
~~I SCALE IN MILES 44>> I I I~~
~~.I I~~
~~EXHIBIT2(a)(2)~~
~~"o ~s I.,~~
~~I COuu Ic y)T~~
~~~ ~~~
84o 33o o 348-D Rl W %Ah e
P V 0
N4
+ P> ~ ~ Ii Nifla Il ~
~~I XvdlabIe 6a~~
'Ni .-II. ~4 I
~~jL~~~~
~~'Aperture Carh - R~~~
~~NERATA46 STATIOH:~~
~~'T 0~~
II 0 <> 0 AT Ii, KA 0
~~~ ~~~
~~0 0 0 '4 ~ 9 0 0 0 I 4S 4~~
~~=:.L, Q LEGEND J.=:=,~~
~~NINIE BIIIE AIIEIIIIAIE r~ K~~
\ ,0' J 0 4 Er V 0 > 'TT K 'LO 0 0 l>> 0 ctjYc r ~l I0 0 * ~
~~840 3 20024 8-O~~~
~~'1 *~ 'I a~~
I
/ + ~a .I + ~tt c tt ~
~~h', i ' zMlL II 4 t~~
-AR'ERATING STATION.' ~ .==.:;-.:-':-';,j, "-,ij, ~: -=~=> -~~'~.s g w 0 0
~~tC ~ x'. Q. ihaa g5> ~ . I ~ ~~~
~ 'eg ih i )
~~under 300ft.. (J~~
~r~")> >~- g+I 300-350 ft.
~~I Q ~ I i 350.400ft.~~
~~'I I~~
~~k 400.450 ft. ) 450-500 ft. h" I ovei 500ft. I~~
~~~/ 'i 0~~
~~0 I' ( 1 e r I 1 I~~
~~<( I~~
~~( P tt I OhhI J. I, I~~
~~I h V~~~
Qe
~
~~o$ 0 h I . I~~
~~,0'h I~~
~~CARD~~
~~/ I i o ~ V 840 8200 848-Q+~~
e tg ho NINE MILE II ERR NUCLEAR GENERATING STATION k~ SCALE tr 0 .PROeOSEO SCRIBA STATION LAKE RO KEy)EyI 8 - )Il Ig gUgT MlNPR R . 5 tf lt 5h o ht ' Xf
+ q l-24 hI CQ M oo '5 pP Soils xW N0 o(I EN
~~( (:OUNTY OUTE 1 I AO 5 g IhI I O LEGEND 5 g N~~
- M(OO(.E RO. NO SOIL NENo SOIL Nl'IQ Nlt 5 of lac lA$NT QOS ION OEtln IO olkl CLA or I r>> ~ - STIETE I Fo NST LISTER SL TOO 5 ~
ROUTE504 r 15 Lr AS SLIOIT No INS Cl 1.0$ Lll LS 5L'ICNT 5'I 5 Stl5 Ikl t.li NINOLET SL'lani ho 4tl 1.2$ (3%5 SCORES) " Lt; Ll NCCRATC 4tC IRC Ai NINCOET (0.15S Ltl *I SIIOrt/ ICOQATC 5'o SLCRES) 5 g IAS SOCONI Ltl Ll 5.10'o 5 'I g'(I.Y gAaSH."P. g 505 IAS II LII A.t $ lInn/ SETQE S-10' 3 la( IIC S.li Lt; LC IOOQATC $ 'o II oo \o w 6 yI 5 TNO IIO 14.ti I RA SORUS (Tan sion) I Ltl LR ICCQATE 5'o I 25 IIO, I A'I Ltl Ll
~
Rr I142 Nl 4AI CLIO'COQATE AC OI oo I 01CC LCS T.ti ANNn 5 10'o IOLLIANSCN rt RATINNI p OONKOR RO 5 SERI SA l ~ I AC 5L ICRT SCRI IA SLICNTI 5>>, (TQI STOAT) KEATS OlRTILIC LIT *3$ $ 10'o
~~~o IOI I ~9O.~~
N Co II AS ClRLISlC NOCAI Ll ~ 5'o 0 ggO Nl h ~ 2$ tAIRS IRCC 5'o I 0430 OO .1$ CXTOLNIICILIT LllLt NTOEtATC 5' altlli ()CCENTELT g5 IL~EWT
+ STEV) R TEOE)~ ~o CCLTOLNINOLIT COOLCC (SIIET)
~~LII Lt ICOQATC 5'o 0 NI N I ITCSC IRE REN $ 0a. Of OSNESO EEANTTo NEN TORA - ISSUER ~. IW'TIRCLS AS ITNTNTQ IN TIC RECQILT IISI. O03CCO 50ll OAOIT~~
~0 Al $0 TI TA oo I '(
OOL)+qE ~ .APERTURE r oh I yEO N 4 I 1 qp' CARD 1o ~ o
~~>> woo ~80 Avsi1able On aperture Carl o~~
hh/ I hC T,'5 5 h VOLNEY pop4cc SU/STATION . off I I COI I h ~ (
~~~o I~~
I I 0 0
Tl
+ f ~
~~lamas ll p,:- 4 Also Available Os 4 Aperture Card~~
'pTItv+rttt MfL f 't I .8tc I(l ~
I +R (fxnxttco SCALE WT P SE ll Toit . I WT c 0 8 8
~S Rlb '3 4
~~I I I-- -Q. e 0 T I~~
~~,~. ~~~
4 I V I
~ I eo r ~ l a 1 ~ - ~ c 0 ~l .. g(/
0 I ~ I X--c l t, 4
'l
~~h. l ~~~
C LEGEND gl ~OE r 44 STREAM I'nDEcmans, I' o not on DOT base ~ I I t/ i( I ' POND D DEC dass and
/ g+~ Qg 0 I I' ONT.62-DEc 4 water body i A.' Identitication ~
~~I 'H I OE55- DEc OE~~
~ 48 I WETLAND FLOOD =
~~wetland Identification number. HUD~~
~<::U 4 ." i/ ~
~~q 55 t HAZARD AREA OE 23~~
~~')4tg-.~~
t'ai, lt s l 'tl HH c ~ ONT. 2T88 e~ +IID QD I t ~
OE 3 II I:;,- r a e a 'tt .l.. E ~%
~~\'.~~
~~I y kt~~
~I i" -r-..i'l 4 ) I v
~~I tt 00 S PON ~+rIH S. =H "- .~ -. \ t~~
~~. I J4/~~
O
~ 'I TE o NH- I ~f I h 1 HH ~
~~34 p OD 4 4 %1 1 I ~ --m~~
~~%t,n. )~~
~~HH.e I"*.~~
~~'T' 4 rcr 4 8~~
t) ~ 4 't I, g II
/ HXI c jttc \.ter. ;-'-':,PERTURL-NH Hr ~
E
~~, I'ALX ~v'/1 ~~~
r r 8408200248 0$
0 Mao Available On Aperture Card
~~,JPC' 'C 'o 'C-0VC 1M'I I I~~
~~NERATING STATION.~~
+
~~I 0 Cr SCAPE~~
~~~ tel .'. -PRO,pg CN~~
~~. 'RI C i'< ccrc I~~
~~M C o 8 I~~
~~'5 A p'~~t 3~~
~~P APERTU 0~~
~~$ jc R~~
CS I CARD i rl ';I-, cc I I
~~' I 0~~
~~(I 0 gP~~
~~'0 N 0~~
0 JN C 4
~ 0 o LEGEND' 0 I V .10-20% slopes 0 I I H~) 'ct.
o 205+ SIopes y Q~ I, ji Wc. c 'c (t I
)
4Z
~~-'le B: .0' 8( b((x' v r -~~
~~N (-:. 4 cr 0~~
~~~ 0 I~~
~~I 0 -I t. E~~
~~'C 0 I~~
840 8 800 248
pl I r 4)
p ~
>> Ath lble0+ ~+- )'" ..>-'itlilL \( M g h Ca III ~pe~(gee ATNG STATIOIM: SCALE 0 1 . y ~ Ih c~
~~', Tl >>~~
~~>> ~~~
~~x I c 0~~
~~-jqPRTURE I~~
~~f rn~~
~, ~ iO 0 0 u o <<<).
~~Y) -~t Oa4 K~~
0)
-'AR ' .C f>>ao w -d j I C> P3 r
~~-4 0 ~~~
~~Q o C~ r v~~
) )~> ' p -(
e( ( 0 (oi D s'7 ). 0 C~
~~~1~~~
~~LEGEND o'Use Vegetation Categories Land Categories~~
" 'Cjcj~ ' V 'I CI FOREST 'i Conutterclal j .gi')>
~~MATURE FOREST INDUSTRIAL i Q~~
-' 5- PLANTATION EXTRACTIVE INDUSTRY WETLAND TRANSMISSION UNE FOREST WETLAND 'RANSPORTATION OPEN WATER AGRICULTURE I
~~B BRUSHLAND 6 5 d >> T b i~~
~~- A' 1~~
~~b f>>~~
~- E 0 'I Ps 0
~~II>..a~~
~~<1 ~~~
~~f p>> A~~
\
~~4 gl J)~~
~ tA i 0 'O ~ d o 0 0 h
~~o i. ' I i' 0~~
~@%8 I a>>
~~0 ,0'~~
~~=5 X=-+ ) ) . 0 d e ~ \~~
ct(F ) i I t .1 W% . 1~a 8408 200248-~7
0 0 I or Rso Available On + h
~~<< ~<<~~
~~Apertnre Card~~
'-Mll >!! II 0 -"R-:., NER ATINQ STAT~ON, 5 JD SCALE T1 ~ I<<
Z 1 C 0 3 APERTLiRE 0 DP 0 CARD << Deca~ IN D 4<<f I 0 03 qp ~ ~ 4 5 0 'tyI $ << 5 ~. . (( 5 J<< D 0 LEGEND )) 0
~~/' + CULTURAL RESOURCE Q(.Q o~~
0
~~f5 + RADIO TOWER-OCtto, Oswego CoxIty , tgghwey OepertmeIIt. '7 f ~>p I
V ~ gl .KSKETCH KEY-kgea to I 01 ji I xo . h the text. 0 0 4 l t 5 0 0 ~ r', 0 l 'I I) <<r
~~~ -.~~
lI 0<< o 0 r << 5+ 5 << G'. o
~~~ o L , I 5~~
~~IL <<~~
~~<< \~~
~~n .13 r D D ~~~
~~~ -== o I~~
~~q 0 ==-: tt o'~~
~~~<<~~
~~C rf 4%~~
~~~ DO ~~~
o 0 I V~ ~ <<N T 5 5>> 0 Py @66- c Z jtI<< ec t E .. r
~~=-:-k. 10 P~~
84o 82o o 248 -0$
X .r Ws *
>00 C 4 ~ + 5>>>>> h 4 (r '4>4>~> li.
~~Klso AvaiIabIe On~~
')K ",";)-', ", . - . NERATNG STATION tare 'Carl = ~ > ~Aper v ~
4' i f. Tl 0 D<<4 Q. . APERTURE r
~~~g>0 C~~
4 g>> .. l>44 r
- nP~ o 4 p ~d' 0+& 'I,v 0 ~ ' .O.~zp-oJ ~o 1-.15 0C7 4 PRNARy F~> - 0a ~
~~aI0I U INI000 on IA0NIy g 000d0 hCan~gg.~~
~~~COL -=2L AADT-~~~~~
~~olsuy a>>Ia0 g Aa'nba an I I~~
~
~~a-a> ol~~
~- > ~
~~lit 0 0 V~~
~~-aaron~~~
~~0 4 z!- P F C> -qc.~~
~~~. 4> 'II/~~
r4 4 4 Vr \ \>
~~'4l ~4 0~~~
~~4 I' i '-~~
~
~~1~ ~~~
~~~ 0 '~~
~~4 I 0~~
~>
lf
~~--I r~~
~~u Xp~~
~~n. 0 0 0 r~~
'> 0 0 , ~i"q QI$
~~4>0> 4 ~ r~~
~~.0' 4 ~ \~~
0 C I 0 84o32pp248
59 23 25 75 /5 I27 25 30
/60 /9 /0 /8 25 soe l2 iie Pt 24 /9 'INE Sunset Me co Pt 40 67 Bat/
26
. 40 3/6 /9 tfhjf'HARA 30 '/Shifter Is ' -I'ATOljfg 52 '4o' 2268 ne ATING STATIOg 7 5 , B Beach A Y 67 P Pt ,rr PROP., 0 Ep, 0 Hickory 0 Pexas .
40 34 P SCRl: ~ lt 60 6 4 VOLNEY 9 M E X tt Nl E IL ECTED I ST OM- 00 F 0 0'
/
~~School No 16 0~~
.Q, 11/ /
300 3/0 'u o3 280 o 43 860 0 3io I 320 io' li / G'.': orth Church un L 340
~O / .c 29 934!
~~65 0~~
.330 ROAD I f0 r '-4~a) 6A 5 0 j,a I ~o 'b(-
~~I /~~
,l L ~" ~ '5' LEGEND IF/ ~)
~~7 "f / ~ MEAN LAKE ELEVATION 24EI t~~
/,
~~nj,~~
./
~~HIS3'ORICAL SITES refer to Pratt and Pratt survey in Exhib 4 4-4 s.fir '. ~ 0~~
/' 317 oo NY.S. ROAD PULLOFF ",'Li~P PRIVATE RECREATION URBAN AREA BOUNDARY + ! - =-.Ii' I/
~~DEFiNED AS FOLLOliNB SHORELINE~~
/), '
~~l PUBLIC RECREATION is~~
/
~~E. STOCk~~
~~-i' 4,--~~
0$
/
~~I e~~
/ / I 11 ravel I 106 t ~l 25,(26 -, {"~) o M
~~L V v~~
~~/g //!~~
~~3. 3 I~~
~~( 5 440~~
=Af =- 0 40 w- /
~~0 / 0~~
/
AD/~i rr:4-+ 0 4
~~5. 8,"~~
~~n 4 0~~
~~',SCRtS4E . StttRK 0 I~~
6 o 51 I Dg " 'j "I == t t
.! V) I- t T . 'D 37 '<s',.'.,'ll L * ++K , Slsu /
6 /
/
I i 3 Pond W+evtooe
~~+ ! /~~
~~f Q II~~
~~.~.'x, ~~~
~~4-p ~pp G'S~~
~~v I - Ca/n~~
~~k. 'kt Pond 37S t c~~
/
I
/
~~I jj 5~~
/ l I P,,pig 0!
~~U" j," Pj 0~~
! / t, a /
7 0 G 1 Ie. I oe jj y et Lo I v
/ r 5 I, /
~~cs I It '0 r jjj// ',*'LL~~
~~;I /~~
~~j t 6 - f 1~~
/ > )je) o=-= -',
5
~ -Q ct / j' k
~~rj I I I 2 t~~
~~/ 4 4 4~~
~~4 1)/ I o ~/ 7~~
/ , I' 't i '-490 1 '~ /
6
/
8'
/ /
I( 7 jj, uera j Y l lj<l~t. ' 'L
~~'u ~~~
u j ,ee . I 1' t 5 1 ..L / Mu / Alrpof't LI'
/ HI ---.. )
308 j I O V / y g(. j WK I U ~ 2 8 6 7 2 4 oo 30 4 t O4
"' ~ THOUSANDS OF F EET NORTH SCALE /g . ~ . 'l- I /
~~6 Fulton~~
/ /
I
/
I I l r I
/ / i /"
I'Ye !' 0 / 1
-1 /
G
/) 'LYA 64 1,
~~L HEST ~. r L r/, BeacrI 1LL /~~
/ *5 49'" 0 1 s L'. ,/',:
0
~~~t3 O' 1~~
~~a It '5$ 1 L,jg ct 0~~
/i ftj v I L t OF 4/
3 p. Slut / / 11 o 'D 8
/ -- Or , Redatower 6 j,,'0,' IWosclm /
4 Og
E EP A z m ER Z SECT I 0 N A-A Z O CJ IRI EEI C~ W APPROXIMATE CENTERLINE SCALE SECT I ON B-B MINE MILE 2 NUCLEA, GENERAT STAT IR; 0 500 1000 1500 FEET A P L ll NIAGARA MOHAWK NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION SYRACUSE, N Y P T c RL NINE MILE E-VOLNEY MOSAIC PREPARED USING AER I AL 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY PHOTOGRAPHY FLOWN 4/I /74 I I RIST-FROST-WARNECK AI4) PARTNERS ENRT I GY 2 V N T CONSULTING ENGINEERS A@N / WATMTOWN, NEW YORK SURYEYORS GATE FES,ISTS SHEET I OF 2
xl T X O O I-I- O O IEI SI) ILI III T O ct X SECT I ON C-C z O I-O III SI) T O I-ct SECTION D- D EE~W~W~W APPROXIMATE CENTERLINE SCALE NINE MILE 2 0 500 1000 1900 NUCLEA SENERAT STAT IRt FEET NIAGARA MOHAWK e-e NIAGARA MOHAWK POWER CORPORATION ERR SYRACUSE N I
~~.w I I A Y~~
0 NINE MILE 2-VOLNEY MOSAIC PREPARED LISI NG AERI AL 345 kV TRANSMISSION FACILITY PHOTOGRAPHY FLOWN 4/I /74 I RIST-FROST-WARNECK AND PARTNERS INEEI2 GE 2 TO N CONSUIIING ENGINEERS SURYEYORS WARRIOWN, NEW VORE GAN FER,ISTS
~~~@glgqsl-I Q SHEET 2 OF 2}}~~

ML18038A631

Text

Dear Secretary Madison:

SUMMARY

Navigation menu

Search